B-1698(19)External Device Setup Manual

SmartAXIS FT2J/1J
MICRO/I HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Confirm that the delivered product is what you have ordered. Read this manual to make sure of correct operation.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS• Be certain to read this manual, the WindO/I-NV4 User's manual, and the SmartAXIS Hardware manual or MICRO/I
Hardware manual carefully before performing installation, wiring, or maintenance work, or operating the integrated
display controller SmartAXIS FT2J/1J (Hereinafter referred to as "SmartAXIS") and the operator interface MICRO/I
HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P (Hereinafter referred to as "MICRO/I"). If thisproduct is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be
impaired.
• This product has been manufactured with careful regard to quality. However, if you intend to use this product inapplications where failure of this equipment may result in damage to property or injury, ensure that it used inconjunction with appropriate fail-safe backup equipment.
• Care should be taken such that unauthorized access to this product does not come from outside network
connections. Please note that the Company shall not be liable for any loss, damage or other expenses incurred
directly or indirectly by unauthorized access, etc.
• In this manual, safety precautions are categorized in order of importance to Warning and Caution:
Warning notices are used to emphasize that improper operation may cause severe
personal injury or death.
Caution notices are used where inattention might cause personal injury or damage toequipment.

SmartAXIS, MICRO/I (Common to all models):• This product is not designed for use in applications requiring a high degree of reliability and safety, such as applications
for medical devices, nuclear power, railroads, aerospace, and automotive devices. This product should not be used forsuch applications.
• Turn off the power to this product before installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of this product.
Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shock or fire hazard.
• Special expertise is required to install, wire, configure, and operate this product. People without such expertise must not
use this product.
• This product uses an LCD (liquid crystal display) as a display device. The liquid inside the LCD is harmful to the skin. If
the LCD is broken and the liquid attaches to your skin or clothes, wash the liquid off using soap, and consult a doctor
immediately.
• An emergency circuit by using an emergency stop switch or an interlocking circuit must be configured outside of thisproduct.
• Do not use touch switches, the function keys and selector switches for an emergency circuit or an interlocking circuit. If
this product fails, equipment connected to this product will no longer be protected, and serious injury to operators andequipment damage may be caused.
• Stop using this product if it is accidentally dropped or exposed to significant shock, check this product for damage, andconfirm that its various functions work safely and correctly.
• For this product, connect the FG wire to grounding resistance of 100 Ω or less. Otherwise there is a risk of electric shockor mistaken operation.
• The screen will not be visible if the backlight of this product burns out. However, the touch panel and the function keys
will remain functional. Thus, erroneous touch panel operation or function key operation may occur while controlling thetouch panel. Because such erroneous operations could result in damage, the touch panel and the function key should not
be used once the backlight is burned out.
FT2J/1J:• If relays or transistors in this product output circuits should fail, outputs may remain at on or off state. For output signals
which may cause serious accidents, configure monitor circuits outside this product.
• This product self-diagnostic function may detect internal circuit or program errors, stop programs, and turn outputs off.
Configure circuits so that the system containing this product is not jeopardized when outputs turn off.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P:• When more than one button is pressed at the same time, due to the detection characteristics of the analog type touch
panel used in this product, only the center of the pressed area is sensed and the unit assumes that only one button ispressed. Therefore, do not operate this product by pressing more than one button simultaneously.

Preface-1

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualSAFETY PRECAUTIONS

HG1P:• For the emergency stop switch and the enabling switch on this product, note the following points:- Connect the emergency stop switch to function as either a category 0 or category 1 stop in accordance with
EN60204-1.
- Perform regular checks to confirm that the emergency stop switch and enabling switch work properly. It is extremely
dangerous if the enabling switch no longer returns to position 1 due to a foreign object becoming lodged in the switch.
- Do not, under any circumstances, hold the enabling switch in position 2 with tape, string, or deform the rubber cover.
The function of the enabling switch will be lost, and the enabling switch may not work in an emergency.
- Place your finger firmly on the enabling switch.
• The emergency stop switch function is disabled when this product is removed from the machine. To eliminate thepossibility of accidents caused by operating the disabled emergency stop switch, place this product, removed from themachine, in a location that is not visible to the operator. Install at least one emergency stop switch on the machine near
the location where this product is connected.

SmartAXIS, MICRO/I (Common to all models):• Prevent this product from falling while moving or transporting, otherwise damage or malfunction of this productwill result.
• Use the product within the environmental limits given in the catalog and manual. Use of the product in hightemperature or high-humidity environments, or in locations where it is exposed to condensation, corrosive gas orlarge shock loads can create the risk of electrocution and fire.
• This product is designed for use in pollution degree 2. Use this product in environments of pollution degree 2.
(based on the IEC60664-1 rating)• Install this product according to the instructions. Improper installation will result in falling, failure, electrical shock,fire hazard, or malfunction of this product.
• Prevent metal fragments or wire chips from dropping inside this product housing. Ingress of such fragments andchips may cause fire hazard, damage, and malfunction.
• Use a power supply of the rated value. Using a wrong power supply may cause fire hazard.
• When exporting this product to Europe, use an EN60127 (IEC60127) approved fuse on the power line outside thisproduct.
• When exporting this product to Europe, use an EU-approved circuit protector.
• Make sure of safety before starting and stopping this product. Incorrect operation of this product may cause
mechanical damage or accidents.
• This product cannot be directly connected to the communication lines (including public wireless LAN) of
telecommunication carriers (mobile communication companies, fixed-line communication companies, Internet
providers, etc.). When connecting this product to the Internet, be sure to connect via a device, such as arouter.
• The touch panel of this product is made of glass, and will break if exposed to excessive shock. Take due care whenhandling it.
• The protective film attached to the display of this product is to protect the product from scratches duringtransportation. Please remove the protective film before use. If the display is used with protective film, the film
may become cloudy and stick to the display depending on the usage environment and may become unremovable.
• Do not push hard or scratch the touch panel and protection sheet with a hard object such as a tool, because they
are damaged easily.
• Do not use or store this product in areas subjected to strong ultraviolet rays.
• Do not attempt to disassemble, repair or modify this product. This can create the risk of fire or electrocution.
• When disposing of this product, do so as an industrial waste.
• When using this product in a system that requires clock accuracy, set the time regularly.
• Do not switch off the power or pull out the SD Memory Card or the USB flash drive while it is being accessed, as
this may result in destruction of the stored data. If the data on the SD Memory Card or the USB flash drive iscorrupted, format the SD Memory Card or the USB flash drive.
• Turn off the power supply to this product before connecting or disconnecting USB devices other than USB memory.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-2

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J:• This product uses “PS2 of EN61131” as DC power supply. (based on the IEC/EN61131 rating)• Use wire of a proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:• This product uses “PS2 of EN61131” as DC power supply. (based on the IEC/EN61131 rating)• Use wire of a proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements, and tighten the terminal screws of thisproduct to the specified tightening torque.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:• Be sure to confirm that the SD Memory Card Access lamp is not lit prior to turning the power off to this product orpulling out the SD memory card. Refer to WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual for details.
HG1P:• Use the HG1P optional cable for proper wiring.
• The D-sub connector on the end of the HG1P optional cable is not water-or dust-proof. If protection against waterand dust is required, the user must replace the D-sub connector with a water-proof connector.

Preface-3

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Revision history

Revision history
August 2015:
First Edition
May 2016:
Second Edition
July 2016:
Third Edition
January 2017:
Fourth Edition
June 2017:
Fifth Edition
August 2017:
Sixth Edition
December 2017: Seventh Edition
March 2018:
Eighth Edition
June 2018:
Ninth Edition
March 2019:
Tenth Edition
August 2019:
Eleventh Edition
December 2019: Twelfth Edition
July 2020:
Thirteenth Edition
December 2020: Fourteenth Edition
March 2021:
Fifteenth Edition
January 2022:
Sixteenth Edition
June 2022:
Seventeenth Edition
June 2023:
Eighteenth Edition
September 2023: Nineteenth Edition
July 2024:
Twentieth Edition

Caution• The contents of this manual and the WindO/I-NV4 application are copyright, and all rights are reserved by IDEC
Corporation. Unauthorized reproduction is prohibited.
• The contents of this manual and the WindO/I-NV4 application are subject to change without notice.
• IDEC Corporation accepts no responsibility for circumstances arising from the use of this manual or the
WindO/I-NV4 application.
• Please contact your vendor or IDEC Corporation with any problems regarding the operation of this product.

Trademarks

WindO/I, MICRO/I and SmartAXIS are registered trademarks of IDEC CORPORATION in JAPAN.
All other company names and product names used in this manual or the WindO/I-NV4 application are trademarksof their respective owners.
This product adopts the font of Ryobi.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-4

Symbols Used in this Document

Symbols Used in this Document
This manual uses the following symbols to facilitate description.
Symbols

Preface-5......

Information that requires special attention. Failure to operate the product in accordancewith the information provided can lead to serious injury or damage.

......

Information relating to requests or material to reference in the use of a function.

......

Useful information relating to a function.

......

Indicates the chapter and page of related reference information.

OK......

Screen buttons are indicated by bold text or by using the actual graphic icon.

SHIFT, A......

Keyboard keys are indicated by the keyboard inscription in capital letters or enclosed insquare brackets.

......

Controls are indicated by bold text.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualAbbreviations, Generic Terms, and Terminology Used in this Manual

Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Terminology Used in this Manual
Item

Description

FT2J

The name is short for SmartAXIS FT2J-7U22*AF-*.

FT1J

The name is short for SmartAXIS FT1J-4F1**AG-*.

HG2J

The name is short for MICRO/I HG2J-7UT22TF-B.

HG1J

The name is short for MICRO/I HG1J-4FT22TG-*.

HG5G-VThe name is short for MICRO/I HG5G-VFXT22MF-B.

HG4G-VThe name is short for MICRO/I HG4G-VCXT22MF-B.

HG4G

The name is short for MICRO/I HG4G-CJT22*F-B.

HG3G-VThe name is short for MICRO/I HG3G-V*XT22MF-*.

HG3G

The name is short for MICRO/I HG3G-*JT22*F-*.

HG2G-VThe name is short for MICRO/I HG2G-V5FT22TF-*.

HG2G-5F

The name is short for MICRO/I HG2G-5FT22TF-*.

HG2G-5T

The name is short for MICRO/I HG2G-5T*22TF-*.

HG1G

The name is short for MICRO/I HG1G-4VT22TF-*.

HG1P

The name is short for MICRO/I HG1P-ST32*BFH-B0.

FT2J/1J

The format used to refer to FT2J and FT1J.

HG2J/1J

The format used to refer to HG2J and HG1J.

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V

The format used to refer to HG5G-V, HG4G-V, HG3G-V and HG2G-V.

HG5G/4G/3G-V

The format used to refer to HG5G-V, HG4G-V and HG3G-V.

HG4G/3G

The format used to refer to HG4G and HG3G. HG4G-V and HG3G-V is not included.

HG2G-5F/-5T

The format used to refer to HG2G-5F and HG2G-5T.

HG1G/1P

The format used to refer to HG1G and HG1P.

SmartAXIS

Generic term for FT2J/1J.

MICRO/I

Generic term for HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T and HG1G/1P.

External device

Generic term used to refer to a PLC or micro computer that is connected to andcommunicates with the main unit.

Device Address

Memory that is capable of storing values in unit of bits or words loaded on the main
unit and external device.

System Area

Device area that is pre-allocated for exchanging screen management, error
information, and clock data between the main unit and external device.

Device Link Communication

A communication method that performs communication with the external device
according to the setting of the screen and without a program.

DM Link Communication

A communication method that reads and writes value to external devices using themain unit's dedicated DM Link memory.

User Communication

A communication method which performs communication with external devices such as
barcode readers and inverters.

External Device Communication Generic term used to refer to Device Link Communication and DM Link Communication.
O/I Link

A connection format that enables connections of up to 16 units of the main unit withhigh-speed communication of 115,200bps.

O/I Link Master

The main unit that is directly connected to external device on the O/I Link network.

O/I Link Slave

The main units that are not directly connected to external device on the O/I Link
network.

WindO/I-NV4

Integrated configuration software application for creating projects of the main unit.

Project

All data including screen data for operating the main unit created by WindO/I-NV4.

System Settings

Generic term used to refer to the common settings in the project.

Project Settings

Basic settings of operation in the System Settings.

ScriptA script is an executable list of commands created by a simple programming language.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-6

Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Terminology Used in this Manual

Item

Description

Maintenance Communication

Communications between the WindO/I-NV4 and the main unit using a dedicatedprotocol.

Pass-throughA function that enables maintenance of the external device via the main unit.

System Screen

Pre-allocated screen dedicated for performing initial setting of the main unit,
self-diagnosis, and clearing the log data etc.

External Memory Device

The generic term for an SD memory card and a USB flash drive.

Internal Device

The generic term for internal device addressing on the main unit such as internal relays,
registers, etc.

Keep Device

The generic term for internal device not initialized at the start of operation. Even after
the power is turned off, the values are retained by the battery.

Preface-7

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualContents

Contents
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................... Preface-1
Revision history ................................................................................ Preface-4
Caution ............................................................................................ Preface-4
Trademarks ...................................................................................... Preface-4
Symbols Used in this Document .......................................................... Preface-5
Abbreviations, Generic Terms, and Terminology Used in this Manual ....... Preface-6

Chapter 1

Device Link Communication

1

Overview.................................................................................................... 1-1

2

Settings ..................................................................................................... 1-2

3

Important Points Regarding Wiring................................................................ 1-4

4

Compatible Devices and PLC List ................................................................... 1-5

Chapter 2
1

2

3

4

5

Connection to External Devices
IDEC.......................................................................................................... 2-1
1.1

Connection Table ....................................................................................... 2-1

1.2

Supported Function.................................................................................... 2-5

1.3

System Configuration ................................................................................. 2-6

1.4

Connection Diagram ................................................................................. 2-11

1.5

Environment Settings ............................................................................... 2-22

1.6

Usable Device Addresses .......................................................................... 2-23

Mitsubishi Electric ..................................................................................... 2-25
2.1

Connection Table ..................................................................................... 2-25

2.2

Supported Function.................................................................................. 2-30

2.3

System Configuration ............................................................................... 2-31

2.4

Connection Diagram ................................................................................. 2-39

2.5

Environment Settings ............................................................................... 2-51

2.6

Usable Device Addresses .......................................................................... 2-57

OMRON .................................................................................................... 2-69
3.1

Connection Table ..................................................................................... 2-69

3.2

System Configuration ............................................................................... 2-72

3.3

Connection Diagram ................................................................................. 2-77

3.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................... 2-84

3.5

Usable Device Addresses .......................................................................... 2-89

Shibaura Machine ...................................................................................... 2-93
4.1

Connection Table ..................................................................................... 2-93

4.2

System Configuration ............................................................................... 2-93

4.3

Connection Diagram ................................................................................. 2-94

4.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................... 2-97

4.5

Usable Device Addresses .......................................................................... 2-97

Allen-Bradley ............................................................................................ 2-98
5.1

Connection Table ..................................................................................... 2-98

5.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-100

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-8

Contents
5.3

6

7

8

5.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-107

5.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-110

5.6

How to set Device Address for ControlLogix and CompactLogix series .......... 2-123

5.7

Device Addresses used for Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)............................... 2-125

5.8

Tag Editor ............................................................................................ 2-131

JTEKT (Toyoda)....................................................................................... 2-136
6.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-136

6.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-137

6.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-138

6.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-142

6.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-143

SIEMENS ................................................................................................ 2-149
7.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-149

7.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-150

7.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-151

7.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-155

7.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-157

KEYENCE ................................................................................................ 2-162
8.1

9

10

11

Preface-9

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-162

8.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-163

8.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-165

8.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-170

8.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-172

Hitachi ................................................................................................... 2-175
9.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-175

9.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-176

9.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-177

9.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-179

9.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-180

GE Fanuc Automation............................................................................... 2-181
10.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-181

10.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-182

10.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-184

10.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-189

10.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-191

Panasonic ............................................................................................... 2-192
11.1

12

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-102

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-192

11.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-193

11.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-196

11.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-202

11.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-204

YASKAWA Electric .................................................................................... 2-205
12.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-205

12.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-206

12.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-207

12.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-214

12.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-216

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualContents

13

KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES..............................................................2-217
13.1

14

15

13.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-218

13.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-220

13.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-223

13.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-225

FANUC ....................................................................................................2-228
14.1

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-228

14.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-228

14.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-229

14.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-230

14.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-231

Yokogawa Electric ....................................................................................2-232
15.1

16

17

18

19

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-232

15.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-233

15.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-234

15.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-237

15.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-238

Fuji Electric .............................................................................................2-240
16.1

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-240

16.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-242

16.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-245

16.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-252

16.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-256

Toshiba...................................................................................................2-259
17.1

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-259

17.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-260

17.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-262

17.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-269

17.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-269

17.6

The mapping table of devices between PROSEC T-series and V series .......... 2-270

LSIS .......................................................................................................2-271
18.1

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-271

18.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-272

18.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-274

18.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-277

18.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-278

Vigor Electric ...........................................................................................2-279
19.1

20

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-217

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-279

19.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-280

19.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-281

19.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-288

19.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-289

Emerson Electric ......................................................................................2-290
20.1

Connection Table ................................................................................... 2-290

20.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-290

20.3

Connection Diagram ............................................................................... 2-291

20.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-292

20.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-293

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-10

Contents

21

Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems ........................................................ 2-297
21.1

22

Chapter 3
1

21.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-299

21.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-301

21.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-309

21.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-311

ABB ....................................................................................................... 2-312
22.1

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-312

22.2

System Configuration ............................................................................. 2-312

22.3

Connection Diagram .............................................................................. 2-314

22.4

Environment Settings ............................................................................. 2-316

22.5

Usable Device Addresses ........................................................................ 2-317

22.6

Device Address Configuration Procedure .................................................. 2-317

O/I Link Communication
Outline ....................................................................................................... 3-1
1.1

Wiring Diagram ......................................................................................... 3-2

2

Settings...................................................................................................... 3-3

3Communication Service ................................................................................ 3-4

4

5

3.1

O/I Link slave Registration Setting Register (LSD102 in the O/I Link master).... 3-4

3.2

O/I Link slave Online Data Register (LSD104 in the O/I Link master) ............... 3-4

3.3

O/I Link Polling Period Register (LSD101 in the O/I Link slaves) ..................... 3-4

3.4

O/I Link slave Error information Register (LSD106 in the O/I Link master) ....... 3-4

Communication Status Confirmation ..............................................................3-5
4.1

O/I Link Master Error Processing ................................................................. 3-5

4.2

O/I Link Slave Error Processing ................................................................... 3-5

4.3

Status of a Slave in the O/I Link.................................................................. 3-6

4.4

Slave changes status from Online to Offline in the O/I Link ............................ 3-7

Important Notes ..........................................................................................3-8
5.1

6

Chapter 41

3

4

Conditions ................................................................................................ 3-9

DM Link Communication
Overview ....................................................................................................4-1
1.1

2

Communication Traffic Volume of the O/I Link Network ................................. 3-8

Result on the Performance Evaluation of the main unit ....................................3-9
6.1

Preface-11

Connection Table................................................................................... 2-297

Communication Methods ............................................................................ 4-1

System Configuration ...................................................................................4-3
2.1

DM Link 1:1 Communication ....................................................................... 4-3

2.2

DM Link 1:N Communication ....................................................................... 4-3

2.3

DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication ...................................................... 4-4

Connection Diagram.....................................................................................4-5
3.1

RS232C .................................................................................................... 4-5

3.2

RS422/485................................................................................................ 4-7

Communication Specifications ..................................................................... 4-10
4.1

Communication Method ............................................................................ 4-10

4.2

Communication Conditions........................................................................ 4-10

4.3

Flow control ............................................................................................ 4-10

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualContents

5

6

7

8

9

10

Data Memory (DM) Allocation ..................................................................... 4-11
5.1

System Area ........................................................................................... 4-11

5.2

Event transmission control area ................................................................ 4-12

5.3

Response address settings control area ...................................................... 4-12

Settings ................................................................................................... 4-16
6.1

DM Link 1:1 Communication, DM Link 1:N Communication ........................... 4-16

6.2

DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication ..................................................... 4-18

DM Link 1:1 Communication Format ............................................................ 4-19
7.1

Read ...................................................................................................... 4-19

7.2

Write ..................................................................................................... 4-21

7.3

Transmission Control ............................................................................... 4-23

7.4

Clear ...................................................................................................... 4-25

7.5

Event Transmission .................................................................................. 4-25

DM Link 1:N Communication Format ............................................................ 4-27
8.1

Read ...................................................................................................... 4-27

8.2

Write ..................................................................................................... 4-29

8.3

Clear ...................................................................................................... 4-31

8.4

Station Number ....................................................................................... 4-31

DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format ........................................... 4-32
9.1

Read ...................................................................................................... 4-32

9.2

Write ..................................................................................................... 4-34

BCC Calculation......................................................................................... 4-37
10.1

11

Error Codes .............................................................................................. 4-38
11.1

Chapter 5
1

2

3

4

BCC Calculation Example (for DM Link 1:N Communication) .......................... 4-37
Response Time ........................................................................................ 4-38

ModbusConnection Table ........................................................................................ 5-1
1.1

Compatible Protocols ................................................................................. 5-1

1.2

Compatible Table....................................................................................... 5-1

System Configuration .................................................................................. 5-2
2.1

Modbus RTU Master ................................................................................... 5-2

2.2

Modbus ASCII Master ................................................................................. 5-2

2.3

Modbus TCP Client ..................................................................................... 5-2

2.4

Modbus TCP Server .................................................................................... 5-2

2.5

Modbus RTU Slave ..................................................................................... 5-3

2.6

Twido ....................................................................................................... 5-3

2.7

Momentum (MODUBS TCP Client) ................................................................ 5-5

2.8

TWD LCAA 16DRF/24DRF+TWD NAC 485D (Communication Adapter) .............. 5-5

2.9

TWD LCAA 16DRF/24DRF+TWD NAC 485T (Communication Adapter) .............. 5-5

Connection Diagram .................................................................................... 5-6
3.1

Connection Diagram 1: TWD NAC 232D........................................................ 5-6

3.2

Connection Diagram 2: TWD NAC 485D........................................................ 5-7

3.3

Connection Diagram 3: TWD NAC 485T ........................................................ 5-9

Environment Settings ................................................................................ 5-11
4.1

Configure Modbus RTU/ASCII Master ......................................................... 5-11

4.2

Configure Modbus TCP Client .................................................................... 5-12

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Preface-12

Contents

5

6

Chapter 6
1

Usable Device Addresses ............................................................................ 5-13
5.1

Modbus RTU Master, Modbus ASCII Master, Modbus TCP Client .................... 5-13

5.2

Twido (Modbus RTU Master) ..................................................................... 5-13

5.3

Momentum (Modbus TCP Client) ............................................................... 5-13

Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function .......................................... 5-14
6.1

Overview of the Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function ................. 5-14

6.2

Modbus TCP Server function system configuration ....................................... 5-15

6.3

Modbus RTU Slave function system configuration ........................................ 5-15

6.4

Device Addresses .................................................................................... 5-16

6.5

Settings.................................................................................................. 5-17

6.6

Modbus TCP Server Function Communication Format ................................... 5-19

6.7

Modbus RTU Slave Function Communication Format .................................... 5-20

6.8

Common protocol format .......................................................................... 5-21

Communication with Multiple External Devices
About 1:N Communication (Multi-drop) .......................................................... 6-1
1.1

2

Communication Drivers Supporting 1:N Communication ................................... 6-2

3

Settings of the 1:N Communication................................................................ 6-3

4

3.1

External Device Address Settings................................................................. 6-3

3.2

Connection Diagram .................................................................................. 6-6

1:N Communication Operation ......................................................................6-8
4.1

1:N Communication Operation .................................................................... 6-8

5

Using Multiple Communication Drivers............................................................6-9

6

Restrictions............................................................................................... 6-10

Chapter 71

Preface-13

Outline ..................................................................................................... 6-1

Communication Cables
Communication Cables ................................................................................. 7-1
1.1

User Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable(Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)7-1

1.2

PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC295) ................................. 7-2

1.3

PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC305)................................. 7-3

1.4

PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC315) ................................. 7-3

1.5

User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C) . 7-4

1.6

User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC2C) . 7-5

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 1 Device Link Communication
1

Overview
the CPU unit*1 or PLC Link unit*1 Programming Port of the external device connected to the main unit.
The main unit continuously reads the value of device of external device addresses on the currently displayed
screen, and external devices (such as relays and registers) on the screens are updated with the latest data at all
times.
When a button is pressed or a command is executed in the main unit screen, the value is written to the external
device address.
Device Link Communicationn
Main unit
External device
Numerical Display
Reference Device Address: D0

Read

D0:

1234

1234
0

Bit Button
Destination Device Address: M0

Write

1

M0:

For details regarding the Command Method Communication, refer to Chapter 2 “Connection to External
Devices” on page 2-1.
● Connection Types
There are two basic types of connections. 1:1 Communication, where an external device is connected to amain unit; and 1:N Communication, where multiple external devices are connected to a main unit.
■ 1:1 Communication
The main unit is connected to a single external device.
Main unit

Device Link Communication

External device

Read
Write

■ 1:N Communication
The main unit is connected to multiple external devices.
Main unit

Device Link Communication

External device

Read
Write
Station No.1

Read
Write
Station No.2

Read
Write
Station No.3

*1 Unit names vary based on the manufacturer of the external device.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1-1

1Device Link Communication

Device Link Communication refers to the communication protocol used for communication with the main unit, via

2 Settings

2

Settings
You need to setup the main unit using WindO/I-NV4 in order for it to be able to communicate with the external
devices.
Device Link Communication setting is set on the Project Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Project under
System Setup on the Configuration tab in WindO/I-NV4. For details, refer to the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual.
Match the settings for the items in the following table to those of the external devices that you will be using.

Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name

Setting Name

Description
It varies based on the model of the main unit.
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J:
Specifies the time (0 to 9999 seconds) from when the power ofthe main unit is turned on and the POWER LED (green) changes
from blinking to lit until communications start with the external
device (0 to 9999 seconds).

Start Time (sec)

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P:
Specifies the time from when the power of the main unit is turnedon until communications start with the external device (0 to 9999
seconds).

System

Set this option if the external device is turned on after the main unit,
or some time is required until the communication port of external
devices can be used.
Use System Area

When Use System Area is selected, set the device address for
Use System Areas 3, 4 System Area.
Watch Dog
Device AddressTime (sec)When Watch Dog is selected, set the Device Address and theTime for the write interval.

Interface
Configuration

Select the interface used for the Device Link Communication.

Function

Select the Function to be used. The details of External Device
Communication 1 to the External Device Communication 4
are configured on the Communication Driver tab.
For details about O/Link Communication, refer to Chapter 3 “O/I
Link Communication” on page 3-1.

Communication Interface Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits
ParityThe settings vary based on the external device used. Refer to
Chapter 2 “Connection to External Devices” on page 2-1.

Flow Control
Serial Interface

1-2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Settings

Tab Name

Setting Name

Description

Manufacturer

Select the manufacturer and the communication driver from the listof compatible External Devices given in Chapter 2 “Connection to
Communication Driver
External Devices” on page 2-1 that corresponds to the one you will
Connection
be using.

Communication DriverCommunication Driver
Network

This is the time that the main unit will wait for a reply from theExternal Device after it sends a communication command. When thistime elapses, the main unit will send the command again.
Time Out (x100 msec)(Default: 20)
Give careful consideration to the value that you will use beforechanging this setting.
Retry Cycles

If communication errors occur despite trying the number set here,
an error is displayed on the screen and the error information is set in
the system area. (Default: 5)(Other setting)

The settings vary based on the external device used. For details,
refer to Chapter 2 “Connection to External Devices” on page 2-1 foryour External Device.

Station NumberThis number is used to distinguish an external device when set to a
device address.

IP AddressThis option is IP address of each external devices.

Port NumberThis option is Port Number of each external devices.

(Other setting)

These items vary based on the Communication Driver. You can see
some items if the selected Communication Driver has any setting
items. Refer to each manual for the external device.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1-3

Device Link Communication

Transmission Wait
(x10 msec)

The settings vary based on the external device used. For details,
refer to Chapter 2 “Connection to External Devices” on page 2-1. If
there is no setting given for the transmission wait, set it to 0.
Adjust the per unit time communications traffic by increasing thisvalue when the processing speed of the main unit is slow due to ahigh-traffic communication.

1

3 Important Points Regarding Wiring

3

Important Points Regarding Wiring• Depending on the environment, connect a shield wire to the FG terminal on either the External Device side or themain unit side.
• When using the RS422/485 interface, note the following points.
- Use a twisted-pair cable so that the + and - signals are paired.
- When communication quality is unstable, add terminating resistance matched to the characteristic impedance toboth ends of the cable. The setting method varies based on the model.
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG1G*1: Insert a terminating resistor of an appropriate value (about 100 to 120 Ohm,
1/2 W minimum) between terminal number 8 (RDA) and terminal number 9 (RDB).
FT2J

HG2J

HG1G

Terminal Number 8 (RDA)
Terminal Number 9 (RDB)

Terminal Number 8 (RDA)
Terminal Number 9 (RDB)

TOP
USB1

IN

USB2
LAN

RESET

COM

Slot1

Slot2

OUT

Terminal Number 8 (RDA)
Terminal Number 9 (RDB)

FT1J

HG1J

Terminal Number 8 (RDA)

Terminal Number 8 (RDA)

Terminal Number 9 (RDB)

Terminal Number 9 (RDB)

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T: Set the Terminating Resistor Selector Switch to the ON side.
This will connect the internal terminating resistor between RDA
and RDB. The connected resistance value varies based on themodel.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F*2: 120-Ohm,
HG2G-5T: 100-Ohm

HG5G/4G/3G-V, HG4G/3G

HG2G-V, HG2G-5F

HG2G-5T

Terminating Resistor Selector Switch

Terminating Resistor Selector Switch

Terminating Resistor Selector Switch*1 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, and HG1G are not equipped with terminating resistor.
*2 In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F inserts terminating resistor to only Terminal port, not D-sub port.
Insert a terminating resistor (100 to 120 Ohm, 1/2 W minimum) when using RS422/485 interface at D-sub port if
necessary.

1-4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Compatible Devices and PLC List

4

Compatible Devices and PLC List

1

YES: Supported, NO: Not supported
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G,
FT2J/1J HG2J/1J
HG2G-5F/-5T,
HG1G/1P

Details

FC6A MICROSmart

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-1

FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-2

FC5A MICROSmart

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-3

FC4A MICROSmart

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-4

FC3A OpenNet Controller

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-4

Mitsubishi Electric

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-25

OMRON

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-69

Shibaura Machine

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-93

Allen-Bradley

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-98

JTEKT (Toyoda)

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-136

SIEMENS

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-149

KEYENCE

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-162

Hitachi

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-175

GE Fanuc Automation

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-181

Panasonic

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-192

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-205

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-217

FANUC

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-228

Yokogawa Electric

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-232

Fuji Electric

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-240

Toshiba

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-259

LSIS

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-271

Vigor Electric

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-279

Emerson Electric

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-290

Hitachi Industrial Equipment
Systems

NO

NO

YES

Page 2-297

ABB

YES

YES

YES

Page 2-312

IDEC

YASKAWA Electric
KOYO ELECTRONICS
INDUSTRIESFor details regarding thecorrespondence model,
refer to the Details page.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1-5

Device Link Communication

Manufacturer

Correspondencemodel4 Compatible Devices and PLC List

1-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 2 Connection to External Devices
1IDEC

1.1 Connection Table

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485)-

MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)

None

MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485)-

MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)

FC6A MICROSmart
FC6A-C16R1AE
FC6A-C16R4AE
FC6A-C24R1AE
FC6A-C24R4AE
FC6A-C40R1AE
FC6A-C40R4AE
FC6A-C16R1CE
FC6A-C16R4CE
FC6A-C16P1CE
FC6A-C16P4CE
FC6A-C16K1CE
FC6A-C16K4CE
FC6A-C24R1CE
FC6A-C24R4CE
FC6A-C24P1CE
FC6A-C24P4CE
FC6A-C24K1CE
FC6A-C24K4CE
FC6A-C40R1CE
FC6A-C40R4CE
FC6A-C40P1CE
FC6A-C40P4CE
FC6A-C40K1CE
FC6A-C40K4CE
FC6A-C16R1DE
FC6A-C16R4DE
FC6A-C40R1DE
FC6A-C40R4DE
FC6A-C16P1DE
FC6A-C16P4DE
FC6A-C40P1DE
FC6A-C40P4DE
FC6A-C16K1DE
FC6A-C16K4DE
FC6A-C40K1DE
FC6A-C40K4DE
FC6A-C40R1AEJ
FC6A-C40R4AEJ
FC6A-C40R1CEJ
FC6A-C40R4CEJ
FC6A-C40P1CEJ
FC6A-C40P4CEJ
FC6A-C40K1CEJ
FC6A-C40K4CEJ
FC6A-C40R1DEJ
FC6A-C40R4DEJ
FC6A-C40P1DEJ
FC6A-C40P4DEJ
FC6A-C40K1DEJ
FC6A-C40K4DEJ

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-18)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-19)

FC6A-PC1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-PC3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC6A-SIF52

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet
FC6A-PH1 (HMI Module)

FC6A-PC1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-PC3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC6A-SIF52

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet

FC6A-PH1 (HMI Module)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-1

Connection to External Devices

CPU Module

2

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

1 IDECCPU Module

FC6A-D16R1CEE
FC6A-D16R4CEE
FC6A-D16P1CEE
FC6A-D16P4CEE
FC6A-D16K1CEE
FC6A-D16K4CEE
FC6A-D32P3CEE
FC6A-D32P4CEE
FC6A-D32K3CEE
FC6A-D32K4CEE

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

InterfaceFC6A-HPH1+FC6A-PC1
FC6A-PH1 (HMI Module)+FC6A-PC1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-HPH1+FC6A-PC3
FC6A-PH1 (HMI Module)+FC6A-PC3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485)-

MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC6A-SIF52

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port) Ethernet
FC6A-PH1 (HMI Module)

The corresponding device type differs depending on the communication driver which be used.
For FC6A type, please select MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485), MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet) driver.
If use OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C485), OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)
driver, the device type is partially different, so please use this manual carefully after confirming it.

CPU Module

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

None

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite
FT1A-H24RA
FT1A-H24RC
FT1A-B24RA
FT1A-B24RC
FT1A-H40RKA
FT1A-H40RSA
FT1A-H40RC
FT1A-B40RKA
FT1A-B40RSA
FT1A-B40RC
FT1A-H48KA
FT1A-H48SAFT1A-H48KC
FT1A-H48SC
FT1A-B48KA
FT1A-B48SA
FT1A-B48KC
FT1A-B48SC

2-2

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Ethernet

FT1A-PC1(Communication Cartridge)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)

FT1A-PC2(Communication Cartridge)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-16)

FT1A-PC3(Communication Cartridge)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDECCPU Module

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

FC5A MICROSmart*1
Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

FC5A-SIF4

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

FC4A-HPC3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER+FC4A-PC3 (Communication
Adapter)

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

None

FC4A-HPC1

FC5A-D16RK1 FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)
FC5A-D16RS1 +FC4A-PC1 (Communication
FC5A-D32K3 Adapter)
FC5A-D32S3 FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)

2

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

FC5A-SIF2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC5A-SIF4

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)

Ethernet-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Ethernet-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

FC4A-HPC1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

FC4A-HPC3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)
FC5A-D12K1E +FC4A-PC1 (Communication
FC5A-D12S1E Adapter)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)+FC4A-PC3 (Communication
Adapter)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC5A-SIF2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC5A-SIF4

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

None*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-3

Connection to External Devices

FC5A-C10R2 FC4A-PC1 (Communication Adapter) RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)
FC5A-C16R2
RS422/485 2-wire
FC5A-C24R2
FC4A-PC3 (Communication Adapter)
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)
FC5A-C10R2C
FC5A-C16R2C
RS232CFC5A-C24R2C FC5A-SIF2
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

None1 IDECCPU Module

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

FC4A MICROSmart*1

FC4A-C10R2

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)
FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)
Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

FC4A-C16R2
FC4A-C24R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)
Ethernet
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

None

RS232CFC4A-PC1 (Communication Adapter)
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

FC4A-PC3 (Communication Adapter)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)+FC4A-PC3 (Communication
Adapter)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)

Ethernet-

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

ER

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

None

FC4A-HPC1
FC4A-D20K3
FC4A-D20S3
FC4A-HPC3
FC4A-D20RK1
FC4A-D20RS1 FC4A-HPH1 (HMI Base Module)
FC4A-D40K3 +FC4A-PC1 (Communication
FC4A-D40S3 Adapter)

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

FC3A OpenNet Controller*1

FC3A-CP2

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)
FC4A-SX5ES1E (Web Server Unit)

Ethernet*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

2-4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual-

OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)
OpenNet,MICROSmart,
SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

1 IDEC

1.2 Supported Function
YES: Supported, NO: Not supported
Communication Driver

FunctionsPass-through function*1 1:N Communication function
YES

YES

MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)

NO

YES

OpenNet,MICRSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

YES

YES

OpenNet,MICRSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)

NO

YES

2
Connection to External Devices

MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485)• Pass-through function ( Chapter 27 “Pass-Through Function” in the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual)• 1:N Communication function ( Chapter 6 “Communication with Multiple External Devices” on page 6-1)

*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-5

1 IDEC

1.3 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of IDEC PLCs to the main unit.
● FC3A OpenNet Controller (Connects to RS232C port of CPU Module)

FC3A OpenNet Controller Interface
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

FC3A-CP2

Main unit● FC3A OpenNet Controller (Connects to RS485 port of CPU Module)

FC3A OpenNet Controller Interface
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC3A-CP2

Main unit● FC4A/5A/6A MICROSmart (Connects to Port 1 of CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)
or Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)

FC4A/5A

Main unit

The CPU module of the FC5A-D12*1E does not have the Port 1.

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-18)

RS485
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-19)

FC6A

Main unit

The CPU module of the FC6A-C*****EJ or the FC6A-D****CEE does not have the Port 1.

2-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC● FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Connects to Port 2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

FC4A-PC1
FC4A-C16R2/-C24R2,
FC5A-C10R2/-C10R2C/-C16R2/-C16R2C/-C24R2/-C24R2C

Main unit

2

RS485

Connection to External Devices

Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC4A-PC3
Main unit

RS232CFC4A-PC1
FC4A-D*****
FC5A-D*****

Connection Diagram 1(Page 2-11)

FC4A-HPH1

Main unit

RS485

FC4A-PC3

Connection Diagram 2(Page 2-12)

Main unit● FC4A/5A/6A MICROSmart (Connects to Communication Adapter)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-11)

FC4A-D*****
FC5A-D*****

FC4A-HPC1

Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC4A-HPC3

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

FC5A-D*****

FC5A-SIF2

Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC5A-SIF4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-7

1 IDEC

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-PC1
FC6A-C*****E/-C*****EJ

Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC6A-PC3
Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC6A-SIF52

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-PC1
FC6A-D****CEE

FC6A-HPH1

Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC6A-PC3
Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-21)

FC6A-PH1

FC6A-PC1
Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC6A-PC3
Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-15)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FC6A-SIF52

2-8

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

1 IDEC● FC3A OpenNet Controller and FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Connects to Web Server Unit)
PLC Connecting Cable
FC4A-KC3C

FC3A/4A/5A

Ethernet

FC4A-SX5ES1E

Main unit

2
Connection to External Devices● FC5A MICROSmart (Connects to Ethernet port of the FC5A-D12*1E)

Ethernet

FC5A-D12K1E/-D12S1E

Main unit● FC6A MICROSmart (Connects to Ethernet port)
Ethernet

Ethernet
FC6A

Main unit
FC6A-PH1● FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Connects to Communication Cartridge)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-14)

FT1A-PC1
Main unit

FT1A-B24/-B40/-B48/-H24/-H40/-H48
RS485
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-16)

FT1A-PC2
Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-12)

FT1A-PC3
Main unit● FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet

FT1A-B24/-B40/-B48/-H24/-H40/-H48

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-9

1 IDEC● FC3A OpenNet Controller, FC4A/5A/6A MICROSmart and FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Communicates

via Serial)

The 1:N communication can be established by using the following connections.
• FC3A OpenNet Controller (Connects to the RS485 port of the CPU module)• FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Connects to the Port 2)• FC5A MICROSmart (Connects to the Communication adapter)• FC6A MICROSmart (Connects to the Port 1 of the CPU module of the FC6A-C*****E)• FC6A MICROSmart (Connects to the Communication cartridge or the Communication adapter)• FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Connects to the Communication cartridge)
Main unit

RS485

・・・

PLC1

PLC2

PLCn

PLC3

● FC3A OpenNet Controller, FC4A/5A/6A MICROSmart and FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Connects via

Ethernet)

The 1:N communication can be established by using the following connections.
• FC3A OpenNet Controller (Connects to the Web Server Unit)• FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Connects to the Web Server Unit)• FC5A MICROSmart (Connects to the Ethernet port of the FC5A-D12*1E)• FC6A MICROSmart (Connects to the Ethernet port)• FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Connects to the Ethernet port)
Main unit

Ethernet

・・・

・・・

PLC1

PLC2

PLC3

• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

2-10

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

PLCn

1 IDEC

1.4 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

FC3A OpenNet Controller and FC4A/5A MICROSmart (RS232C port)

Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG
SG
NC
ShieldPin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
4
2
1
3

Name
CS
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10*1

SG

In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G, a communication
cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.1 User
Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)" on page
7-1 about the connection diagram of these cables.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG
SG
NC
ShieldPin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
8
2
3
7
5

Name
FG
CS
RD
SD
RS
SG

In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a communication cable (Type Number: HG9ZXC295) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.2 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC295)" onpage 7-2 about the connection diagram of the HG9Z-XC295.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-11

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 2:

FC3A OpenNet Controller and FC4A/5A MICROSmart (RS485 port)
FC5A MICROSmart (FC5A-SIF4)
FC6A MICROSmart (FC6A-PC3, RS485 port of FC6A-SIF52)
FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (FT1A-PC3)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SG
A
B

Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10*1
8
9
6
7

SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SG
A
B

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SG
A
B

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-12

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SG
A
B

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SG
A
B

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-13

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 3:

FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Port 1)
FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (FT1A-PC1)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
NC
NC
SD
RD
NC
SG
SG
NC
ShieldPin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
4
2
1

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD

5 or 10*1

SG

In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G a communication
cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.1 User
Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)" on page
7-1 about the connection diagram of these cables.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
NC
NC
SD
RD
NC
SG
SG
NC
ShieldPin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
7
8
2
3
5
Cover

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD
SG
FG

In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a communication cable (Type Number: HG9ZXC295) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.2 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC295)" onpage 7-2 about the connection diagram of the HG9Z-XC295.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-14

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 4:

FC5A MICROSmart (FC5A-SIF2)
FC6A MICROSmart (RS232C port of FC6A-SIF52)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD

5 or 10*1

SG

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
RS(RTS)ER(DTR)
SD(TxD)
RD(RxD)
DR(DSR)
SG(SG)

Pin No.
3421Connection to External Devices

Name
RS(RTS)ER(DTR)
SD(TxD)
RD(RxD)
DR(DSR)
SG(SG)

Shield Wire

Pin No.
7
8
2
3
5
Cover

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD
SG
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-15

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 5:

FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (FT1A-PC2)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SG
A
B

Pin No.
7
2
1

Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10*1
8
9
6
7

SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G a communication cable (Type
Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.1 User Communication, Printer or
PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)" on page 7-1 about the connection
diagram of these cables.
PLC(RS485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SG
A
B

Pin No.
721

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
In case of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F, a communication cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275) isavailable. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.1 User Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable (Type
Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)" on page 7-1 about the connection diagram of these cables.
PLC(RS485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SG
A
B

Pin No.
721

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-16

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC

PLC(RS485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SG
A
B

Pin No.
721

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

PLC(RS485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SG
A
B

Pin No.
7
2
1

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-17

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 6:

FC6A MICROSmart (Connects the Port 1 of the FC6A-C*****E used as
RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10*1

SG

In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G a communication
cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.5 User Communication or PLC
communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C)" on page 7-4 about the connection diagram of the
FC6A-KC1C.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a communication cable (Type Number: FC6AKC2C) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.6 User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type
Number: FC6A-KC2C)" on page 7-5 about the connection diagram of the FC6A-KC2C.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-18

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 7:

FC6A MICROSmart (Connects the Port 1 of the FC6A-C*****E used as
RS485 port)

PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G a communication cable (Type
Number: FC6A-KC1C) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.5 User Communication or PLC communication
cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C)" on page 7-4 about the connection diagram of the FC6A-KC1C.
PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
In case of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C) is available. Refer
to Chapter 7 "1.5 User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C)" onpage 7-4 about the connection diagram of the FC6A-KC1C.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-19

Connection to External Devices

Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

1 IDEC

PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD
ER
A
B
DR
NC
GND

2-20

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC● Connection Diagram 8:

FC6A MICROSmart (FC6A-PC1)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Shield Wire

5 or 10

*1

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD

2

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG

Pin No.
3421Connection to External Devices

Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
7
8
2
3
5
Cover

Name
RS
CS
RD
SD
SG
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-21

1 IDEC

1.5 Environment Settings● FC3A OpenNet Controller, FC4A/5A/6A MICROSmart and FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Serial)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

Baud Rate*1

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

7

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven

Flow Control

None

Serial Interface*2

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire or RS422/485 4-wireSlave Number*3

Set the Station Number (0 to 31) of PLC.

Set the Special Internal Relay M8014 of FC3A OpenNet Controller to ON if you connect FC3A OpenNet
Controller to the main unit.
● FC3A OpenNet Controller and FC4A/5A MICROSmart (Connects to Web Server Unit)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address for the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask for the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway for the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address for Web Server Unit.

Port Number

Set the port number for Web Server Unit.

Set the Special Internal Relay M8014 of FC3A OpenNet Controller to ON if you connect FC3A OpenNet
Controller to the main unit.
● FC5A MICROSmart (FC5A-D12*1E), FC6A MICROSmart and FT1A SmartAXIS Pro/Lite (Ethernet)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address for the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask for the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway for the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address for PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number for PLC.

*1 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
*2 The interface settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
*3 Set a decimal number for the Slave Number of the main unit.

2-22

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 IDEC

1.6 Usable Device Addresses● MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485), MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address
Numeral System

Read/WriteM

0 to 7997, 8000 to 9997,
10000 to 21247

R/W

I

I

0 to 10597

R

*1

Q

Q

0 to 10597

R/W

*1

PLC

Internal Relay (Bit)M

Input (Bit)
Output (Bit)2*1Timer (Contact)

TT

0 to 1999

R

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CC

0 to 511

R

DecimalShift Register (Bit)RR

0 to 255

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/Write

Address
Numeral System

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data RegisterDD

0 to 61999, 70000 to 269999

R/W

DecimalInput (Word)

WI

I

0 to 10580

R

Decimal*2

Output (Word)

WQ

Q

0 to 10580

R/W

Decimal*2

Internal Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 7980, 8000 to 9980,
10000 to 21220

R/W

Decimal*2

Timer Current ValueTC

TC

0 to 1999

R

DecimalCounter Current ValueCC

CC

0 to 511

R

DecimalTimer Preset ValueTPTP

0 to 1999

R/W

DecimalCounter Preset ValueCP

CP

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalShift Register (Word)

WR

R

0 to 240

R

Decimal*3

Index registerPP

0 to 151

R*4

Usage limitations may exist for PLC devices depending on the operating conditions. Refer to the PLC
manual to confirm performance under your actual operating conditions.

*1 Set the last digit of this address number in octal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 20.
*3 Set this address number in multiples of 16.
*4 This device is a 32-bit device. The first two digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-23

Connection to External Devices

Address Number Range

Main unit

1 IDEC● OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485),

OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address
Numeral System

Address Number Range

Read/WriteM

0 to 7997, 8000 to 9997,
10000 to 21247

R/W

I

I

0 to 10597

R*1

Output (Bit)Q

Q

0 to 10597

R/W

*1

Timer (Contact)

TT

0 to 1999

R

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CC

0 to 511

R

DecimalShift Register (Bit)RR

0 to 255

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/Write

Address
Numeral System

Main unit

PLC

Internal Relay (Bit)M

Input (Bit)*1

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data RegisterDD

0 to 61999, 70000 to 269999

R/W

DecimalInput (Word)

WI

I

0 to 10580

R

Decimal*2

Output (Word)

WQ

Q

0 to 10580

R/W

Decimal*2

Internal Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 7980, 8000 to 9980,
10000 to 21220

R/W

Decimal*2

Timer Current ValueTC

TC

0 to 1999

R

DecimalCounter Current ValueCC

CC

0 to 511

R

DecimalTimer Preset ValueTPTP

0 to 1999

R/W

DecimalCounter Preset ValueCP

CP

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalLink Register

L

L

100 to 1317

R/W

*1

Shift Register (Word)

WR

R

0 to 240

R

Decimal*3

Error RegisterE-

0 to 5

R/W

DecimalSet the Special Internal Relay M8014 of FC3A OpenNet Controller to ON.
Usage limitations may exist for PLC devices depending on the operating conditions. Refer to the PLC
manual to confirm performance under your actual operating conditions.

*1 Set the last digit of this address number in octal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 20.
*3 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

2-24

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric2

Mitsubishi Electric

2.1 Connection Table● PLC
WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver

MELSEC-A
A1N
A2N
A3N

A1SH

A2CCPUC24

AJ71C24
AJ71C24-S3
AJ71C24-S6
AJ71C24-S8
AJ71UC24

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

A1SJ71C24-R2
A1SJ71UC24-R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

ER

A1SJ71C24-R4
A1SJ71UC24-R4

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

A0J2
A0J2H

A0J2-C214-S1

A2A
A3A
A2U
A3U
A4U

AJ71C24-S6
AJ71C24-S8
AJ71UC24

A2US
A2USH-S1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

MELSEC-AnN(LINK)ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

A1SJ71C24-R2
A1SJ71UC24-R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

ER

A1SJ71C24-R4

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

AJ71QC24N-R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

ER

AJ71QC24N

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

MELSEC-AnA(Link)

MELSEC-QnA

Q4ACPU
Q4ARCPU
Q3ACPUQ2ACPU-S1
Q2ACPU

AJ71QC24N-R4

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 9 (Page 2-46)

None

AJ71QE71N3-T
Ethernet-

A1SJ71QC24N-R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

ER

A1SJ71QC24N

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

AJ71QE71N-B2
AJ71QE71N-B5

Q2ASHCPU-S1
Q2ASHCPU
Q2ASCPU-S1
Q2ASCPU

A1SJ71QE71N3-T
A1SJ71QE71N-B2

Ethernet

A1SJ71QE71N-B5

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual-

MELSEC-Q/QnA (LINK)MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)

MELSEC-Q/QnA (LINK)MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)

2-25

2Connection to External Devices

CPU Unit2 Mitsubishi Electric

CPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver

MELSEC-Q
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
Q00UJCPU
Q00UCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPUNot required(Connects to CPU Module)

Q02CPU
QJ71C24N-R2
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPUQ00UJCPU
Q00UCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q10UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q20UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
QJ71C24N
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q20UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU
Q100UDEHCPU
Q03UDVCPU
Q04UDVCPU
Q06UDVCPU
Q13UDVCPU
Q26UDVCPU

2-26

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-43)
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-44)

ER

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

MELSEC-Q/QnA (LINK)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

None

Q02CPU
Q02HCPUNot required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-43)
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-44)

ER

MELSEC-Q (CPU)Q00JCPU
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPUQ00UJCPU
Q00UCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q10UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q20UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU

QJ71E71-100
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5

Ethernet-

MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric

CPU Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver-

MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

QJ71E71-100
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5

Ethernet

FX1
FX2
FX2C

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

FX0
FX0N
FX0S
FX1S

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

MELSEC-FX

FX1NC
FX2NC

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

NoneRS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-43)

FX1N-232-BD*1

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)*1

FX1N-422-BD

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX1N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-232ADP
Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

FX2N

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX2NC-232ADPFX1N

MELSEC-FX(CPU)RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

NoneRS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-43)

FX2N-232-BD*1

MELSEC-FX2N(CPU)ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

FX2N-422-BD*1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX2N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-232ADP

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)*1 These are expansion boards.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-27

2Connection to External Devices

Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q10UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q20UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q50UDEHCPU
Q100UDEHCPU
Q03UDVCPU
Q04UDVCPU
Q06UDVCPU
Q13UDVCPU
Q26UDVCPUWindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric

CPU Unit

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)
FX3U
FX3UC

FX3G

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3U-ENET-L*2

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)
FX1N-232-BD

FX1N-485-BD

MELSEC-FX3U(CPU)-MELSEC-FX3U(Ethernet)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

MELSEC-FX3UC(CPU)RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

NoneRS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX2N-232-BD
FX2N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-232ADP

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX2N-485-BD

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX2N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-485ADP

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)*2 When connecting with MELSEC-FX3UC, FX2NC-CNV-IF or FX3UC-1PS-5V is required.

2-28

None

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX1N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-485ADP

FX2NCommunication
Driver

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX1N-CNV-BD + FX2NC-232ADP

FX1N
FX1S

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX3U-232-BD

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Flow
Control

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3U-232ADP

FX3SInterface

FX3U-232ADP
or
FX3U-CNV-BD + FX3U-232ADP

FX3G-CNV-ADP + FX3U-232ADP

FX3GC

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

MELSEC-FX(LINK)

2 Mitsubishi Electric

CPU Unit

Link Unit

FX2NC-485ADP

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX3U-232-BD

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX3U-485ADP

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX3G-232-BD
FX3G-CNV-ADP + FX3U-232ADP

FX3G-485-BD

MELSEC-FX(LINK)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX3G-CNV-ADP + FX3U-485ADP

FX3S

None

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX3G-485-BD

FX3G-232-BD

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX3U-485-BD

FX3U-485ADP

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3U-232ADP

FX3GC

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

Connection to External Devices

FX3U-485-BD

FX3U-232ADP

2

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX3U-CNV-BD + FX3U-485ADPFX3GCommunication
Driver

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX3U-CNV-BD + FX3U-232ADP

FX3UC

Flow
Control

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX3U-232-BD

FX3U

Interface
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX2NC-232ADP
FX1NC
FX2NC

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-29

2 Mitsubishi Electric

CPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

MELSEC-FX5U(LINK)-MELSEC-FX5U(Ethernet)

None

MELSEC-FX5U(LINK)-MELSEC-FX5U(Ethernet)

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

FREQROLMELSEC iQ-F
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
Not required(Connects to CPU Module) RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
FX5-232-BD,
FX5-232ADP

FX5U

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX5-485-BD,
FX5-485ADP

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Not required
Ethernet(Connects to CPU Module)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
Not required(Connects to CPU Module) RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX5-232ADP
FX5UC

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX5-485ADP

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Not required
Ethernet(Connects to CPU Module)● Inverter
WindO/I-NV4 Settings

CPU Unit

Interface

FREQROL
FREQROL-E500
FREQROL-S500

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 13 (Page 2-50)

2.2 Supported Function
YES: Supported, NO: Not supported
Communication Driver

FunctionsPass-through function*1

1:N Communication function

MELSEC-Q(CPU)

YES

NO

MELSEC-FX(CPU)

YES

NO

MELSEC-FX2N(CPU)

YES

NO

MELSEC-FX3UC(CPU)

YES

NO

MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)

NO

YES

MELSEC-FX3U(Ethernet)

NO

YES

MELSEC-FX(LINK)

NO

YES

• Pass-through function ( Chapter 27 “Pass-Through Function” in the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual)• 1:N Communication function ( Chapter 6 “Communication with Multiple External Devices” on page 6-1)
*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

2-30

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric

2.3 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Mitsubishi Electric PLCs to the main unit.
● MELSEC-A Series (Connects to Computer Link Unit)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

2

A1N, A2N, A3N

AJ71C24,
AJ71C24-S3

Connection to External Devices

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)
Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

A1N, A2N, A3N,
A2A, A3A

AJ71C24-S6/-S8

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

A1N, A2N, A3N,
A2A, A3A,
A2U, A3U, A4U

AJ71UC24

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)
RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)
A0J2, A0J2H

A0J2-C214-S1

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

A1SH, A2US, A2USH

Main unit

A1SJ71C24-R2,
A1SJ71UC24-R2

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

A1SJ71C24-R4,
A1SJ71UC24-R4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-31

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-A Series (Connects to CPU Module Link Interface)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

A2CCPU24

Main unit● MELSEC-Q/QnA Series (Connects to Computer Link Unit)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

Q02CPU, Q02HCPU, Q06HCPU,
Q12HCPU, Q25HCPU, Q00UJCPU,
Q00UCPU, Q01UCPU, Q02UCPU,
Q03UD(E)CPU, Q04UD(E)HCPU,
Q06UD(E)HCPU, Q10UD(E)HCPU,
Q13UD(E)HCPU, Q20UD(E)HCPU,
Q26UD(E)HCPU, Q50UDEHCPU,
Q100UDEHCPU, Q03UDVCPU,
Q04UDVCPU, Q06UDVCPU,
Q13UDVCPU, Q26UDVCPU

QJ71C24N

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

QJ71C24N-R2

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

Q4ACPU, Q4ARCPU,
Q3ACPU,Q2ACPU-S1, Q2ACPU

QJ71C24N

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

QJ71C24N-R2

Main unit
RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

RS485
Connection Diagram 9 (Page 2-46)

Main unit

AJ71QC24N-R4

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-41)

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-40)

Q2ASH CPU-S1, Q2ASH CPU,
Q2AS CPU-S1, Q2AS CPU

A1SJ71QC24N

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-39)

A1SJ71QC24N-R2

2-32

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-Q Series (Connects to CPU Module Programming Port)
Mitsubishi Electric Cable
QC30R2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-43)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-44)

2Main unit

Connection to External Devices

Q00CPU, Q01CPU,
Q02CPU, Q02HCPU,Q00UJCPU, Q00UCPU,
Q01UCPU, Q02UCPU● MELSEC-FX Series (Connects to CPU Module Programming Port)

RS422
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

FX1, FX2, FX2C

Main unit
Mitsubishi Electric Cable
FX-20P-CADP

RS422
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

RS422
Connection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX0S, FX1S, FX0N, FX1N,
FX1NC, FX2N, FX2NC,
FX3UC, FX3U,
FX3G, FX3GC, FX3S

Main unit

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wire

FX2N-485-BD

Connection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX1S

Mitsubishi Electric Cable
FX-20P-CADP

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

FX1N-422-BD

RS422
Connection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX1N

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-43)

FX1N-232-BD
Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX1N-485-BD

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-33

2 Mitsubishi Electric

Mitsubishi Electric Cable
FX-20P-CADP

RS422
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-42)

FX2N-422-BD

RS422
Connection Diagram 10 (Page 2-47)

FX2N

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-43)

FX2N-232-BD
Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

FX2N-485-BD

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3U-232-BD
FX3UC, FX3U

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
FX3U-485-BD

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3G-232-BD
FX3G, FX3S

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
FX3G-485-BD

2-34

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX Series (Connects to FX2NC-232ADP/-485ADP, FX3U-232ADP/-485ADP)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX1NC, FX2NC

Main unit

FX2NC-232ADP

2

RS485 4-wireConnection to External Devices

Connection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX2NC-485ADP

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX1N-CNV-BD
FX1N

FX2NC-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
FX2NC-485ADP

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX2N-CNV-BD
FX2N

FX2NC-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
FX2NC-485ADP

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3UC, FX3GC

FX3U-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX3U-485ADPWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-35

2 Mitsubishi Electric

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3U-CNV-BD
FX3U

FX3U-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)
FX3U-485ADP

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX3G-CNV-ADP
FX3G

FX3U-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Main unit

FX3U-485ADP● MELSEC iQ-F Series
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

Main unit

FX5U, FX5UC

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)

FX5-232-BD
FX5U

Main unit
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)
FX5-485-BD

2-36

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-45)
FX5U, FX5UC

FX5-232ADP

Main unit
RS485 4-wire2

Connection Diagram 11 (Page 2-48)

Connection to External Devices

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 12 (Page 2-49)

FX5-485ADP

Main unit● MELSEC-Q/QnA Series (Connects to Ethernet port on CPU Module)

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Q03UDECPU, Q04UDEHCPU, Q06UDEHCPU,
Q10UDEHCPU, Q13UDEHCPU, Q20UDEHCPU,
Q26UDEHCPU, Q50UDEHCPU, Q100UDEHCPU,
Q03UDVCPU, Q04UDVCPU, Q06UDVCPU,
Q13UDVCPU, Q26UDVCPU

Main unit● MELSEC-Q/QnA Series (Connects to the Ethernet Unit)

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Q00JCPU, Q00CPU, Q01CPU, Q02CPU, QJ71E71-100/-B2/-B5
Q02HCPU, Q06HCPU, Q12HCPU,
Q25HCPU, Q00UJCPU, Q00UCPU,
Q01UCPU, Q02UCPU, Q03UD(E)CPU,
Q04UD(E)HCPU, Q06UD(E)HCPU,
Q10UD(E)HCPU, Q13UD(E)HCPU,
Q20UD(E)HCPU, Q26UD(E)HCPU,
Q50UDEHCPU, Q100UDEHCPU,
Q03UDVCPU, Q04UDVCPU,
Q06UDVCPU, Q13UDVCPU, Q26UDVCPU

Main unit

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Q4ACPU, Q4ARCPU,
Q3ACPU, Q2ACPU-S1,
Q2ACPU

AJ71QE71N3-T,
AJ71QE71N-B5

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-37

2 Mitsubishi Electric

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Q2ASHCPU-S1, Q2ASHCPU,
Q2ASCPU-S1, Q2ASCPUA1SJ71QE71N3-T,
A1SJ71QE71N-B2/-B5

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.
● MELSEC-FX Series (Connects to the Ethernet Unit)

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

FX3UC, FX3U

Main unit

FX3U-ENET-L

When connecting with MELSEC-FX3UC, FX2NC-CNV-IF or FX3UC-1PS-5V is required.

● MELSEC iQ-F Series (Connects to Ethernet port on CPU Module)

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Main unit

FX5U, FX5UC● Inverter

RS485
Connection Diagram 13 (Page 2-50)

PU Connector

Main unit

For details including the connection procedures, refer to the instruction manual provided with the
Mitsubishi Electric inverter.

2-38

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric

2.4 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

Computer Link Unit (RS232C)

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10*1
4

SG
CS

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-39

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

Computer Link Unit (RS485)

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
896
7
5 or 10*1

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG• When using the QJ71C24 Serial Communication Unit, connect a terminator resistor in accordance with
the instruction manual.
• Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important
Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen using the QJ71C24 Serial Communication Unit, connect a terminator resistor in accordance with
the instruction manual.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-40

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 3:

Computer Link Unit (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Name
SD
RD
CS

5 or 10*1
3

SG
RS

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS
FG

Pin No.
124Connection to External Devices

Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS
FG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
8
5
7

Name
FG
SD
RD
CS
SG
RS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-41

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 4:

2-port Adapter

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
RD+
RDSD+
SDCS+
CSRS+
RSSG
SG
Vcc

Pin No.
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
7
8
13
20
21

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
67895 or 10 *1

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)Internal
RDB(RD-) termination
resistor
SG
330Ω

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
RD+
RDSD+
SDCS+
CSRS+
RSSG
SG
Vcc

Pin No.
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
7
8
13
20
21

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
RD+
RDSD+
SDCS+
CSRS+
RSSG
SG
Vcc

Pin No.
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
7
8
13
20
21

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
4
9
1
6
5
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)Internal
RDB(RD-) termination
resistor
SG
330Ω
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
4
3
2
6
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)Internal
RDB(RD-) termination
resistor
SG
330Ω
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-42

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 5:

FX2N-232-BD
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

5 or 10● Connection Diagram 6:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire2

SG

Pin No.
7
3
2
8
5
Cover

Name
RS
SD
RD
CS
SG
FG

Pin No.
23456

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector(cable side)
Name
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR

*1

MELSEC-Q (Mitsubishi Electric Cable QC30R2)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector(cable side)
Name
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR

Name
RS
SD
RD
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS
FG

Pin No.
3124Connection to External Devices

Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS
FG

Pin No.
2
3
4
5
6

Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
3
7
5
8
Cover

Name
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-43

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 7:

MELSEC-Q (CPU Module Programming Port)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 6-pin Connector
Name
RXD(RD)TXD(SD)SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

DSR(DR)
DTR(ER)

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

DSR(DR)
DTR(ER)

Name
SD
RD

5 or 10*1
3
4

SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 6-pin Connector
Name
RXD(RD)TXD(SD)SG

Pin No.
1
2

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
7
8
Cover

Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS
FG

In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a connection cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC315)
is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.4 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC315)" on page 73 about the connection diagram of the HG9Z-XC315.
Pin Assignment of Mini DIN 6-pin Connector on the side of the MELSEC-Q series
5

6

3

4
1

2

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-44

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 8:

FX2NC-232ADP, FX3U-232ADP, FX3U-232-BD, FX5-232ADP, FX5-232-BD

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10*1

SG

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD(RXD)SD(TXD)
ER(DTR)
SG(GND)
DR(DSR)NC
NC
NC

Pin No.
12
34Connection to External Devices

Name
CD
RD(RXD)SD(TXD)
ER(DTR)
SG(GND)
DR(DSR)NC
NC
NC

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-45

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 9:

Computer Link Unit (RS485)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RDA
SDA
DSRA
DTRA
SG
SG
RDB
SDB
DSRB
DTRB

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
15
16
17
18

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RDA
SDA
DSRA
DTRA
SG
SG
RDB
SDB
DSRB
DTRB

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
15
16
17
18

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RDA
SDA
DSRA
DTRA
SG
SG
RDB
SDB
DSRB
DTRB

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
15
16
17
18

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-46

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 10: MELSEC-FX Series CPU (RS485)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Pin No.
7
4
2
1
3
6
Cover

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10*1

SG

2• In case of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G, a communication
cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275) is available. Refer to Chapter 7 "1.1 User
Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)" onpage 7-1 about the connection diagram of these cables.
Please do not use these cables with FX3U and FX3UC-32MT-LT of the MELSEC-FX Series described inthis manual because the Mini DIN Connector interferes with the housing of the PLC.
• Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important
Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG
SG
ShieldPin No.
7
4
2
1
3
6
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SGFG

In case of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F a communication cable (Type Number: HG9ZXC305) is available.
Refer to Chapter 7 "1.3 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC305)" on page 7-3 about theconnection diagram of the HG9Z-XC305.
PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG
SG
ShieldPin No.
7
4
2
1
3
6
Cover

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-47

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG
SG
Shield2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 11: FX1N-485-BD, FX2N-485-BD, FX2NC-485ADP, FX3G-485-BD,

FX3U-485ADP, FX3U-485-BD, FX5-485ADP, FX5-485-BD (4-wire)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-48

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Connection Diagram 12: FX1N-485-BD, FX2N-485-BD, FX2NC-485ADP, FX3G-485-BD,

FX3U-485ADP, FX3U-485-BD, FX5-485ADP, FX5-485-BD (2-wire)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10*1

SG2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-49

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

2 Mitsubishi Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG● Connection diagram 13: Inverter PU connector
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(R485):
PU Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
54
3
61

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(R485):
PU Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
543
61

Shield Wire

PLC(R485):
PU Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
543
61

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-50

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric

2.5 Environment Settings● MELSEC-A Series: Connecting to the Computer Link Unit or CPU Module Link Interface
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C

RS485

Set the mode setting switch to 4.

Set the mode setting switch to 8.

Set using the Station Number setting switch.

Baud Rate

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps(set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)

Use the same settings
as for the main unit.

Stop Bits

Connection to External Devices

Station Number*1

Data Bits

2

Format 4 protocol mode

Transmission Control Protocol

7 or 8 (set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)
1 or 2 (set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)

ParityNone, Odd or Even (set using the Transmission Specifications setting
switch)ChecksumYes (set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)

Write During RUN

Possible (set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)

Transmission Side Termination ResistorNo

Yes (set using the Transmission
Specifications setting switch)

Receive Side Termination ResistorNo

Yes (set using the Transmission
Specifications setting switch)

Computer Link/Multi Drop Selection

Computer Link (set using the Transmission Specifications setting switch)*2

For details, refer to the Link unit manual.

● MELSEC-Q/QnA Series: Connecting to the Computer Link Unit
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS422

Communication protocol

MC Protocol (Format 4)

Station Number*30Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits

Use the samesettings as for themain unit.

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
7 or 8
1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Checksum Code

Yes

Write During RUN

Possible

For details, refer to the Q-compatible Serial Communication Unit user manual (Basic).

*1 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on the main unit.
*2 Only set if this item is present.
*3 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on the main unit. Setup the PLC settings in I/O allocation of the GX
Developer.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-51

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-Q00CPU/-Q00UCPU/-Q00UJCPU/-Q01CPU/-Q01UCPU/-Q02UCPU: Connecting to theProgramming Port

Select Use Serial Communication in the parameter setting of MELSEC-Q.
Item

Setting

Station Number*10

Baud Rate

Use the samesettings as for themain unit.

Data Bits
Stop Bits

115200, 57600, 38400 or 19200 bps
8
1

Parity

Odd

Checksum CodeYes

● MELSEC-Q02CPU/-Q02HCPU: Connecting to the Programming Port
Item

Setting

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd● MELSEC-FX Series: Using Communication Driver MELSEC-FX(CPU), MELSEC-FX2N(CPU), MELSEC-FX3UC(CPU)

Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS422

Baud Rate*2
Data Bits
Stop Bits
ParityUse the samesettings as for themain unit.

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200 or 9600 bps
7
1
Even

• When connecting CPU module for the connection, the PLC program scan time will increase when it
starts communicating with the main unit. Check it under your actual operating conditions.
• To connect MELSEC-FX series PLC and the main unit, check the following two things.
- Unchecked the communication setting by the programming software.
- D8120 must be 0.
If the PLC is MELSEC-FX3U or MELSEC-3UC, check the follows:
If the main unit connects to CH1 on the PLC, D8400 must be 0.
If the main unit connects to CH2 on the PLC, D8420 must be 0.

*1 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on the main unit.
*2 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.

2-52

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX Series: Using Communication Driver MELSEC-FX(LINK)
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS422

Baud Rate*1

Use the samesettings as for themain unit.

Data Bits
Stop Bits

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
7 or 82

1 or 2
None, Odd or Even

ProtocolSpecial protocol communication

Sum check

EnableTransmission Control Protocol

With Type 4 (CR, LF)

Station No.*2

00 to 0F

In the case of FX1S, FX1N, and FX1NC, there must be an interval time of two scan times or moreotherwise the command cannot be received after sending data for a command from an external device.
Confirm the scan time of PLC and set the transmission wait for the main unit.
Example: If the PLC scan time is 10 msec, set the transmission wait for the main unit to 20 msec or
more.
● MELSEC iQ-F Series: Using Communication Driver MELSEC-FX5U(LINK)
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS422/RS485

Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits
ParityUse the samesettings as for themain unit.

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
7 or 8
1 or 2
None, Odd or Even

Protocol TypeMC Protocol

Sum Check

Added

Station Number Settings

0 to 15

Message System

Pattern 4 (X, Y OCT)

● MELSEC-Q/QnA Series: Using Communication Driver MELSEC-Q/QnA(Ethernet)
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface
Communication Driver
Network

Setting Name

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC to communicate with the main unit.

This communication driver does not support MELSECNET/H and MELSECNET/10 network.

*1 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the FX Series User's Manual(Communication Control Edition).
*2 Set a decimal number for the Station Number on the main unit.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-53

Connection to External Devices

Parity2 Mitsubishi Electric
PLC Settings (Connects to Ethernet port on CPU Module)
Set the same settings as the main unit to IP Address and Local station Port No.
Item

Setting

Communication data code
Built-in Ethernet Port Setting IP Address*1

Open Setting

Binary code

Input format

Decimal

IP address

Set IP address of PLC

Enable Write at RUN time

Check mark (enable)*2

ProtocolTCP/IP

Open system

MC Protocol

Local station Port No.

*1*3

Set an arbitrary port number

PLC Settings (Connects to the Ethernet Unit)
Set the same settings as the main unit to IP Address and Local station Port No.
Item

Network parameter

Operation Setting

Open Setting

Setting

Network type

Ethernet

Starting I/O No.*1

0020

Network No.*1

1

Total stations-

Group No.*1

0

Station No.*1

1

Mode

On line*2

Communication data code

Binary code

Initial Timing

Always wait for OPEN

IP Address*1

Input format

Decimal

IP address

Set IP address of PLC

Send frame setting

Ethernet

Enable Write at RUN time

Check mark (enable)*2

TCP Existence confirmation setting

Use the Keep Alive*2

ProtocolTCP/IP

Open system

Impassive open

Fixed buffer

Send*2

Fixed buffer communication

Procedure exist*2

Pairing open

No pairs*2

Existence confirmation

No confirm*2

Local station Port No.*1*3

Set an arbitrary port number

Destination IP address-

Dest. Port No.

-

For details, refer to the Q Corresponding Ethernet Interface Module User’s Manual or Q Corresponding
Ethernet Interface Module User’s Manual.

*1 Set it according to the environment.
*2 This setting is recommended.
*3 The main unit is set by the decimal number though PLC is set by the hexadecimal number.

2-54

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX: Connecting to Ethernet Unit
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Setting Name

Communication Interface

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of CPU module or Link unit.

Port Number

Set the port number of CPU module or Link unit.

2

PLC Settings
Ethernet Operation Setting
Item

Setting

Received data code setting

Binary code

Initial Timing

Always wait for OPEN (Communication possible during STOP)

IP Address

Set IP address of PLC

Send frame setting

Ethernet (V2.0)

TCP Existence confirmation setting

Use the Keep Alive

Open Setting
Item

Setting

Connection

Use 3 or 4

ProtocolTCP/IP

Open system

Impassive open (MC)Existence confirmation

No confirm

Local station Port No. (Decimal)

Set an arbitrary port number
1025 to 5548 or 5552 to 65534 (Default: 1025)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-55

Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver Network

Setting2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC iQ-F Series: Using Communication Driver MELSEC-FX5U (Ethernet)
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Setting Name

Communication Interface
Communication Driver
Network

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC to communicate with the main unit.

PLC Settings
Configure the following items on the Own Node Settings in the Ethernet Port.
Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of PLC.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of PLC.

Communication Data Code

BinaryConfigure the following items on the SLMP Connection Module. The procedure for configuring the SLMP Connection
Module is shown below.
1 Click the Detailed Setting of the External Device Configuration. The Ethernet Configuration window
opens.
2 Select the SLMP Connection Module in the Ethernet Device (General) on the Module List window, andthen drag it onto the settings.
Item

Setting

ProtocolTCP

Port Number

Set the arbitrary port number.
1025 to 4999, 5010 to 65534● Connecting to Inverter
Items

Details

Interface

RS485 4-wireInverter No.
Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits

Use the samesettings as for themain unit.

01 to 3119200, 9600 or 4800 bps
7 or 8
1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Ignore Write Error*1

Enable or Disable

Terminator

CR only

Communication check time interval

Set to a value other than “0”.

When the main unit receives a NAK error from the inverter, the error code is stored in HMI Special Data
Registers LSD112.

*1 When you select the Ignore Write Error and the main unit sets a value to the device address of the inverter, the main
unit does not display Communication Error even if the inverter replies NAK Error response.

2-56

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric

2.6 Usable Device Addresses● MELSEC-AnA (LINK)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Read
/WriteX

0 to 1FFF*1

R/W

Y

Y

0 to 1FFF*1

R/W

M

M

0 to 8191

R/W
R/W

PLC

Input Relay

X

Output Relay
Internal Relay
Link Relay

B

B

0 to 1FFF*1

Latch Relay

L

L

0 to 8191

R/W

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 2047

R

Timer (Coil)TC

T

0 to 2047

R/W

Counter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 1023

R

Counter (Coil)CCC

0 to 1023

R/W

Special Internal Relay

SM

SM

9000 to 9255

R

AnnunciatorFF

0 to 2047

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
System2

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 to 1FF0*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 1FF0*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 8176*2

R/W

Link Relay

WB

B

0 to 1FF0*1*2

R/W

Latch Relay

WL

L

0 to 8176*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 2047

R

Counter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 1023

R

Data RegisterDD

0 to 8191

R/W

*1

R/W

Link RegisterWW

0 to 1FFF

Annunciator

WF

F

0 to 2032*2

R/W

Special Internal Relay

WSM

SM

9000 to 9240*2

R

Special registerSD

SD

9000 to 9255

R

File registerRR

0 to 8191

R/W

Expansion file registerER

ZR

0 to 58191

R/W

Address Numeral
System*1 Set this address number in hexadecimal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-57

Connection to External Devices

Address Number Range

Main unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-AnN (LINK)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteX

0 to 7FF*1

R/W

Y

Y

0 to 7FF*1

R/W

M

M

0 to 2047

R/W
R/W

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

Output Relay
Internal Relay
Link Relay

B

B

0 to 3FF*1

Latch Relay

L

L

0 to 2047

R/W

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 255

R

Timer (Coil)TC

T

0 to 255

R/W

Counter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 255

R

Counter (Coil)CCC

0 to 255

R/W

Special Internal Relay

SM

SM

9000 to 9255

R

AnnunciatorFF

0 to 255

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 to 7F0*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 7F0*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 2032*2

R/W

Link Relay

WB

B

0 to 3F0*1*2

R/W

Latch Relay

WL

L

0 to 2032*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 255

R

Counter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 255

R

Data RegisterDD

0 to 1023

R/W

*1

R/W

Link RegisterWW

0 to 3FF

Annunciator

WF

F

0 to 240*2

R/W

Special Internal Relay

WSM

SM

9000 to 9240*2

R

Special registerSD

SD

9000 to 9255

R

File registerRR

0 to 8191

R/W*1 Set this address number in hexadecimal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

2-58

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Address Numeral
System2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-Q/QnA (LINK)
Bit Device
Device Name
Internal Relay
Input Relay

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

M

M

0 to 32767

R/W

X

0 to 2FFF*1

R/W
R/W

X

Read
/WriteY

Y

Link Special Relay

SB

SB

0 to 7FF*1

R/W

Link Relay

B

B

0 to 7FFF*1

R/W

Latch Relay

L

L

0 to 32767

R/W

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 8191

R

Timer (Coil)TC

T

0 to 8191

R/W

Counter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 8191

R

Counter (Coil)CCC

0 to 8191

R/W

Special Relay

SM

SM

0 to 2047

R

AnnunciatorFF

0 to 32767

R/W

Retentive Timer (Contact)

SSST

0 to 2047

R

Retentive Timer (Coil)SC

ST

0 to 2047

R/W

Step Relay

S

S

0 to 32767

R/W

Edge Relay

VV

0 to 32767

R/W

Read
/Write2Connection to External Devices

Output Relay

0 to 2FFF*1

Address Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name
Input Relay

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

WX

X

0 to 2FF0*1*2

R/W
R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 2FF0*1*2

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Link Special Relay

WSB

SB

0 to 7F0*1*2

R/W
R/W

Link Relay

WB

B

0 to 7FF0*1*2

Latch Relay

WL

L

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 8191

R

Counter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 8191

R

Data RegisterDD

0 to 999999

R/W
R/W

Link RegisterWW

0 to 24FF*1

File registerRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Annunciator

WF

F

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Special Relay

WSM

SM

0 to 2032*2

R

Special registerSDSD

0 to 2047

R

Edge Relay

WVV

0 to 32752

*2

R/W
R/W

Step Relay

WS

S

0 to 32752*2

Retentive Timer (Current Value)SNST

0 to 2047

R/W

*1

R/W
R/W

Special Link RegisterSW

SW

0 to 7FF

Ext File Register

ZR

ZR

0 to FFFF*1

Address Numeral
System*1 Set this address number in hexadecimal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-59

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-Q (CPU)Bit Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 32767

R/W

Input Relay

X

X

0 to 1FFF*1

R/W

Output Relay

YY

0 to 1FFF*1

R/W

*1

R/W

Device Name

Read
/WriteLink Special Relay

SB

SB

0 to 7FF

Link Relay

B

B

0 to 1FFF*1

R/W

Latch Relay

L

L

0 to 32767

R/W

AnnunciatorFF

0 to 32767

R/W

Step Relay

S

S

0 to 8191

R/W

Edge Relay

VV

0 to 32767

R/W

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 23087

R

Timer (Coil)TC

T

0 to 23087

R/W

Counter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 23087

R

Counter (Coil)CCC

0 to 23087

R/W

Retentive Timer (Contact)

SSST

0 to 23087

R

Retentive Timer (Coil)SC

ST

0 to 23087

R/W

Special Relay

SM

SM

0 to 2047

R

Address
Numeral System

Word Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

Read
/WriteInput Relay

WX

X

0 to 1FF0*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 1FF0*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Link Relay

WB

B

0 to 7FF0*1*2

R/W

Latch Relay

WL

L

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Annunciator

WF

F

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Edge Relay

WVV

0 to 32752*2

R/W

Step Relay

WS

S

0 to 8176*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 23087

R

Counter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 23087

R

Retentive Timer (Current Value)SNST

0 to 23087

R/W

Data RegisterDD

0 to 25983

R/W

Link RegisterWW

0 to 657F

R/W

Special Relay

WSM

SM

0 to 2032*2

R

Link Special Relay

WSB

SB

0 to 7F0*1*2

R/W

Special RegisterSDSD

0 to 2047

R

Special link RegisterSW

SW

0 to 7FF

R/W

File RegisterRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Extend file Register

ZR

ZR

0 to 131072

R/W

Device Name

*1 Set this address number in hexadecimal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

2-60

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Address Numeral
System2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX (CPU)Bit Device
Device Type

Read
/WriteX

0 to 337*1

R/W

Y

Y

0 to 337*1

R/W

Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 1535

R/W

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 255

R

Counter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 255

R

State

S

S

0 to 999

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteMain unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

Output Relay

Address
Numeral System

2

Word Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 to 320*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 320*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 1520*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 255

R

CN

C

0 to 199

R

DCN

C

2000 to 2551

R

Data RegisterDD

0 to 999

R/W

State

WS

WS

0 to 976*2

R/W

Counter (Current Value)
32-Bit Counter (Current Value)*3

Address
Numeral System*1 Set this address number in octal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.
*3 This device is a 32-bit device. The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-61

Connection to External Devices

Address Number Range

Device Name

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX2N (CPU)Bit Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteX

0 to 337*1

R/W

Y

Y

0 to 337*1

R/W

Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 3071

R/W

Timer (Relay)

TST

0 to 255

R

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

Output Relay

Counter (Relay)CSC

0 to 255

R

Special Int. Relay

SM

SM

8000 to 8255

R

State

S

S

0 to 999

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 to 360*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 360*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 3056*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 255

R

CN

C

0 to 199

R

DCN

C

2000 to 2551

R

Data RegisterDD

0 to 7999

R/W

State

WS

S

0 to 976*2

R/W

Special Int. Relay

WSM

SM

8000 to 8240*2

R

Special RegisterSD

SD

8000 to 8255

RCounter (Current Value)
32-Bit Counter (Current Value)*3

Address Numeral
System*1 Set this address number in octal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.
*3 This device is a 32-bit device. The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

2-62

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX3UC (CPU)Bit Device
Device Type

Read
/WriteX

0 to 377*1

R/W

Y

Y

0 to 377*1

R/W

Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 7679

R/W

Timer (Relay)

TST

0 to 511

R

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

Output Relay

Counter (Relay)CSC

0 to 255

R

Special Internal Relay

SM

SM

8000 to 8511

R

State

S

S

0 to 4095

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
System2

Word Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 to 360*1*2

R/W

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to 360*1*2

R/W

Internal Relay

WM

M

0 to 7664*2

R/W

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 511

R

CNC

0 to 199

R

DCN

C

2000 to 2551

R/W

Data RegisterDD

0 to 7999

R/W

State

WS

S

0 to 4080*2

R/W

Special Internal Relay

WSM

SM

8000 to 8496*2

RSpecial Data RegisterSD

SD

8000 to 8511

R

Extended RegisterRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Counter (Current Value)
32-bit counter (Current Value)*3

Address Numeral
System*1 Set this address number in octal.
*2 Set this address number in multiples of 16.
*3 This device is a 32-bit device. The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-63

Connection to External Devices

Address Number Range

Device Name

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX (LINK)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemMain unit

PLC

Int. Relay

M

M

0 to 7679

R/W

DecimalInput Relay

X

X

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Output Relay

YY

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Timer Relay (Contact)

TST

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalCounter Relay (Contact)

CSC

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalSpecial Internal Relay

SM

SM

8000 to 8511

R/W

Decimal

State

S

S

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data RegisterDD

0 to 7999

R/W

DecimalInput Relay (Word)

WX

X

0 to 360*1

R/W

Octal

Output Relay (Word)

WY

Y

0 to 360*1

R/W

Octal

Int. Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 7664*1

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 199

R/W

DecimalState (Word)

WS

S

0 to 4080*1

R/W

DecimalSpecial Internal Relay (Word)

WSM

M

8000 to 8496*1

R/W

DecimalSpecial Data RegisterSD

D

8000 to 8511

R/W

Decimal32-bit counter (Current Value)*2

DCN

C

2000 to 2511

R/W

Extended RegisterRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Decimal*1 Set this address number in hexadecimal.
*2 This is a 32-bit device address. The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

2-64

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-Q/QnA (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemPLC

Special Relay (Bit)SM

SM

000000 to 002047

R

DecimalInput Relay (Bit)

X

X

000000 to 002FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Output Relay (Bit)Y

Y

000000 to 002FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Internal Relay (Bit)M

M

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalLatch Relay (Bit)

L

L

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalAnnunciator (Bit)F

F

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalEdge Relay (Bit)V

V

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Bit)

B

B

000000 to 073FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer (Contact)

TS

TS

000000 to 475135

R

DecimalTimer (Coil)TC

TC

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalRetentive Timer (Contact)

SS

SS

000000 to 475135

R

DecimalRetentive Timer (Coil)SC

SC

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CS

CS

000000 to 475135

R

DecimalCounter (Coil)CC

CC

000000 to 475135

R/W

DecimalLink Special Relay (Bit)SB

SB000000 to 0007FF

R/W

Decimal

Step Relay (Bit)S

S

000000 to 008191

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Special RegisterSD

SD

000000 to 002047

R

DecimalData Register

D

D

000000 to 999999

R/W

DecimalLink Register

W

W

000000 to 0073FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer (Current Value)TN

TN

000000 to 029695

R

DecimalRetentive Timer (Current Value)SN

SN

000000 to 029695

R/W

DecimalCounter (Current Value)

CN

CN

000000 to 029695

R

DecimalSpecial Link Register

SW

SW

000000 to 0007FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

File Register

R

R

000000 to 032767

R/W

DecimalExtend file Register

ZR

ZR

000000 to 0FE7FF

R/W

HexadecimalSpecial Relay (Word)

WSM

SM

000000 to 002032*1

R

DecimalInput Relay (Word)

WX

X

000000 to 002FF0*1

R/W

Hexadecimal

R/W

Hexadecimal

Output Relay (Word)

WY

Y

000000 to 002FF0*1

Internal Relay (Word)

WM

M

000000 to 475120*1

R/W

DecimalLatch Relay (Word)

WL

L

000000 to 475120*1

R/W

DecimalAnnunciator (Word)

WF

F

000000 to 475120*1

R/W

DecimalEdge Relay (Word)

WV

V

000000 to 475120*1

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Word)

WB

B

000000 to 073FF0*1

R/W

Hexadecimal

Link Special Relay (Word)

WSB

SB

000000 to 0007F0*1

R/W

Hexadecimal

Step Relay (Word)

WS

S

000000 to 008176*1

R/W

Decimal*1 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-65

2Connection to External Devices

Main unit

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX3U (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
System0 to 7679

R/W

DecimalMain unit

PLC

Int. Relay

M

M

Input Relay

X

X

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Output Relay

YY

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Timer Relay (Contact)

TST

0 to 511

R

DecimalCounter Relay (Contact)

CSC

0 to 255

R

DecimalSpecial Internal Relay

SM

SM

8000 to 8511

R

Decimal

State

S

S

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data RegisterDD

0 to 7999

R/W

DecimalInput Relay (Word)

WX

X

0 to 360

R/W

Octal

Output Relay (Word)

WY

Y

0 to 360

R/W

Octal

Int. Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 7664

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 511

R

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 199

R

DecimalState (Word)

WS

S

0 to 4080

R/W

DecimalSpecial Internal Relay (Word)

WSM

M

8000 to 8496

R

DecimalSpecial Data RegisterSD

D

8000 to 8511

R

Decimal32-bit counter (Current Value)*1

DCN

C

2000 to 2511

R

Extended RegisterRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Decimal*1 This device is a 32-bit device. The first three digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

2-66

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Mitsubishi Electric● MELSEC-FX5U (LINK), MELSEC-FX5U (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemMain unit

PLC

Input (Bit)X

X

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Output (Bit)YY

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Internal relay (Bit)MM

0 to 32767

R/W

DecimalLatch relay (Bit)LL

0 to 32767

R/W

DecimalAnnunciator (Bit)FF

0 to 32767

R/W

DecimalLink relay (Bit)B

B

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Step relay (Bit)S

S

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalTS

T

0 to 1023

R

DecimalTC

T

0 to 1023

R/W

DecimalRetentive timer (Contact)

SSST

0 to 1023

R

DecimalRetentive timer (Coil)SC

ST

0 to 1023

R/W

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 1023

R

DecimalCounter (Coil)CCC

0 to 1023

R/W

DecimalLong counter (Contact)

LCS

LC

0 to 1023

R

DecimalLong counter (Coil)

LCC

LC

0 to 1023

R/W

DecimalLink special relay (Bit)SBSB

0 to 7FFF

R/W

HexadecimalSpecial relay (Bit)SM

SM

0 to 9999

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input (Word)

WX

X

0 to 1760*1

R/W

Octal

Output (Word)

WY

Y

0 to 1760*1

R/W

Octal

R/W

DecimalInternal relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 32752*1

Latch relay (Word)

WL

L

0 to 32752*1

R/W

DecimalAnnunciator (Word)

WF

F

0 to 32752*1

R/W

DecimalR/W

Hexadecimal

Link relay (Word)

WB

B

0 to 7FF0*1

Step relay (Word)

WS

S

0 to 4080*1

R/W

DecimalData registerDD

0 to 7999

R/W

DecimalLink registerWW

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer (Present value)TNT

0 to 1023

R

DecimalRetentive timer (Present value)SNST

0 to 1023

R/W

DecimalCounter (Present value)CNC

0 to 1023

R

DecimalLong counter (Present value)*2

LCN

LC

0 to 10231

R

DecimalLink special relay (Word)

WSB

SB

0 to 7FF0*1

R/W

Hexadecimal

Link special registerSW

SW

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

R

DecimalSpecial relay (Word)

WSM

SM

0 to 9984*1

Special registerSDSD

0 to 11999

R

DecimalIndex registerZ

Z

0 to 23

R/W

DecimalFile RegisterRR

0 to 32767

R/W

Decimal*1 Set this address number in multiples of 16.
*2 This device is a 32-bit device. The first four digits indicate the address number in decimal, and the last digit indicates
whether the data is an upper or a lower word of 32-bit data in binary.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-67

Connection to External Devices

Timer (Contact)
Timer (Coil)2

2 Mitsubishi Electric● Inverter
Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteMain unit

PLC

ParameterPP

0 to 999*1

R/W

Parameter 37

P37

P

0 to 1*2*3

R/W

Operation mode

OP

OP

0

R/W

Output frequency

OF

OF

0*4

R

Output current

OC

OC

0

R

Output voltage

OV

OV

0

R

Alarm description (1, 2)

E12

E12

0

R

Alarm description (3, 4)

E34

E34

0

R

Alarm description (5, 6)

E56

E56

0

R

Alarm description (7, 8)

E78

E78

0

R

Run command

RC

RC

0*5

R/W

Inverter status monitor

ISM

ISM

0

R

Set frequency read (RAM)

SFRR

SFRR

0*4

R

Set frequency read (E2PROM)

SFRE

SFRE

0*4

R

Set frequency write (RAM)

SFWR

SFWR

0*4*5

R/W

SFWE

SFWE

0*4*5

R/W

Inverter reset

IR

IR

0*5

R/W

Alarm definition batch clear

EC

EC

0*5

R/W

All parameter clear

PACL

PACL

0*5

R/W

Link parameter expansion setting

LPES

LPES

0

R/W

Second parameter changing

SPC

SPC

0

R/W

Set frequency write (E2PROM)

Address
NumeralSystemFor details regarding parameters and write data, refer to the instruction manual provided with the
Mitsubishi Electric inverter.

*1 Change the value of the Link parameter expansion setting if you need to read or write the Link parameter.
*2 Use this device address for parameter 37.
*3 This device address is handled as a 32-bit device by combining addresses 0 and 1.
*4 This device address is only available for 4 digits data.
*5 Only the write data is available for this device address. When used for display, the displayed value of this device addressis always “0”.

2-68

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON

3OMRON

3.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
Flow
Control

C120-LK201-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

C120-LK202-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-79)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-79)

None

C200H-LK201

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

C200H-LK202

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

None

C200H-LK201

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

ER

C200H-LK202

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C200HW-COM02
C200HW-COM04
C200HW-COM05
C200HW-COM06

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

C200HW-COM03
C200HW-COM06

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

C120-LK201-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

C120-LK202-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C20H
C28H
C40H
C60H

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-80)

C200HE-CPU42
C200HG-CPU43
C200HG-CPU63
C200HX-CPU44
C200HX-CPU64

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

C200HS-CPU21
C200HS-CPU23
C200HS-CPU31
C200HS-CPU33
CQM1H

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-80)

Communication
DriverSYSMAC C

C500
C500F
C1000H
C2000
C2000H

C500-LK201-V1

C500-LK203

C1000HF

C200HS

C200HE
C200HG
C200HX

C120
C120F

C500-LK203

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2
Connection to External Devices

Interface

SYSMAC C series
None

ER

None

2-69

3 OMRON

CPU Unit

CPM1
CPM1A
CPM2A
CPM2A

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

CPM1-CIF01

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-80)

CPM1-CIF11

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-80)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CS1W-SCB41 (port1)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CS1W-SCB41 (port2)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CS1W-ENT01
CS1W-ENT11
CS1W-ENT21

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-ETN21

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-ETN21

Ethernet

CP1W-CIF01

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1W-CIF11

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverNone

SYSMAC C series

None

SYSMAC CS1 series-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

None

SYSMAC CS1 series-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

None

SYSMAC CS1 series-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

None

SYSMAC CS1 series-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

SYSMAC CS1

CS1G
CS1H

SYSMAC CJ1

CJ1H
CJ1G
CJ1M

SYSMAC CJ2CJ2H-CPU64
CJ2H-CPU65
CJ2H-CPU66
CJ2H-CPU67
CJ2H-CPU68
CJ2M-CPU11
CJ2M-CPU12
CJ2M-CPU13
CJ2M-CPU14
CJ2M-CPU15

CJ2M-CPU31
CJ2M-CPU32
CJ2M-CPU33
CJ2M-CPU34
CJ2M-CPU35

Ethernet port on the CPU Unit
CJ1W-ETN21

2-70

Ethernet

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON

CPU Unit

Interface

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

Ethernet port on the CPU Unit
CJ1W-ETN21

Ethernet

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverNone

SYSMAC CS1 series-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

SYSMAC CP1
CP1E-N14
CP1E-N20
CP1E-N30
CP1E-N40
CP1E-N60
CP1E-NA20
CP1L-EL20
CP1L-EM20
CP1L-EM30
CP1L-EM40
CP1L-L14
CP1L-L20
CP1L-M30
CP1L-M40
CP1L-M60

CP1H-X40
CP1H-XA20
CP1H-Y20D

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1W-CIF01

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1W-CIF11

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CP1W-CIF01

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1W-CIF11

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CP1W-CIF01

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1W-CIF11

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1(port2)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1W-ETN21

Ethernet-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

Ethernet-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

Ethernet-

SYSMAC CS1/CJ
series(Ethernet)

SYSMAC CS1 series

None

SYSMAC CS1 series

SYSMAC NJ
NJ501
NJ301
NJ101

SYSMAC NX1P
NX1P2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-71

2Connection to External Devices

CJ2H-CPU64-EIP
CJ2H-CPU65-EIP
CJ2H-CPU66-EIP
CJ2H-CPU67-EIP
CJ2H-CPU68-EIP

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

3 OMRON

3.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of OMRON PLCs to the main unit.
● SYSMAC C series (Connects to PLC Link Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

C500, C500F, C1000H,
C2000, C2000H

Main unit

C120-LK201-V1

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C120-LK202-V1

Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C500-LK201-V1

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C500, C500F, C1000H,
C2000, C2000H, C1000HF

C500-LK203

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

CH200HS

Main unit

C200H-LK201

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C200H-LK202

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

C120, C120F

C120-LK201-V1

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

C120-LK202-V1

2-72

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

3 OMRON

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-77)

C200HE, C200HG, C200HX

C200H-LK201-V1

Main unit

2

RS422

C200H-LK202-V1

Connection to External Devices

Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-78)

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

C200HE, C200HG, C200HX

C200HW-COM02/-COM04/-COM05/-COM06

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

Main unit

C200HW-COM03/-COM06

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-80)

CPM1, CPM1A, CPM2A

Main unit

CPM1-CIF01

RS422
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CPM1-CIF11

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-73

3 OMRON● SYSMAC C series (Connects to Link Interface on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-80)

C20H, C28H, C40H, C60H

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-80)

C200HS-CPU21/-CPU23/-CPU31/-CPU33,
CQM1H

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

C200HE-CPU42,
C200HG-CPU43/-CPU63,
C200HX-CPU44/-CPU64

Main unit

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.

● SYSMAC CS/CJ/CP series (Connects to RS232C port on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

Main unit

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.

● SYSMAC CS/CJ/CP series (Connects to Communication Board)
SYSMAC CS1 series

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CS1G, CS1H

Main unit

CS1W-SCB41 (port1)

RS422
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CS1W-SCB41 (port2)

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.

2-74

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

3 OMRON
SYSMAC CJ/CP series

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CJ1M, CJ1H, CJ1G,
CJ2M, CJ2H, CP1H

CJ1W-SCU21-V1

Main unit

2
Connection to External Devices

RS422
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU31-V1

Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

RS422
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-82)

CJ1W-SCU41-V1

Main unit

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.
SYSMAC CJ/CP series

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-81)

CP1E, CP1L, CP1H,
CJ2M-CPU31/-CPU32/-CPU33/-CPU34/-CPU35

CP1W-CIF01

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-83)

CP1W-CIF11

Main unit

You can use the same cable for Connection Diagram 6 as for Connection Diagram 5.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-75

3 OMRON● SYSMAC CS/CJ/CP series (Connects to Ethernet Communication Unit)
SYSMAC CS1 series

Ethernet

CS1G, CS1H

CS1W-ETN01/-ETN11/-ETN21

Main unit

SYSMAC CJ1/CJ2 series

Ethernet

CJ1M, CJ1H, CJ1G,
CJ2M, CJ2H, CP1H

CJ1W-ETN21

Main unit

SYSMAC CJ2 series

Ethernet

CJ2M-CPU31/-CPU32/-CPU33/-CPU34/-CPU35,
CJ2H-CPU64-EIP/-CPU65-EIP/-CPU66-EIP/-CPU67-EIP/-CPU68-EIP

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.
● SYSMAC NJ/NX1P Series (Connects to Ethernet port on CPU Module)

Ethernet

NJ501, NJ301, NJ101, NX1P2

2-76

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

3 OMRON

3.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

RS232C Link Unit

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-77

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 2:

RS422 Link Unit

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)SG

Pin No.
7
9
5
6
1
3

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
987
65 or 10 *1

Name
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)SG

Pin No.
7
9
5
6
1
3

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)SG

Pin No.
7
9
5
6
1
3

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-78

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 3:

RS422 Link Unit
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
795
61Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10 *1
9
8
7
6

SG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

Pin No.
795
61Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

Pin No.
7
9
5
6
1

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-79

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 4:

CPU Unit Link Interface

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

● Connection Diagram 5:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
9

Shield Wire

5 or 10*1

SG

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
9

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3
4

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

5 or 10*1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

CPU Unit Link Interface

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

Pin No.
2
1
3
4

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-80

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 6:

PLC (RS232C) Interface

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9

Shield Wire

5 or 10*1

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

2

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
ER
SG

Pin No.
2134Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
ER
SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-81

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 7:RS422 Communication Board
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
6
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10 *1
9
8
7
6

SG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
6
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
6
8

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-82

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● Connection Diagram 8:RS422 Adaptor

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
987
65 or 10 *1

Name
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

We recommend that you switch on the termination resistor on the PLC Link unit side for long-distancetransmission.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-83

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SDA(SD-)SDB(SD+)
RDA(RD-)
RDB(RD+)SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block3 OMRON

3.4 Environment Settings● PLC Link Unit Settings
Use the rotary switches and DIP switches on the Link unit.
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C

Transmission Control Protocol

1:N

Command Level

Levels 1, 2 and 3 are valid

Baud Rate

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Transmission CodeStop Bits
Unit No.*1

Use the samesettings as for themain unit.

RS485

7 or 8 bit ASCII
1 or 20 to 31 (Decimal)

ParityEven or Odd

CTS Switch

0V (always on)

Synchronization Switch

Internal

Termination Resistor----------Yes• For details, refer to the Link unit manual.
• Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog
box.
● CPU Unit RS232C Link Interface Settings
Write the RS232C Interface setting item for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool (such as Proconn).
System Settings Area
C20H/28H/40H/60H

CQM1H
C200HS/C200HE/
C200HG/C200HX

DM0920DM6645

Standard/Individual Setting*2

Same setting as the main unit

Mode

PLC Link Mode

DM0921DM6646

Communication parameters for when Use the same settings as forthe previous item is set to Individual. the main unit.

DM0922

DM6647

Transmission Delay

0 msec

RS/CS presence

None

Unit No.

Same setting as the main unit

DM0923DM6648Item

Setting

For CQM1H and C200HS, turns the setting switch number 5 on the CPU unit to OFF.
• For details, refer to the Link unit manual.
• Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog
box.

*1 Set a decimal number for the Unit No. on the main unit.
*2 Standard settings are as follows:
Baud Rate: 9600 bps
Data Bits: 7
Stop Bits: 2
Parity:Even

2-84

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● CPU Unit RS232C Link Interface Settings (SYSMAC CS1 series)
Write the RS232C Interface setting items for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool (such as Proconn).
Channel160

Item

Setting

Optional/Initial Setting*1

Set to 1 for Optional Setting.

Serial Communication mode

Set to PLC Link.

Data Bits
Stop Bits

2

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

161

Port Communication Speed

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

162

In the case of No Protocol Mode

Do not set.

163

Unit No.

Set to the same as the main unit PLC Link Station Number.

164

In the case of No Protocol Mode

Do not set.

• For details, refer to the PLC manual.
• For the SYSMAC CS1 series, turns the setting switch number 5 on the CPU unit to OFF to enable you tomake your own communication settings.
● C200H (Communication Board) Settings
Write the Communication Board setting items for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool (such as
Proconn).
System Settings Area
Port A

Item

Port B

DM6555DM6550DM6556DM6551

SettingStandard Setting or Individual Setting*1

Same setting as the main unit.

Mode

PLC Link Mode

Communication parameters for when
the previous item is set to Individual.

Same setting as the main unit.

DM6557DM6552

Transmission Delay

0 msec

DM6558DM6553

Unit No.

Same setting as the main unit.

Set DIP switch SW1 to the 4 (4-wire).
• Set DIP switch SW2 to ON to turn the termination resistor setting ON. For details, refer to theCommunication Board manual.
• Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog
box.

*1 Initial settings or Standard settings are as follows:
Baud Rate: 9600 bps
Data Bits: 7
Stop Bits: 2
Parity:Even

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-85

Connection to External Devices

Parity3 OMRON● SYSMAC CS1 series (Communication Board) Settings
Write the Communication Board setting items for the System Settings Area using a peripheral tool (such as
Proconn).
System Settings Area
Port 1DM32000

Item

Port 2

DM32010

Setting

Optional or Initial Setting*1

Set to 1 for Optional Setting.

Serial Communication mode

Set to PLC Link.

Data Bits
Stop Bits

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

ParityDM32001

DM32011DM32002

DM32012DM32003

DM32013

Port Communication Speed
Transmission Delay setting
Delay time setting

Use the same settings as for the main unit.
Default: 0 msec

CTS control

Set to 0 for no

Unit No.

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

Set DIP switch SW1 to the 4 (4-wire).
Set DIP switch SW2 to ON to turn the termination resistor setting ON. For details, refer to theCommunication Board manual.
● CPU Unit (CPM1/1A/2A)
Connects via CPM1-CIF01(RS232C)/-CIF11(RS422).
Item

Setting

Port

RS232C or RS422

Baud Rate

9600 bps

Data Bits

7

Stop Bits

2

ParityEven

Select using Register Command or not on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog
box. For details, refer to the PLC manual.

*1 Initial settings are as follows:
Baud Rate: 9600 bps
Data Bits: 7
Stop Bits: 2
Parity:Even

2-86

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● SYSMAC CS1/CJ series (Ethernet Communication Unit) Settings
Set the following items on Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of Ethernet Communication Unit.

Port Number

Set the port number of Ethernet Communication Unit.

FINS Network Address

Set the network address which is set in the Etherent
Communication Unit.

FINS Node Address

Set the node address which is set in the Ethernet
Communication Unit.

Port Number(Operator Interface)

Set the UDP port number of the main unit.If you set"0", the port number of the main unit is set
automatically.

FINS Network Address(Operator Interface)

Set the network address of the main unit.

FINS Node Address(Operator Interface)

Set the node address of the main unit.

Duplicate UDP port numbers of the main unit cannot be configured in the following functions.
• UDP is selected for the User Communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication Interface Tab”
in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• OMRON as Manufacture and SYSMAC CS1/CJ series(Ethernet) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab• IDEC System as Manufacture and DM LINK Ethernet(UDP) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab ( refer to Chapter 4 “Project Settings Dialog Box” onpage 4-18)
The communication settings are fixed. For details, refer to the Ethernet Communication Unit manual.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-87

2Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver Network

Item3 OMRON● SYSMAC NJ/NX1P Series via Ethernet
Set the following items on Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Communication Driver

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of the PLC.

FINS Network Address

Set the network address which is set in the PLC.
Set the fourth value of the IP address of the PLC.

FINS Node Address

Example:Port Number(Operator Interface)

Set the UDP port number of the main unit.If you set"0", the port number of the main unit is set
automatically.

FINS Network Address(Operator Interface)

Set the network address of the main unit.

FINS Node Address(Operator Interface)

When the IP address of the PLC is
192.168.1.2, set 2.

Set the fourth value of the IP address of the PLC.
Example:When the IP address of the main unit is192.168.1.6, set 6.

Duplicate UDP port numbers of the main unit cannot be configured in the following functions.
• UDP is selected for the User Communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication Interface Tab”
in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• OMRON as Manufacture and SYSMAC CS1/CJ series(Ethernet) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab• IDEC System as Manufacture and DM LINK Ethernet(UDP) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab ( refer to Chapter 4 “Project Settings Dialog Box” onpage 4-18)• It is necessary to set the variables on the PLC side so that they can be read and written from the mainunit.
The communication settings are fixed. For details, refer to the Ethernet Communication Unit manual.

2-88

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON

3.5 Usable Device Addresses● SYSMAC C (Communication Driver: SYSMAC C series)
Bit Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
System

CIO

0 to 99915, 120000 to 614315

R/W

*1

LR

LR

0 to 19915

R/W

*1

Holding RelayHRHR

0 to 51115

R/W

*1

Auxiliary Memory RelayAR

AR

0 to 95915

R*1

Timer (Contact)

TIMC

TC

0 to 2047

R

Counter (Contact)

CNTC

TC

0 to 4095

R

Address Number Range

Read/WriteDevice Name

PLC

Input/Output Internal Relay

R

Link Relay

2

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input/Output Internal Relay

WR

CIO

0 to 999, 1200 to 6143

R/W

Link Relay

WLR

LR

0 to 199

R/W

Holding Relay

WHR

HR

0 to 511

R/W

Auxiliary Memory Relay

WAR

AR

0 to 959

R

Timer (Current Value)

TIMN

TC

0 to 2047

R

Counter (Current Value)

CNTN

TC

0 to 4095

R

Data MemoryDMDM

0 to 9999

R/W

Address Numeral
SystemWith a Bit Write operation, the word data is first read from the PLC, and a logic operation (AND or OR) is
performed on the relevant bit before writing it to the PLC to ensure that the values of other bits in thesame channel are preserved. However, be certain that the PLC does not modify the data in the channel
during the time that the main unit is writing the data.

*1 The last two digits indicate the bit number (0 to 15).

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-89

Connection to External Devices

Main unit

3 OMRON● SYSMAC CS1 series (Communication Driver: SYSMAC CS1 series)
Bit Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Core I/O

CIO

CIO

0 to 614315

R/W

*1

Work AreaWR

WR

0 to 51115

R/W

*1

Holding Bit

HRHR

0 to 51115

R/W

*1

Auxiliary Bit

ARAR

0 to 95915

R*1

Timer (Contact)

TIMC

TIMC

0 to 4095

R

Counter (Contact)

CNTC

CNTC

0 to 4095

R

Task Bit

TK

TK

0 to 31R

Address Number Range

Read/WriteWord Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Core I/O

WCIO

CIO

0 to 6143

R/W

Work Area

WWR

WR

0 to 511

R/W

Holding Bit

WHR

HR

0 to 511

R/W

Auxiliary Bit

WAR

AR

0 to 959

R

Timer (Present value)

TIMN

TIM

0 to 4095

R

Counter (Present value)

CNTN

CNT

0 to 4095

R

Data MemoryDMDM

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 0)

EM0

EM0

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 1)

EM1

EM1

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 2)

EM2

EM2

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 3)

EM3

EM3

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 4)

EM4

EM4

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 5)

EM5

EM5

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 6)

EM6

EM6

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 7)

EM7

EM7

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 8)

EM8

EM8

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 9)

EM9

EM9

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank A)

EMA

EMA

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank B)

EMB

EMB

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank C)

EMC

EMC

0 to 32767

R/W

Task Area (Status)

TKS

TKS

0 to 31

R

Index RegisterIRIR

0 to 15

R

Data RegisterDRDR

0 to 15R

Address
NumeralSystem• The usable address number range of the Expansion Data Memory varies based on the CPU model. For
details, refer to the manual for SYSMAC CS1 series.
• The Task Bit is 1 when the cycle execution task is in the executable state, and 0 when it is in theunexcited or standby states.
• The Task Area (Status) indicates the following states.
0: Never started
1: In the stopped state after starting once
2: Starting*1 The last two digits indicate the bit number (0 to 15).

2-90

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 OMRON● SYSMAC CS1/CJ Ethernet (Communication Driver: SYSMAC CS1/CJ series(Ethernet))
Bit Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemPLC

Core I/O

CIO

CIO

0 to 614315

R/W

*1

Work AreaWR

WR

0 to 51115

R/W

*1

Holding Bit

HRHR

0 to 51115

R/W

*1

Auxiliary Bit

ARAR

0 to 95915

R*1

Timer (Contact)

TIMC

TIMC

0 to 4095

R

Counter (Contact)

CNTC

CNTC

0 to 4095

R

Task Bit

TK

TK

0 to 31R

Address Number Range

Read/Write2

Word Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Core I/O

WCIO

CIO

0 to 6143

R/W

Work Area

WWR

WR

0 to 511

R/W

Holding Bit

WHR

HR

0 to 511

R/W

Auxiliary Bit

WAR

AR

0 to 959

R

Timer (Present value)

TIMN

TIM

0 to 4095

R/W

Counter (Present value)

CNTN

CNT

0 to 4095

R/W

Data MemoryDMDM

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 0)

EM0

EM0

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 1)

EM1

EM1

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 2)

EM2

EM2

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 3)

EM3

EM3

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 4)

EM4

EM4

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 5)

EM5

EM5

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 6)

EM6

EM6

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 7)

EM7

EM7

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 8)

EM8

EM8

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 9)

EM9

EM9

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank A)

EMA

EMA

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank B)

EMB

EMB

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank C)

EMC

EMC

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank D)

EMD

EMD

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank E)

EME

EME

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank F)

EMF

EMF

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 10)

EM10

EM10

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 11)

EM11

EM11

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 12)

EM12

EM12

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 13)

EM13

EM13

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 14)

EM14

EM14

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 15)

EM15

EM15

0 to 32767

R/W

Address Numeral
System*1 The last two digits indicate the bit number (0 to 15).

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-91

Connection to External Devices

Main unit

3 OMRON
Word Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Address Number Range

Read/WriteExpansion Data Memory (Bank 16)

EM16

EM16

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 17)

EM17

EM17

0 to 32767

R/W

Expansion Data Memory (Bank 18)

EM18

EM18

0 to 32767

R/W

Task Area (Status)

TKS

TKS

0 to 31

R

Index RegisterIRIR

0 to 151

R/W

Data RegisterDRDR

0 to 15

R/W

Address Numeral
SystemIn SYSMAC CS1/CJ Ethernet, Index Register is defined as a 32bit device and all 32bits are available.
This register is originally 32bit device in OMRON PLC, but only lower 16bits are available in SYSMAC CS1
series Communication Driver. This is different from SYSMAC CS1 series Communication Driver.
• The usable address number range of the Expansion Data Memory varies based on the CPU model. For
details, refer to the manual for SYSMAC CS1 series.
• The Task Bit is 1 when the cycle execution task is in the executable state, and 0 when it is in theunexcited or standby states.
• The Task Area (Status) indicates the following states.
0: Never started
1: In the stopped state after starting once
2: Starting

2-92

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Shibaura Machine

4

Shibaura Machine

4.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Communication
Driver

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-94)

ER

TC200

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-94)

ER

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-95)

None

TC200
Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

TC3-13B1

TCmini
TC12-01
TC12-02
TC03-01
TC03-02

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

TC200

4.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Shibaura Machine PLCs to the main unit.
● TC200 (Connects to Serial port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-94)

TC3-13B1

Main unit

Connects to Serial port of CPU unit.

● TCmini (Connects to RS232C port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-94)

TC12-01/-02
TC03-01/-02

Main unit● TCmini (Connects to RS-TCm485 port)

RS485
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-95)

TC12-01/-02
TC03-01/-02

Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-93

2Connection to External Devices

Flow Control

Interface4 Shibaura Machine

4.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

TC200 (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
SD
RD
DR
SG
ER
CS
RS
FG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

● Connection Diagram 2:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CI
SD
RD
DR
SG
ER
CS
RS
CD

Name
RD
SD
RS

TCmini (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CI
SD
RD
DR
SG
ER
CS
RS
CD

Pin No.
2
13

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
SD
RD
DR
SG
ER
CS
RS
FG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-94

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Shibaura Machine● Connection Diagram 3:

TCmini (RS485)

PLC(RS422/485):
Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG2

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Connector
Name
TDA
TDB
RDA(A)RDB(B)GND
P5V
FG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.

Name

8
9
6
7
5

RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5Fdoesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Connector
Name
TDA
TDB
RDA(A)RDB(B)
GND
P5V
FG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
4
9
1
6
5
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-95

Connection to External Devices

Name
TDA
TDB
RDA(A)RDB(B)GND
P5V
FG

4 Shibaura Machine

PLC(RS422/485):
Connector
Name
TDA
TDB
RDA(A)RDB(B)
GND
P5V
FG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
4
9
1
6
5
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Connector
Name
TDA
TDB
RDA(A)RDB(B)
GND
P5V
FG

2-96

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
4
3
2
6
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Shibaura Machine

4.4 Environment Settings● TC200
Items

Details

Interface
PC No.

RS232C*1

0 to 63 (Set same as the main unit)
9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even2

4.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteMain unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

X

0 to F7F

R

Output Relay

YY

0 to F7F

R/W

Internal Relay

RR

0 to 77F

R/W

Latch Relay

L

L

0 to 7F

R/W

Exp.Int.Relay1GG

0 to F7F

R/W

Exp.Int.Relay2H

H

0 to F7F

R/W

Spec. Aid Relay

AA

0 to 16F

R/W

Timer (Relay)TT

0 to 37F

RCounter (Relay)

CC

0 to 37F

R

Sift RegisterS

S

0 to 7F

R/W

Edge Relay

E

E

0 to 77F

R/W

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

WX

X

0 -F7

R

Output Relay

WY

Y

0 to F7

R/W

Internal Relay

WRR

0 to 77

R/W

Latch Relay

WL

L

0 to 7

R/W

Exp.Int.Relay1

WG

G

0 to F7

R/W

Exp.Int.Relay2WH

H

0 to F7

R/W

Spec. Aid Relay

WAA

0 to 16

R/W

Tim/Cnt.(Current Value)PP

0 to 77FR

Tim/Cnt.(Preset Value)VV

0 to 77F

R/W

General Register1

DD

0 to F7F

R/W

General Register2BB

0 to F7F

R/W

Sift RegisterWS

S

0 to 7

R/W

Edge Relay

WE

E

0 to 77

R/W

Timer Relay (Word)

WT

T

0 to T77

R

Counter Relay (Word)WC

C

0 to 77R

Address
NumeralSystem*1 Set a decimal number for the PC No.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-97

Connection to External Devices

Baud Rate

5 Allen-Bradley

5

Allen-Bradley

5.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

None

PLC-5(Half Duplex)

None

MicroLogix/
SLC 500
SLC 500(Half Duplex)(Full Duplex)

None

MicroLogix/
SLC 500(Full Duplex)

PLC-5
All PLC-5 models thatcan be connected to
1770-KF2

All PLC-5 models

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-102)

1770-KF2

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-103)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-102)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-104)

SLC 500
SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-102)

MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1200

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-105)

MicroLogix 1100

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-106)

Not required(Connects to Mini DIN
connector on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-105)

Not required(Connects to D-sub
connector on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-105)

MicroLogix

MicroLogix 1500-

If your existing project is using "SLC 500" with Ver.2.30 or earlier, "SLC 500(Half Duplex)" will appear to
the Protocol setting with Ver.2.40 or later. SLC 500(Half Duplex) Communication Driver is merged into
the MicroLogix/SLC 500(Full Duplex) Communication Driver.
WindO/I-NV4 still provides the SLC 500(Half Duplex) Communication Driver for the existing projects, but
it's recommended to use the MicroLogix/SLC 500(Full Duplex) Communication Driver if you create a new
project.
Some address format between MicroLogix/SLC 500(Full Duplex) and SLC 500(Half Duplex) are slightdifferent.

2-98

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley

CPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication Driver

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-106)

None

Logix DF1(Full Duplex)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-106)

None

Logix DF1(Full Duplex)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-106)

None

Logix DF1(Full Duplex)

ControlLogix
ControlLogix 5550
ControlLogix 5555

CompactLogix
1768 CompactLogix
1769 CompactLogix
1794-L33
1794-L34

CPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication Driver

1756-ENBT
1756-EN2T

Ethernet

Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

Not required (Connects to CPU Unit)

Ethernet

Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

Ethernet

Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

Ethernet

Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

Ethernet

Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

1756-ENBT
1756-EN2T

Ethernet

Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)

Not required (Connects to CPU Unit)

Ethernet

Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)

ControlLogix
ControlLogix5550
ControlLogix5555

CompactLogix
1769 CompactLogix

PLC-5
PLC-5

1785-ENET

PLC-5ENot required (Connects to CPU Unit)

SLC 500
SLC5/05

Not required (Connects to CPU Unit)

SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05

1761-NET-ENI

MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
MicroLogix 1100

1761-NET-ENI
Not required(Connects to Built-in Ethernet port on CPU Unit)*1

ControlLogix
ControlLogix5550
ControlLogix5555

CompactLogix
1769 CompactLogix*1 To connect the Ethernet port on MicroLogix 1100, check the firmware version. The main unit supports version 4 or later.
(The latest firmware is on the Allen-Bradley web site.)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-99

Connection to External Devices

FlexLogix2

5 Allen-Bradley

5.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Allen-Bradley PLCs to the main unit.
● SLC 500 (Connects to CPU Channel 0 Serial Port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-102)

SLC5/03, SLC5/04

Main unit● PLC-5 (Connects to Interface Module)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-102)

RS485
1770-KF2

All PLC-5 models that canconnect to the 1770-KF2Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-103)

Main unit● PLC-5 (Connects to CPU Unit)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-102)

RS485
All PLC-5 models

Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-104)

Main unit

Connect to the CPU Channel 0 serial port.

● MicroLogix 1000/1100/1200/1500 (Connects to Mini DIN Connector on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-105)

MicroLogix 1000,
MicroLogix 1200,
MicroLogix 1500

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-106)

MicroLogix 1100

2-100

Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● MicroLogix 1500 (Connects to D-sub 9-pin Connector on CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-105)

MicroLogix 1500

Main unit

2

Main unit

Ethernet...

ControlLogix + 1756-ENBT
CompactLogix 1769

PLC-5E
PLC-5 + 1785-ENET

SLC5/03 + 1761-NET-ENI
MicroLogix + 1761-NET-ENI
SLC5/04 + 1761-NET-ENI MicroLogix 1100 Built-in Ethernet port
SLC5/05 + 1761-NET-ENI
SLC5/05

Connect to maximum of 32 different PLCs

• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.
● Control Logix, CompactLogix, FlexLogix (CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-106)

ControlLogix,
CompactLogix,
FlexLogix

Main unit● Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)

Ethernet

ControlLogix,
CompactLogix

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-101

Connection to External Devices● Logix Controllers(Ethernet)

5 Allen-Bradley

5.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

SLC 500 (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

● Connection Diagram 2:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
DCD
DTR

5 or 10 *1

SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

Interface Module, PLC-5 (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
DCD
DTR

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3
4

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

5 or 10*1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-102

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Connection Diagram 3:

Interface Module (RS422)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
14
25
16
18

Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10 *1
8
9
6
7

SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

2

4
5
6
8
20

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
14
25
16
18

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

4
5
6
8
20

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
14
25
16
18

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

4
5
6
8
20

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-103

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block5 Allen-Bradley● Connection Diagram 4:

PLC-5 (RS422)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA

Pin No.
1
14
2
16
3

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.

Name

5 or 10 *1
8
9
6
7

SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA

Pin No.
1
14
2
16
3

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA

Pin No.
1
14
2
16
3

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-104

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Connection Diagram 5:

MicroLogix 1000/1200/1500 (Mini DIN Connector)

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
24V
GND
RTS
RXD
DCD
CTS
TXD
GND

● Connection Diagram 6:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Name
SG
SD
RS
CS
RD

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
SG
SD
RS
CS
RD
FG

MicroLogix 1500 (D-sub 9-pin Connector)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS

Pin No.
5 or 10 *1
1
3
42

Pin No.
5
3
7
8
2
Cover

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Connection to External Devices

Name
24V
GND
RTS
RXD
DCD
CTS
TXD
GND

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-105

5 Allen-Bradley● Connection Diagram 7:

ControlLogix, CompactLogix, FlexLogix

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

● Connection Diagram 8:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
B(+)
GND
RTS
RXD
NC
CTS
TXD
A(-)

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

MicroLogix 1100 (Mini DIN Connector)

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
B(+)
GND
RTS
RXD
NC
CTS
TXD
A(-)

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.

Name

5 or 10*1
1
3
4
2

SG
SD
RS
CS
RD

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
3
7
8
2
Cover

Name
SG
SD
RS
CS
RD
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-106

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley

5.4 Environment Settings● MicroLogix, SLC 500 (Full Duplex)
Item

Setting

Baud Rate*1*2

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits *2

8Stop Bits*1*2

1

Parity*1*2

None or Even

Flow Control

None

Serial Interface

RS232C

Driver *1

DF1 Full-Duplex*3

Control Line*1

No Handshaking*3

Error Detection*1

CRC*3

Embedded Response *1

Auto Detect

Duplicate Packet Detect *1

EnableNode Address*1*2*4

0 to 254 (Decimal)

2
Connection to External Devices● SLC 500 (Half Duplex)
Item
Interface
Baud Rate*1*2
Data Bits

Setting
RS232C*2

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
8Stop Bits*1*2

1

Parity*1*2

None or Even

Driver *1

DF1 Half-Duplex Slave*3

Duplicate Detect *1

Disabled*3

Error Detect *1

BCC*3

Control Line*1

No Handshaking*3

Node Address*1*2*4

0 to 254 (Decimal)*1 Select using the Allen-Bradley software (set Chan0 to System of Controller-Channel Configuration).
*2 The setting for this item must match the setting on the main unit.
*3 Be certain to select as indicated.
*4 Set the Node Address settings of the main unit in the Communication Driver tab on the Project Settings dialog box in
WindO/I-NV4.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-107

5 Allen-Bradley● PLC-5
Item

Setting*1*2

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate*3*4

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits*3*4

8Stop Bits*3*4

1

Parity*3*4

None or Even

Communication Protocol*3

Half duplex*5

Channel 0 Protocol*3

DF1 Slave *5

Duplicate Detect*3

OFF*5

Error Detect*3

BCC*5

Control Line*3

No Handshaking*5

Network Link*1

Data highway plus

PLC-5 Processor Station Address*4*6

00 to 77 (Octal)

1770-KF2 Node Number*1*4*7

00 to 77 (Octal)

Setting the Station Address using WindO/I-NV4
When using the 1770-KF2 Module, select Use 1770-KF2 on the Communication Driver tab in the
Project Settings dialog box, and set Station Address (1770-KF2) and Station Address (PLC5).
In case of direct connection to PLC5 Processor Module, clear Use 1770-KF2. Instead select “Station
Address (1770-KF2)”. These numbers are to be set using octal for the PLC-5 and 1770-KF2, but
hexadecimal for the WindO/I-NV4.

*1 When using the 1770-KF2 Module, select this setting using the 1770-KF2 Module DIP switch.
*2 In the case of a direct connection to the PLC-5 Processor Module, select this setting using the PLC-5 Processor Module
DIP switch.
*3 When using the 1770-KF2 Module, select this setting using the DIP switch on 1770-KF2 Module. In case of a directconnection to the PLC-5 Processor Module, select using the 6200 Programming Software (Channel 0 configuration).
*4 The setting for this item must match the setting on the main unit.
*5 Be certain to select as indicated.
*6 This setting is required regardless of whether 1770-KF2 Module is used or not. When using the 1770-KF2 Module, selectthis setting using the DIP switch on PLC-5 Processor, and in the case of a direct connection to the PLC-5 Processor
Module, select using the 6200 Programming Software (Channel 0 configuration).
*7 This option is only necessary if you use Interface Module.

2-108

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Logix Controllers(Ethernet)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Communication Interface

Setting

Interface

Ethernet

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of communicated PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of communicated PLC.

Product

Set the product of communicated PLC. (For ControlLogix or
CompactLogix, select Logix.)

Slot Number

Set the CPU slot number of communicated PLC.

2

● ControlLogix, CompactLogix, FlexLogix
Item

Setting

Baud Rate*1

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits *1

8Stop Bits*1

1

Parity*1

None or Even

Flow Control

None

Serial Interface

RS232C

ProtocolDF1 Point to Point*2

Control LineNo Handshaking*2

Error Detection

BCC or CRC

Embedded Response

Auto Detect

Duplicate Packet Detect

EnableStation Address*1 *3

0 to 254 (Decimal)● Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

Interface

Ethernet

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of communicated PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of communicated PLC.

Slot Number

Set the CPU slot number of communicated PLC.

Tag File

Set the tag database file.

*1 The setting for this item must match the setting on the main unit .
*2 Be certain to select as indicated.
*3 Set the node address of the main unit (Station Address) as the Node Address (Operator Interface) in theCommunication Driver tab on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4. Set the Station Address of the target
PLC as the Slave Number in the Communication Driver Network tab.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-109

Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver Network

Item5 Allen-Bradley

5.5 Usable Device Addresses
The main unit supports the following device types and range.
WindO/I-NV4 supports the device address format as same as MicroLogix, SLC 500, PLC-5 programming software
along with the standard device address format of WindO/I-NV4.
■ Allen-Bradley device address format
This device address format is same as the device address format of Allen-Bradley’s software.
(Some part of the format is deferent. Refer to the Expression of Device Address Format of each model.)■ WindO/I-NV4 device address format
File Number, Element and Bit Number are separated by some delimiters in device address format of Allen-Bradley’s
software. However, WindO/I-NV4 device address format does not contain delimiters. It is remove some delimitersfrom Allen-Bradley’s device address format.
● MicroLogix, SLC 500 (Full Duplex)
Bit Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Address
Read/
Numeral
Write
SystemMain unit

PLC

Range

FormatOutputO

O

0 to 1625515

1

R

Decimal

Input

I

I

0 to 1625515

1

1

Decimal2

R/W

DecimalBinaryB

B

300000 to 325515,
900000 to 25525515

Timer Enable Bit

TEN

T(EN)

4000 to 4255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalTimer Timing Bit

TTT

T(TT)

4000 to 4255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalTimer Done Bit

TDN

T(DN) 4000 to 4255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Up Enable Bit

CCU

C(CU)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Down Enable Bit

CCD

C(CD)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Done Bit

CDN

C(DN) 5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Overflow Bit

COV

C(OV)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Underflow Bit

CUN

C(UN)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalCounter Update Accumulator

CUA

C(UA)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Enable Bit

REN

R(EN)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Queue Bit

REU

R(EU)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Asynchronous Bit Done Bit

RDN

R(DN) 6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Synchronous Done Bit

REM

R(EM) 6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Error Bit

RER

E(ER)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Unload Bit

RUL

R(UL)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Running Bit

RIN

R(IN)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalControl Found Bit

RFD

R(FD)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

3

R

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format” on page 2-111.

2-110

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-BradleyI201206

I2.12/6
1 to 2 digits Bit number
1 to 3 digits Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number1

B10:123/5

2 digits
Bit number
3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

B10:123/5

3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

TEN12:123

2

1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the MicroLogix 1200
or SLC 500 data table map.
Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Address
Read/
Numeral
Write
SystemMain unit

PLC

Range

FormatOutputWO

O

0 to 16255

1

R

Decimal

Input

WI

I

0 to 16255

1

R

DecimalStatusS

S

2000 to 2065

2

R

Decimal

Bit

WB

B

3000 to 3255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)

TP

T(P)

4000 to 4255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalTimer (Accumulated Value)

TA

T(A)

4000 to 4255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)

CP

C(P)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalCounter (Accumulated Value)

CA

C(A)

5000 to 5255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalControl (Number of characters
specified to be sent or received)

RLEN

R(LEN)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalControl (Number of characters
actually sent or received)

RPOS

R(POS)

6000 to 6255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalIntegerN

N

7000 to 7255, 9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalFloat Point

F

F

80000 to 82551,
90000 to 2552551

3

R/W

DecimalLong Word

L

L

90000 to 2552551

3

R/W

Decimal

ASCII

A

A

9000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalString LEN

STL

ST

9000 to 255255

2

R

DecimalString DATA

ST

ST

900000 to 25525540

4

R/W

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format” on page 2-112.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-111

Connection to External Devices

I:2.12/6

TEN12123

TEN12:123
3

2 digits
Bit number
3 digits
Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number
B1012305

1 to 2 digits Bit number
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

2

MicroLogix 1200
programming
software

WindO/I-NV4

5 Allen-Bradley
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

1 to 3 digits Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

3

3 digits
Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

I:12.10WB123255

WB123:255
2

MicroLogix 1200
programming software

WI12010

WI12.10
1

WindO/I-NV4

3 digits
Element number B123:255
1 to 3 digits File number

1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

F1232550, F1232551
F123:255_0, F123:255_1
1 digit
0: Lower Word
1 digit
0: Lower Word
1: Upper Word
1: Upper Word
3 digits
Element number F123:255
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3digits File number
1 to 3 digits File number
WindO/I-NV4 uses 32 bit device as the divided 2 word device. Therefore, the last one
digit shows that the device is upper word or lower word.

ST12325540

ST123:255/40
4

1 to 2 digits DATA number
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

2 digits
DATA number
ST123:255.DATA[40]3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits File number• Floating Point(F) and Long Word(L) are 32-bit devices. When you write to these devices, please be
sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously. If you write only high word or only low word,
0 will be written into the other word.
• String LEN stores the number of characters written when a string is written from the String DATA start
address (DATA[0]) of each element. If the address to write is not from the start, the value of String
LEN is not updated.
• A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to theMicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map.
WO, WI, WB is same devices as O, I, B. They are used as word devices.

2-112

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● SLC 500 (Half Duplex)
Bit Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Address
Read
Numeral/WriteSystem

PLC

Range

FormatTimer (Done)

TDN

T

4000 to 4255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalTimer (Timing)

TT

T

4000 to 4255,10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalTimer (Enable)

EN

T

4000 to 4255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (Done)

CDN

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (Up Enable)

CU

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (Down Enable)

CD

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (Overflow)

OV

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (Underflow)

UN

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalCounter (High-speed
Counter Update)

UA

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

1

R

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
Format1

Allen-Bradley

WindO/I-NV4

SLC 500
programming software

TDN4012

TDN4:12
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

3 digits
1 to 3 digits

Element number TDN4:12
File number

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-113

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

5 Allen-Bradley

Word Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Address
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Range

FormatRead/Write

Input

WI

I

0 to 301

1

R

DecimalOutputWO

O

0 to 301

1

R

Decimal

Bit

WB

B

3000 to 3255, 10000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalTimer (Accumulated Value)

TA

T

4000 to 4255, 10000 to 255255

2

R

DecimalCounter (Accumulated Value)

CA

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

2

R

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)TP

T

4000 to 4255, 10000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)

CP

C

5000 to 5255, 10000 to 255255

2

R/W

DecimalInteger*1

N

N

7000 to 7255, 10000 to 255255

2

R/W

Decimal

ASCII

A

A

10000 to 255255

2

R/W

Decimal

Device Name

For details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

WI30.1
1

SLC 500
programming software

WI301
1 digitWord number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

N255:255
2

WindO/I-NV4

1 digitWord number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

I30.1

3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

N255:255

N255255
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number• You cannot directly write to inputs and outputs.
• A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to the SLC 500 datatable map.
The input and output addresses are made up of the slot number and the word number.
• The address makeup is as follows:
Bottom digit: Word number
2nd and 3rd digits from the bottom: Slot number• If the module in the slot has 16 or fewer points, the word number is 0, and if it is a 32-point module,
the word number is 0 for the lower word (bit 0 to bit 15) and 1 for the upper word (bit 16 to bit 31).
• In the case of a rack-type controller, the slot number is attributed as is, and in the case of a packagetype controller, it is as follows.
Package-type controller:
0
Left slot of the expansion rack: 1
Right slot of the expansion rack: 2
Example: Address specification with SLC 500:
I: 1.0Address specification with WindO/I-NV4: I10*1 Allocate the System Area above the file number 7 integer file. It will not operate with file number 10 and above. You must
construct an area above the SLC 500 data table file that corresponds to the System Area Address set by WindO/I-NV4.

2-114

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● PLC-5 (Half Duplex)
Bit Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Address
NumeralSystem

PLC

Range

Format

Input

I

I

0 to 27717

1

R/W

Octal

OutputO

O

0 to 27717

1

R/W

Octal

Bit

B

B

300000 to 9999915

2

R

DecimalTimer (Complete)

TDN

T

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalTimer (Timing)

TT

T

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalTimer (Enable)

EN

T

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalCounter (Complete)

CDN

C

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalCounter (Up Enable)

CU

C

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalCounter (Down Enable)

CD

C

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalCounter (Overflow)

OV

C

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalCounter (Underflow)

UN

C

3000 to 99999

3

R

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

WindO/I-NV4

I27717

I277/17

2 digits
Terminal number
1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

1 to 2 digits Terminal number
1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

1

I:277/17

B301215

B3:12/15

2 digits
3 digits

Bit number
Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

1 to 2 digits Bit number
1 to 3 digits Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

2

PLC-5
programming
softwareB3:12/15

With the PLC-5, addresses can be specified with word and bit units, or with bit units only
(i.e. there are two ways), while with WindO/I-NV4 you must specify addresses using
word and bit units.

TDN4:123

TDN4012
1 to 3 digits Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

3 digits

Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

TDN4:122-115

2Connection to External Devices

Main unit

Read/WriteDevice Name

5 Allen-Bradley

Word Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Address
NumeralSystem
Octal

Main unit

PLC

Range

FormatRead/Write

Input

WI

I

0 to 277

1

R

OutputWO

O

0 to 277

1

R/W

Octal

Bit

WB

B

3000 to 99999

2

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)

TA

T

3000 to 99999

2

R

DecimalCounter (Current Value)

CA

C

3000 to 99999

2

R

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)

TP

T

3000 to 99999

2

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)

CP

C

3000 to 99999

2

R/W

DecimalIntegerN

N

3000 to 99999

2, 3

R/W

Decimal

BCD

D

D

3000 to 99999

2

R/W

Decimal

ASCII

A

A

3000 to 99999

2

R/W

Decimal

Device Name

For details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

WI277
1

3

2-116

PLC-5
programming software

WI277
1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

N40:45
2

WindO/I-NV4

1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

I:277

3 digits

N40:45

N40045
1 to 3 digits Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

Element number(or Word number)
1 to 3 digits File number

System Area should assigned using a file number 9 or less. It does not work with file number 10 or more.
Construct an area in the PLC-5 data table file that corresponds to the System Area Address selected by
WindO/I-NV4.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Logix Controllers(Ethernet)
If you select Logix Controllers(Ethernet) as Communication Driver, the driver contains some PLCs devices.
Therefore, the following devices name may be not same as devices name for each PLC. For details regarding
wiring, refer to “Cross reference table of devices name” on page 2-120.
Bit Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Address
NumeralSystem

PLC

Range

Format

SLC/MicroLogix Input

SI

I

0 to 1625515

1

R

Decimal

SLC/MicroLogix Output

SOO

0 to 1625515

1

R

Decimal

PLC-5 Input

PI

I

0 to 27717

2

R

Decimal

PLC-5 Output

POO

0 to 27717

2

R/W

DecimalBinaryB

B

0 to 99999915

3

R/W

DecimalTimer Enable bit

TEN

TEN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalTimer Timing Bit

TTT

TTT

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalTimer Done Bit

TDN

TDN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Up Enable Bit

CCU

CCU

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Down Enable Bit

CCD

CCD

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Done Bit

CDN

CDN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Overflow Bit

COV

COV

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Underflow Bit

CUN

CUN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalCounter Update Accumulator

CUA

CUA

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Enable Bit

REN

REN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Queue Bit

REU

REU

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Aynchronous Done Bit

RDN

RDN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Synchronous Done BIt

REM

REM

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Error Bit

RER

RER

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Unload Bit

RUL

RUL

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Running Bit

RIN

RIN

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalControl Found Bit

RFD

RFD

0 to 999999

4

R

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

SI2:12/6

1 to 2 digits Terminal number
1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

Bit number
Word number
Slot number

I:2/12.6

2digits
1 digit
1 to 2 digits

Terminal numberGroup number
Rack number

I:277/17

2 digits
3 digits
1 to 3 digits

Bit number
Element number
File number

B10:123/5

3digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

TEN12:123

B1012305

B10:123/5
1 to 2 digits Bit number
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

3

2 digits
3 digits
1 to 2 digits
PI27717

PI277/17
2

MicroLogix 1200
programming
software

SI201206
1 to 2 digits Bit number
1 to 3 digits Word number
1 to 2 digits File number

1

TEN12:123

4

WindO/I-NV4

TEN12123
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-117

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

Read/
Write

Device Name

5 Allen-Bradley

Word Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Main unit

PLC

Range

FormatRead/Write

SLC/MicroLogix Input (Word)

SWI

I

0 to 16255

1

R

Device Name

Decimal

SLC/MicroLogix Output (Word)

SWO

O

0 to 16255

1

R

Decimal

PLC-5 Input (Word)

PWI

I

0 to 277

2

R

Decimal

PLC-5 Output (Word)

PWO

O

0 to 277

2

R/W

DecimalStatusS

S

2000 to 2026

3

R

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)TPTP

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalTimer (Accumulated Value)TATA

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)CPCP

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalCounter (Accumulated Value)CACA

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalControl LEN

RLEN

RLEN

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalControl POS

RPOS

RPOS

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalBinary (Word)

WB

WB

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalIntegerNN

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalFloat/REAL

F

F

0 to 9999991

4

R/W

DecimalLong/DINTL

L

0 to 9999991

4

R/W

Decimal

ASCII

A

A

0 to 999999

3

R/W

Decimal

BCD

BCD

BCD

0 to 999999

3

R/W

Decimal

SINT

SINT

SINT

0 to 999999

3

R/W

DecimalString LEN

STL

ST

0 to 999999

3

R

DecimalString DATA

ST

ST

0 to 99999940

5

R/W

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.

2-118

Address
NumeralSystemWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

SWI12:10
1

PWI277

3 digits
Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

I:12/10

1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number

I:277

2

PWI277
1 digitGroup number
1 to 2 digits Rack number
WB123255
3 digits
Element number B123:255
1 to 3 digits File number

1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

F1232550, F1232551
F123:255_0, F123:255_1
1 digit
0: Lower word
1 digit
0: Lower word
1: Upper word
1: Upper word
3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits Element number
F123:255
1 to 3 digits File number
1 to 3 digits File number
WindO/I-NV4 uses 32 bit device as the divided 2 word device. Therefore, the last one
digit shows that the device is upper word or lower word.

ST123:255/40
5

ST12325540
1 to 2 digits DATA number
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

2 digits
DATA number
3 digits
Element number ST123:255.DATA[40]1 to 3 digits File number• Floating Point(F) and Long Word(L) are 32-bit devices. When you write to these devices, please be
sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously. If you write only high word or only low word,
0 will be written into the other word.
• String LEN stores the number of characters written when a string is written from the String DATA start
address (DATA[0]) of each element.
If the address to write is not from the start, the value of String LEN is not updated.
• When writing a string from a Character Input, the NULL terminating character is written at the end of
the string.
• A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to theMicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map.
WO, WI, WB is same devices as O, I, B. They are used as word devices.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-119

Connection to External Devices

WB123:255
3

MicroLogix 1200
programming software

SWI12010
1 to 3 digits Word number
1 to 2 digits Slot number

2

4

WindO/I-NV4

5 Allen-Bradley
Cross reference table of devices nameBit Device
DeviceType

MicroLogix
SLC 500

SLC/MicroLogix Input

SI

Input (Bit)

SLC/MicroLogix Output

SO

Output (Bit)

PLC-5 Input

PI

Input (Bit)

PLC-5 Output

PO

Output (Bit)

BinaryB

Timer Enable bit

TEN

Timer Enable Bit

Timer Enable Bit

Timer Timing Bit

TTTTimer Timing Bit

Timer Timing Bit

Timer Done Bit

TDNTimer Done Bit

Timer Done Bit

Counter Up Enable Bit

CCUCounter Up Enable Bit

Counter Up Enable Bit

Counter Down Enable Bit

CCDCounter Down Enable Bit

Counter Down Enable Bit

Counter Done Bit

CDN

Counter Done Bit

Counter Done Bit

Counter Overflow Bit

COVCounter Overflow Bit

Counter Overflow Bit

Counter Underflow Bit

CUN

Counter Underflow Bit

Counter Underflow Bit

Counter Update
Accumulator

CUA

Counter Update Accumulator

Control Enable Bit

RENControl Enable Bit

Control Queue Bit

REUControl Queue Bit

Control Aynchronous Done
Bit

RDN

Control Aynchronous Done Bit

Control Synchronous Done
BIt

REM

Control Synchronous Done BIt

Control Error Bit

RERControl Error Bit

Control Unload Bit

RULControl Unload Bit

Control Running Bit

RIN

Control Running Bit

Control Found Bit

RFDControl Found Bit

Device Name

2-120

PLC-5

BinaryBinaryWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualControlLogix
CompcatLogix

5 Allen-Bradley

Word Device
Device Name

DeviceType

MicroLogix
SLC 500

SLC/MicroLogix Input (Word)

SWI

Input (Word)

SLC/MicroLogix Output (Word)

SWO

Output (Word)

PLC-5 Input (Word)

PWI

PLC-5 Output (Word)

PWO

PLC-5

ControlLogix
CompactLogix

Input (Word)2

Output (Word)S

StatusStatusTimer (Preset Value)TP

Timer (Preset Value)

Timer (Preset Value)

Timer (Accumulated Value)TA

Timer (Accumulated Value)

Timer (Accumulated Value)Counter (Preset Value)

CP

Counter (Preset Value)Counter (Preset Value)Counter (Accumulated Value)CA

Control LEN

RLEN

Control LEN

Control POS

RPOSControl POS

Bit (Word)

WB

Bit (Word)

Bit (Word)

IntegerN

Integer

Integer

Float/REAL

F

Float

REAL

Long/DINT

L

Long

DINT

ASCII

A

ASCII

BCD

BCD

SINT

SINT

StringST

Counter (Accumulated Value) Counter (Accumulated Value)

INT

ASCII
BCD
SINT

StringWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-121

Connection to External Devices

Status5 Allen-Bradley● Logix DF1 (Full Duplex)
Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/Write

Address
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Range

Format

INT

INT

INT

0 to 999999

1

R/W

Decimal

REAL

REAL

REAL

0 to 9999991

2

R/W

Decimal

DINT

DINT

DINT

0 to 9999991

2

R/W

Decimal

SINT

SINT

SINT

0 to 999999

1

R/W

DecimalFor details about the address notation, refer to “Expression of Device Address Format”.
Expression of Device Address Format
FormatAllen-Bradley

INT40:45
1

2

WindO/I-NV4

ControlLogix
programming
software

INT40045
1 to 3 digits Element number
1 to 3 digits File number

3 digits
Element number INT40:45
1 to 3 digits File number

REAL1232550, REAL1232551
REAL123:255_0, REAL123:255_1
1 digit
0: Lower word
1 digit
0: Lower word
1: Upper word
1: Upper word
3 digits
Element number
1 to 3 digits Element number
REAL123:255
1 to 3 digits File number
1 to 3 digits File number
WindO/I-NV4 uses 32 bit device as the divided 2 word device. Therefore, the last one digit
shows that the device is upper word or lower word.

• Floating Point(F) and Long Word(L) are 32-bit devices. When you write to these devices, please be
sure to write a high word and low word simultaneously. If you write only high word or only low word,
0 will be written into the other word.
• A communication error occurs if you specify a file or element that is not allocated to theMicroLogis1200 or SLC 500 data table map.

2-122

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley

5.6 How to set Device Address for ControlLogix and CompactLogix series
In ControlLogix and CompactLogix series, a device address is set with a tag name. However, you have to set witha device type and an address number that is the same format as MicroLogix, SLC 500 and PLC-5 because WindO/INV4 can not operate a tag name directly.
You have to attach each tag name to a device type and device address at that time. This is called mapping.

2● Mapping2

Select Logic, and then Map PLC/SLC Messages… from the main menu on the Allen-Bradley software.

3

Attach File Number to each tag name in PLC3,5/SLC Mapping dialog box.

● Selecting the device address in WindO/I-NV4
Set the tag type to a device type, and set the File Number and the array number to an address number.
● The process to select device address

1 Define some tags on the Allen-Bradley software.
Tag name

Data Type

Array

Tag_A

INT

[10]

Tag_B

SINT*1

[10]

Tag_C

DINT

[10]

Tag_D

REAL

[10]

2 Do mapping tag to File Number.
Tag name

Data Type

Array

File Number

Tag_A

INT

[10]

1

Tag_B

SINT

[10]

2

Tag_C

DINT

[10]

3

Tag_D

REAL

[10]

4

3 Set a device address in the WindO/I-NV4.

0:INT1:0
Array Number
File Number
Device Type (Tag type)
External Device ID*1 Defines the SINT type’s tag with couple of byte.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-123

Connection to External Devices

The following work is done in the Allen-Bradley software.
1 Define some tags to communicate with the main unit in Controller Tags

5 Allen-Bradley● Example for WindO/I-NV4
The setting example uses Allen-Bradley device address format. The External Device ID is 0 in the example.
Tag name

Data Tyde

Array

File Number

Tag_A

INT

[10]

1

Tag_B

SINT

[10]

2

Tag_C

DINT

[10]

3

Tag_D

REAL

[10]

4

Example1: Set an array number 0 in Tag_A.
0: INT 1:0
Example2: Set an array number 5 in Tag_B.
0: SINT 2:5
Example3: Set a lower word on array number 3 in Tag_C.
0: DINT 3:3_0
Example4: Set an upper word on array number 9 in Tag_D.
0: REAL 4:9_1
Need to set upper word or lower word in WindO/I-NV4 when use 32-bit device.
Add “_0” after array number when use lower word, “_1” after array number when use upper word.

2-124

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley

5.7 Device Addresses used for Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)
When using Logix Native Tag(Ethernet) as a communication driver, the device address is set using tags.
To use tags, on the Communication Driver Network tab in the Project Settings dialog box, set the Tag File toAllen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K). The Tag File needs to be a L5K file format from the Allen-Bradley
software.
You can make the Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K) by using the Allen-Bradley software.

2● Supported data type

Connection to External Devices• BOOL*1• INT• DINT• SINT• REAL• TIMER• COUNTER• CONTROL• STRING• User-Defined• Add-On-Defined• Module-Defined● Tag Files Settings Configuration Procedure
Configure the following settings by using WindO/I-NV4.
Before starting this procedure. Set Allen-Bradley as a Manufacturer and Logix Native Tag(Ethernet) as aCommunication Driver for the target External Device Communication in the Communication Driver tab on the
Project Settings dialog box.

*1 Does not support BOOL type arrays.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-125

5 Allen-Bradley

1 On the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box, setup the External Device
Communication.

Select the External Device Communication that assigned to the Logix Native Tag(Ethernet).

2 Set a tag file.

Import the L5K file that exported from the Allen-Bradley software to Tag File.

To get the Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K), open a project in the Allen-Bradley software, selectFile, Save As, and then select the L5K file as Save as type.

3 Change the settings of External Device Name, IP Address, Port No. and Slot No. as needed.

2-126

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Tags Setting
Tags can be set in the following ways.
• Using the keyboard, type the tag name directly into the text box where the device address is set.
• Click the
button to the right of the text box where the device address is set, and select a tag in Tag Editor.
For details about the Tag Editor, refer to “Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)” on page 2-133.
Even if the added Allen-Bradley Import/Export file(*.L5K) contains Module-Defined tags, they will not be(Add new tag) on the Tag● How to edit Tags
The content of tags imported in the Communication Driver Network tab on the Project Settings dialog box in
WindO/I-NV4 can be edited using the Tag Editor. For details about the Tag Editor, refer to “Logix Native
Tag(Ethernet)” on page 2-133.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-127

2
Connection to External Devices

displayed in the Tag Editor. If necessary, add a Module-Defined tag using
Editor.

5 Allen-Bradley● Cautions When Using Indirect Read and Indirect Write
The main unit is capable of specifying a device address offset for certain parts. When using Logix Native Tag, theoffset is specified according to the following rules.
• Offsets cannot be specified for tags with no arrays.
• The array number for tags with arrays changes according to the offset value.
Example: Create a tag as a data type is INT and an array number is [2,3,4], and then set the device address to[0,0,0]. When the offset value is 1, use data of [0,0,1]. When the offset value is 5, use data of[0,1,1].
Script[LDR 200] = OFFSET(tag[0,0,0],[LDR 0]);Operation description
When the value of LDR0 is 1, the value of tag[0,0,1], the device address 1 words from tag[0,0,0], isread and stored in LDR200.
tag[0,0,0]0000

tag[0,0,1]

1234

LDR0 0001＋1

LDR2001234
Read

LDR200

1234

Read

LDR0 0005＋5

tag[0,1,1]

1234• The offset value changes to match the array numbers in the structure if TIMER, COUNTER, CONTROL or userdefined structure data type array is created.
Example: Create a tag as a data type is TIMER and an array number is [2,3,4], and then set the device address
to [0,0,0].EN. When the offset value is 1, use data of [0,0,1].EN. When the offset value is 5, use dataof [0,1,1].EN.
Script[LM 200] = OFFSET(tag[0,0,0].EN,[LDR 0]);Operation description
When the value of LDR0 is 1, the value of tag[0,0,1].EN, the device 1 words from tag[0,0,0].EN, isread and stored in LDR200.
tag[0,0,0].EN

0000

LDR0 0001
+1

LM200

1

LM200

1

Read

tag[0,0,1].EN1tag[0,1,1].EN

1

LDR0 0005+5

Read• When a user-defined structure is created with an array, if members of the structure also have arrays, change theoffset value according to the array of the member.

2-128

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley• With the main unit, reference device values are specified in units of 16-bit devices. Therefore, to specify a value
for DINT, REAL, TIMER (a 32-bit device), or PRE and ACC elements in the CONTROL structure, it is necessary to
double the reference device value in the PLC before specifying it.
Example 1: If 1 is specified as the reference device value for DINT[0], the upper word for DINT[0] is used. To
use DINT[1], specify a reference device value of 2.
Script[LM 200] = OFFSET(tag[0],[LDR 0]);tag[0]

0000

tag[1]

1234

LDR0 0002+2

LDR2001234

Read

Example 2: If 1 is specified as the reference device value for TIMER[0].PRE, the upper word for TIMER[0].PRE
is used. To use TIMER[1].PRE, specify a reference device value of 2.
Script[LM 200] = OFFSET(tag[0].PRE,[LDR 0]);Operation description
When the value of LDR0 is 2, the value of tag[1].PRE, the device 2 words from tag[0].PRE, is readand stored in LDR200.
tag[0].PRE

0000

LDR0 0002+2

LDR2001234

tag[1].PRE

1234

Read

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-129

2
Connection to External Devices

Operation description
When the value of LDR0 is 2, the value of tag[1], the device 2 words from tag[0], is read andstored in LDR200.

5 Allen-Bradley● Restrictions• The number of characters that can be set in a tag is as follows.
Item

Module-Defined Tag

Other thanModule-Defined Tag

256 max.

40 max.

Tag Name
Total number of Tag Name, array, and member characters

256 max.

Total number of Tag Name, array, and member characters(including the program name) in a tag in Program Scope

248 max.

• Array elements can be up to 3 dimensions.
• The maximum array number is 65,535.
• The maximum number of tag names that can be set for a project is 65,535 per External Device ID.
• When a tag is set as the 32-bit data types such as DINT, REAL, TIMER, COUNTER or CONTROL, and the main
unit reads or writes values of tag in 16-bit units, acquires a value of the tag according to Storage Method of
32-bit Numerical Data setting in the Communication Driver tab on the Project Settings dialog box andthe value of the lower 16-bit is used. The value of the upper 16-bit becomes to 0.
Example: The data type of DINT_Tag is DINT, the value of DINT_Tag is 12345678h, Display Device Addressof Numerical Display is DINT_Tag, Data Type is UBIN16(W), Display Type is Hexadecimal, andStorage Method of 32-bit Numerical Data setting in the Communication Driver tab on the
Project Settings dialog box is from Lower word, the value of lower 16-bit (5678h) is displayed.
The value of upper 16-bit (1234h) is not displayed.
DeviceTag Name

Data Type

Allen-Bradley PLC

DINT_Tag

The main unit

DINT_Tag

Value
Upper 16-bit

Lower 16-bit

DINT

1234h

5678h

UBIN16(W)

0000h

5678h

• The external device address cannot be monitored using the main unit Device Monitor or WindO/I-NV4.
• The O/I Link Communication cannot be used.
• The main unit supports only the CONTROL, COUNTER, and TIMER of the Predefined structure.
• Does not support the Alias.
• The DATA of the STRING data structure is SINT (1 byte) in Allen-Bradley PLC, but the main unit handles data in
2-bytes. After importing the Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K) or adding tags with Tag Editor, only evennumbered arrays (DATA [0], DATA [2], DATA [4], ...) are displayed on Tag Editor. When the character string is
written from the start address number (DATA [0]), the number of characters in the character string written isstored in [LEN]. If the write destination is not from the start address number, the value of [LEN] will not bechanged.
• When writing a string from a character input, the NULL terminating character is written at the end of the string.

2-130

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley

5.8 Tag Editor
This section describes items and buttons on the Tag Editor used for an Allen-Bradley PLC. The Tag Editor varies
based on the selected driver as the Communication Driver.
● Other than Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)

2
Connection to External Devices(Toolbar)(Address Number List)■ TargetSelect the external device.
The external device set in (Settings) on the Communication Driver Network tab is displayed in External
Device (External Device ID): (External Device Name).
■ Device Type
Select the device type.
The list only shows device types that can be used.
■ Device Ranges
Select the range of Device Addresses displayed in (Address Number List). The range that can be set varies basedon the selected device type.
■ Address Number
Specify the address number. The range that can be set varies based on the selected device type.
This only appears if you clicked
Editor.

to the right of the text box where the device address is set and opened Tag

Click thebutton to display the Address Number Settings for Allen-Bradley dialog box. For details, refer to“Address Number Settings for Allen-Bradley dialog box” on page 2-132.
■ Bit Number
Specify the bit number (0 to 15) of the word device.
This only appears if you clickedto the right of the text box where the device address is set and opened Tag
Editor. This option can only be configured when a word device is selected for Device Type.
■ Show
Select the device address displayed in the (Address Number List) from the following options.
All:

Displays all of the device addresses that can be used with the device selected in Target.

Used:

Displays only the device addresses that are used in the active project data.

Unused:Displays only the device addresses that are not used in the active project data.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-131

5 Allen-Bradley■ (Toolbar)(Cut):

Cuts the selected tag name or comment from (Address number list) and copies it to the
clipboard.

(Copy):

Copies the selected tag name or comment to the clipboard.

(Paste):Pastes the contents of the clipboard.

(Delete):Deletes the selected tag name or comment.

(Import):

Opens the Open dialog box.
Select a file with exported tag names and comments (CSV file), and then click Open tocollectively overwrite (Address Number List) with the tag names and comments in theselected file.
This can only be used when Tag Editor is displayed in the Workspace.

(Export):

Opens the Export dialog box.
Select the location to save the file, enter a file name, and then click Save to save the
tag names and comments of (Address Number List) as a CSV file.
This can only be used when Tag Editor is displayed in the Workspace.

(Cross Reference):

Opens the Cross Reference dialog box. For details, refer to “Cross Reference dialog
box” on page 2-135.

(Refresh):Updates the Used column on the Tag Editor.

■ (Address Number List)
Displays a list of device addresses that match the specified condition.
Device Address:

Displays the device addresses of the selected Device Type.

Tag Name:

Displays the tag name of the address number. Double clicking the cell allows you toedit the tag name. The maximum number of characters is 20.

• If you specify the same alphabet as the selected device type at the beginning of the tag name, thesubsequent characters must contain the alphabet or symbol.
• A tag name cannot contain any of the following characters and names:#$*+,-/Spaces and control characters
Same name as device address
Name starting with a number
Comment:

Displays the comment of the address number. Double clicking the cell allows you toedit the comment. The maximum number of characters is 255. You can enter multi-line
comment by inserting a newline.

Used:

Displays how many times each address number has used.

Address Number Settings for Allen-Bradley dialog box
Clicknext to Address Number to display the Address Number Settings for Allen-Bradley dialog box.
You can set or edit the address number of an Allen-Bradley PLC.

Device Type:

Displays the device type selected in the Tag Editor.

For the settings other than Device Type, enter the device address in accordance with the notation method ofaddress numbers for Allen-Bradley PLC.

2-132

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Allen-Bradley● Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)(Toolbar)2
Connection to External Devices(Tag List)■ TargetSelect the device that includes the target device address from External Device (External Device ID):
(External Device Name).
The external device set in (Settings) on the Communication Driver Network tab is displayed in External
Device (External Device ID): (External Device Name).
■ Scope
Select Controller or (Program scopes) for Scope.
If program scopes exist on the Allen-Bradley tag of an added Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K), the program
names will be displayed in alphabetical order in (Program scopes).
■ Show
Select the tags displayed in (Tag List) from the following options.
All:

Displays all of the tags that can be used with the device selected in Target.

Used:

Displays only the tags that are used in the active project data.

Unused:Displays only the tags that are not used in the active project data.

■ (Toolbar)(Delete):Deletes the selected tag name. This can only be used when Tag Editor is displayed in
the Workspace and the highest node is selected.

(Cross Reference):

Opens the Cross Reference dialog box. For details, refer to “Cross Reference dialog
box” on page 2-135.

(Refresh):Updates the Used column on the Tag Editor.

(Add New Tag):

Opens the Tag Settings dialog box. Adds a tag. For details, refer to “Tag Settings
dialog box” on page 2-134.

(Edit Tag):

Opens the Tag Settings dialog box. Edits the registered tag. For details, refer to “Tag
Settings dialog box” on page 2-134.
This can only be used when Tag Editor is displayed in the Workspace and the highest
node is selected.

To enable(Add New Tag) or(Edit Tag), set Target to the External Device ID for which the
Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K) is set in Tag File in the Communication Driver Network tabon the Project Settings dialog box.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-133

5 Allen-Bradley■ (Tag List)
The tags that match the specified conditions are displayed.
Tag Name:

Displays the tag name of each tag.

Data Type:

Displays the data type of each tag.

Used:

Displays how many times each address number has used.

■ Array Dimensions
Specifies the array elements up to 3 dimensions.
This option is only displayed when the Tag Editor opens by clicking
address.

next to the text box to setup a device■ Bit Number
Specify the bit number (0 to 15) of the word device.
The maximum Bit Number depends on the data type of the selected tag.
This option is only displayed when the Tag Editor opens by clicking
address. Can only be set if a word device is selected as Device Type.

next to the text box to setup a device

Tag Settings dialog box
To display the Tag Settings dialog box, click
Bradley tag name, scope, data type, and array.

(Add New Tag) or(Edit Tag). You can add or edit an Allen-

Set Module-Defined Tag: Set the Module-Defined tag.
Select this check box to configure the Module-Defined tag.
Tag Name:

You can enter single-byte characters for the tag name. The characters and the number of charactersthat can be entered vary based on the state of Set Module Definition Tag.
Set Module-Defined Tag
check box

Characters that can be entered

The maximum
numberCleareda to z, A to Z, 0 to 9 and underscore (_)

40

Selected

a to z, A to Z, 0 to 9, underscore (_),
period (.), comma (,), colon (:) and bracket ([]).

256• You cannot enter characters that cannot be used.
• The tag name must start with an alphabet or underscore and end with an alphabet, number or bracket.
However, a period and numbers cannot be used consecutively at the end of the tag name.
• Underscores cannot be used consecutively in the tag name.
• Square brackets can be used as only Array.
Scope:

Select Controller or (Program scopes) for Scope.
If program scopes exist on the tag of an added Allen-Bradley Import/Export file (*.L5K), theprogram names will be displayed in alphabetical order in (Program scopes).

Data Type:

Selects the data type.
The list only shows data types that can be used.

Array Dimensions: Specifies the array elements up to 3 dimensions.
This option is only displayed when the Tag Editor opens by clicking
setup a device address.

2-134

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manualnext to the text box to5 Allen-Bradley● Cross Reference dialog box
To display the screen type, screen number, and part name that uses the tag of a tag name, select the tag namewith (Tag List) in Tag Editor, and click(Cross Reference).

2
Connection to External Devices

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-135

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

6

JTEKT (Toyoda)

6.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-138)

None

TOYOPUC-PC3J

None

TOYOPUC-PC3J

TOYOPUC-PC2J
PC2J

Not required(Connects to Built-in Link)

TOYOPUC-PC3J
PC3J
PC3JD

Not required(Connects to Built-in Link)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-138)

PC3JG

Not required(Connects to Built-in Link)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-140)

PC3J
PC3JD
PC3JG

FL/ET-T-V2H

Ethernet-

TOYOPUC(Ethernet)

Not required
Ethernet(Connects to L1 or L2 port of the CPU Unit)-

TOYOPUC(Ethernet)

TOYOPUC-PC10
PC10G

2-136

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

6.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of JTEKT (Toyoda) PLCs to the main unit.
● TOYOPUC-PC3J series (uses to the Built-in Link)

RS422

2

Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-138)

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-140)

PC3JG

Main unit

It connects with the Built-in Link port of a CPU unit.

● TOYOPUC-PC3J/-PC10 (Ethernet)

Ethernet

PC3J, PC3JD, PC3JG

FL/ET-T-V2H

Main unit

Ethernet

Main unit

PC10G

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-137

Connection to External Devices

PC3J, PC3JD

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

6.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

PC2J, PC3J, PC3JD

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
G
L(+)
L(-)
0V

Double Shield

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T,
HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
G
L(+)
L(-)
0V

Double Shield

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5Fdoesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
G
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Double Shield

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-138

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
G
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Double Shield

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
G
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Double Shield

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-139

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)● Connection Diagram 2:

PC3JG
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
L(+)
L(-)
0V

Double Shield

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the because the terminal block of
the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Double Shield

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F doesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block Double Shield
Name
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-140

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block Double Shield
Name
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
L(+)
L(-)
0V

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Double Shield

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-141

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

6.4 Environment Settings● TOYOPUC-PC3J
Item

Setting

Interface

RS422/485 2-wire

Station No.

0 to 37 (Octal) *1

Baud Rate

57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityEven• Configure the communication conditions of PC3J in the built-in standard link parameters.
• When the built-in standard link parameters are not set, the link acts as the computer link for below
settings.
Communication Speed: 19200bps
Data Bits:
8
Stop Bits:
1
Parity:Even
Station No.:0
• For details, refer to JTEKT TOYOPUC PC3J CPU MODULE OPERATION MANUAL.
● TOYOPUC-PC3J/-PC10 (Ethernet)
The main unit Settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Setting Name

Communication Interface
Communication Driver
Network

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC to communicate with the main unit.

PLC Settings
Configure the following items on the Detailed Settings in the Link parameter.
Item

Setting

Own Node IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Connection 1

UsedOpen Protocol

TCP Destination Non-Specified Passive OpenOwn Node Port No.

Set an arbitrary port number (1025 to 65534).

*1 Although a Station No. is in octal for PC3J, configure it in hexadecimal on WindO/I-NV4.
For example, when you set 37 on PC3J, set 1F on WindO/I-NV4.

2-142

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

6.5 Usable Device Addresses● TOYOPUC
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/Write

PLC

Input Relay

X

X

0 to 7FF

R/W

Output Relay

YY

0 to 7FF

R/W

Internal relay*1MM

0 to 7FF

R/W

*1

K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay*1

LL

0 to 7FF

R/W

V

V

0 to 0FF

R/W

Keep-relay

Special relay

*1
*1

P

P

0 to 1FF

R/W

Timer contact*1TT

0 to 1FFR

Edge detection

*1

C

C

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P3M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P3K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Counter contact

Link relay

P3L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P3VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Edge detection

P3PP

0 to 1FF

R/W

Timer contact

P3TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P3CC

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P2M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P2K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay

P2L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P2VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Edge detection

P2PP

0 to 1FF

R/W

Timer contact

P2TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P2CC

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P1M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P1K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay

P1L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P1VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Edge detection

P1PP

0 to 1FF

R/W

Timer contact

P1TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P1CC

0 to 1FFR

Extended inputEXEX

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended output

EY

EY

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended Internal relay

EMEM

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended keep-relay

EK

EK

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended link relay

ELEL

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended special relay5EVEV

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended edge detectionEPEP

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended timer contact

ETET

0 to 7FFR

Extended counter contact

ECEC

0 to 7FFR

Extended input*2

GX

GX

0 to FFFF

R/W

Extended output*2

GY

GY

0 to FFFF

R/W

Extended Internal relay*2GMGM

0 to FFFF

R/W

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

Address
NumeralSystem*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.
*2 PC3JG only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-143

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number Range

Read/Write

Input

WX

X

0 to 7F

R/W

OutputWY

Y

0 to 7F

R/W

Internal relay*1

WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay*1

WKK

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay*1

WLL

0 to 7F

R/W

Timer contact*1

WTT

0 to 1F

R

WC

C

0 to 1F

R

N

N

0 to 1FFR

D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

R

R

0 to 7FF

R/W

S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

Counter contact*1*1

Present value register
Data register
Link register*1*1

Special register

*1

*1*2

B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P3WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P3WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P3WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

File register

Timer contact

P3WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P3WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P3NN

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P3D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P3RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P3S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P3B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P2WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P2WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P2WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

Timer contact

P2WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P2WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P2NN

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P2D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P2RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P2S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P2B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P1WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P1WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P1WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

Timer contact

P1WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P1WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P1N

N

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P1D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P1RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P1S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P1B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended input

WEX

EX

0 to 7F

R/W

Address
NumeralSystem*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.
*2 File register is unavailable when division mode is selected from CPU operation mode.

2-144

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

Word Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Read/Write

PLC

Extended output

WEY

EY

0 to 7F

R/W

Extended internal relay

WEM

EM

0 to 1FF

R/W

Extended keep-relay

WEK

EK

0 to FF

R/W

Extended link relay

WEL

EL

0 to 1FF

R/W

Extended timer contact*1

WET

ET

0 to 7FR

Extended counter contact*1

WEC

EC

0 to 7FR

Extended present value
registerENEN

0 to 7FFR

Extended data registerUU

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Extended special registerES

ES

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended setup value registerH

H

0 to 7FF

R/W

*3

WGX

GX

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended output*3

WGY

GY

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended internal relay*3

WGM

GM

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 0*3

EB0

EB

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 1*3

EB1

EB

8000 to FFFF

R/W

*3

EB2

EB

10000 to 17FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 3*3

EB3

EB

18000 to 1FFFF

R/W

Extended input

Extended Buffer register 2

2Connection to External Devices

Main unit

Address
NumeralSystemDepending on the type of CPU operation mode of PC3J that you will be using, the there are limits to theareas that can be used within the device ranges given above. For details, refer to the PLC manual.

*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.
*3 PC3JG only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-145

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)● TOYOPUC(Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name
Input Relay*1

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number Range

Read/WriteX

X

0 to 7FF

R/W

*1

Y

Y

0 to 7FF

R/W*1

Internal relay

MM

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay*1

KK

0 to 2FF

R/W

Output Relay*1

Link relay

LL

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay*1VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

T

T

0 to 1FF

R

Timer contact*1*1

Counter contact

CC

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P3M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P3K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay

P3L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P3VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Timer contact

P3TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P3CC

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P2M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P2K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay

P2L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P2VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Timer contact

P2TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P2CC

0 to 1FF

R

Internal relay

P1M

M

0 to 7FF

R/W

Keep-relay

P1K

K

0 to 2FF

R/W

Link relay

P1L

L

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special relay

P1VV

0 to 0FF

R/W

Timer contact

P1TT

0 to 1FF

R

Counter contact

P1CC

0 to 1FFR

Extended inputEXEX

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended output

EY

EY

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended Internal relay

EMEM

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended keep-relay

EK

EK

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended link relay

ELEL

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended special relay5EVEV

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended timer contact

ETET

0 to 7FFR

Extended counter contact

ECEC

0 to 7FFR

Extended input

GX

GX

0 to FFFF

R/W

Extended output

GY

GY

0 to FFFF

R/W

Extended Internal relay

GMGM

0 to FFFF

R/W

Address
NumeralSystem*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.

2-146

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/Write

PLC

Input *1

WX

X

0 to 7F

R/W

Output *1

WYY

0 to 7F

R/W

Internal relay*1

WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay *1

WKK

0 to 2F

R/W

WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

WT

T

0 to 1F

R

WC

C

0 to 1F

R

N

N

0 to 1FFR

D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

R

R

0 to 7FF

R/W

S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

Link relay*1
Timer contact*1

Counter contact*1

Present value register
Data register
Link register*1*1

Special register

*1

*1*2

*1

B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P3WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P3WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P3WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

File register

Timer contact

P3WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P3WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P3NN

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P3D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P3RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P3S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P3B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P2WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P2WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P2WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

Timer contact

P2WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P2WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P2NN

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P2D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P2RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P2S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P2B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Internal relay

P1WM

M

0 to 7F

R/W

Keep-relay

P1WK

K

0 to 2F

R/W

Link relay

P1WL

L

0 to 7F

R/W

Timer contact

P1WT

T

0 to 1FRCounter contact

P1WC

C

0 to 1FR

Present value register

P1N

N

0 to 1FFR

Data register

P1D

D

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Link register

P1RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Special register

P1S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

File register*2

P1B

B

0 to 1FFF

R/W

Extended input

WEX

EX

0 to 7F

R/W

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

Address
NumeralSystem*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.
*2 File register is unavailable when division mode is selected from CPU operation mode.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-147

6 JTEKT (Toyoda)

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteMain unit

PLC

Extended output

WEY

EY

0 to 7F

R/W

Extended internal relay

WEM

EM

0 to 1FF

R/W

Extended keep-relay

WEK

EK

0 to FF

R/W

Extended link relay

WEL

EL

0 to 1FF

R/W

Extended timer contact*1

WET

ET

0 to 7FR

Extended counter contact*1

WEC

EC

0 to 7FR

Extended present value
registerENEN

0 to 7FFR

Extended data registerUU

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Extended special registerES

ES

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended setup value registerH

H

0 to 7FF

R/W

Extended input

WGX

GX

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended output

WGY

GY

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended internal relay

WGM

GM

0 to FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 0

EB0

EB

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 1

EB1

EB

8000 to FFFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 2

EB2

EB

10000 to 17FFF

R/W

Extended Buffer register 3

EB3

EB

18000 to 1FFFF

R/W

Address
NumeralSystemThe device addresses that can be used vary based on the setting of CPU operation mode.

*1 Parameter-set program No. in Link parameter is an objective of command processing. When the built-in standard
link parameters are not set, Probram1 is an objective of command processing.

2-148

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS

7SIEMENS

7.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

S7-200CPU 212CPU 214
CPU 215
CPU 216
CPU 221
CPU 222
CPU 224
CPU 224XP
CPU 226
CPU 226XM

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-151)

None

S7-200(PPI)

S7-300CPU 313
CPU 314
CPU 315
CPU 315-2 DP
CPU 316
CPU 318

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-152)

CP-340CP-341

CPU 313C-2 PtP

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-153)

None

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-154)

S7-300 3964(R)/RK512

S7-MPI

S7-400
CPU 412
CPU 414
CPU 416
CPU 416F-2
CPU 417

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-152)

CP-440CP-441

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-153)

None

S7-300 3964(R)/RK512-

S7-1200(Ethernet)

S7-1200
CPU 1211C
CPU 1212C
CPU 1214C

Not required(Connects to CPU Module)

Ethernet

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-149

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Communication Driver
Control

7 SIEMENS

7.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of SIEMENS PLCs to the main unit.
● S7-200 (Connects to Serial port of CPU Module)

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-151)

S7-200Main unit

Connects to Serial port of the CPU unit.

● S7-300/-400 (Connects to CP-340/-341/-440/-441)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-152)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-153)

S7-300/-400

CP-340/-341/-440/-441

Main unit● S7-300 (Connects to MPI Interface)

RS485
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-154)

Main unit

S7-300● S7-1200 (Connects to Ethernet port of CPU Module)

Ethernet

Main unit

S7-1200

2-150

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS

7.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

S7-200 (RS485)

Pin No.

Shield Wire

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
It is also possible to connect multiple PLCs and multiple main units on the same network. Short-circuit
the RDA and SDA of the main unit, and then connect to SIG-B of PLC. Short-circuit the RDB and SDB of
the main unit, and then connect to SIG-A of PLC. Refer to S7-200 manual for restrictions when using
multi-drops.
When using multiple PLCs to communicate to multiple main units, it will take extra time to establish
communication between PLCs and OIs.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
LC
LC
SIG-B
NC
LC
+5V
+24V
SIG-A
NC

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

It is also possible to connect multiple PLCs and multiple main units on the same network. Short-circuit
the RDA and SDA of the main unit, and then connect to SIG-B of PLC. Short-circuit the RDB and SDB of
the main unit, and then connect to SIG-A of PLC. Refer to S7-200 manual for restrictions when using
multi-drops.
When using multiple PLCs to communicate to multiple main units, it will take extra time to establish
communication between PLCs and OIs.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-151

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
LC
LC
SIG-B
NC
LC
+5V
+24V
SIG-A
NC

2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

7 SIEMENSPLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
LC
LC
SIG-B
NC
LC
+5V
+24V
SIG-A
NC

● Connection Diagram 2:

Pin No.

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10*1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

S7-300/-400 + Communication Interface (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
DCD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-152

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS● Connection Diagram 3:

S7-300/-400 + Communication Interface (RS422/485)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Pin No.
2
48911Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
TRGND
T+
R+

Pin No.
2
48911Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
TRGND
T+
R+

Pin No.
2
48911Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-153

Connection to External Devices

Name
TRGND
T+
R+

7 SIEMENS● Connection Diagram 4:

S7-300 MPI Interface (RS485)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name+SD/RD-SD/RD

Pin No.
3
8

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name+SD/RD-SD/RD

Pin No.
38Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name+SD/RD-SD/RD

Pin No.
3
8

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-154

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS

7.4 Environment Settings● S7-200
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Items

Details

Data Bits

8
Set the value in WindO/I-NV4.

Stop Bits

1
Set the value in WindO/I-NV4.

ParityEVEN
Set the value in WindO/I-NV4.

PLC Address

1 to 126 (Decimal) (0 to 7e (Hexadecimal))
Set the value to same value as ADDRESS (PLC) in WindO/I-NV4.

Operator Interface Address

1 to 126 (Decimal) (0 to 7e (Hexadecimal))
Set the value as ADDRESS (Operator Interface) in WindO/I-NV4.

Highest Address (Highest Station Address)

1 to 126 (Decimal) (0 to 7e (Hexadecimal))
Set the value to same value as HSA in WindO/I-NV4.

2• Set the communication port that communicates with the main unit to PPI/Slave mode. Please makesure to set SMB30 or SMB130 values to 0 in order to select proper communication port settings. Referto the manual of S7-200 for details.
• We checked the following problems in some versions of S7-200.
When S7-200 is set as the master and the address of S7-200 is the same as HSA, token path does notwork correctly. This problem can be solved by setting HSA as a larger value than Address actuallyused.
This problem does not occur when one main unit is connected to one S7-200 PLC.
● S7-300/-400 with Communication Module
Items

Details

Interface

RS232CBaud Rate

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits
Stop Bits

Use the same settings as for themain unit.

8
1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

BCC

Enable or Disable

Priority

Low• The main unit type performs communication based on 3964 (R) and RK512 protocol.
• CP340 is supporting only the 3964 and 3964R protocol. Therefore when using CP340, it is necessary toconstruct the program to realize RK512 protocol in PLC. This is programmed using the function blocks
FB2 and FB3, in SIEMENS PLC.
• CP341 is supporting 3964 (R) and RK512 protocol, please choose RK512 by setup PLC.
The program of CP340 refers to a sample program of WindO/I-NV2. Downloading from our Web site ispossible.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-155

Connection to External Devices

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps
Set the value to same value as Baud Rate in WindO/I-NV4.

7 SIEMENS● S7-300 with MPI Interface
Items

Details

Interface

RS422/485 2-wire

Baud Rate

187500 or 19200 bps
Use the same settings as for the main unit.

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven

Node Address(Operator Interface)
Node Address (PLC)
Maximum MPI Address

It should not be duplicated to other node addresses.
Use the same settings as for the main unit.

1 to 126 (Default: 1)
1 to 126 (Default: 2)
1 to 126 (Default: 31)● S7-1200 via Ethernet
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Setting Name

Details

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC to communicate with the mainunit.

To use the S7-1200 CPU's firmware version 4.0 or later, enable "Permit access with PUT/GET
communication from remote partner." check box on Protection tab in the PLC properties of TIA Portal
software.

2-156

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS

7.5 Usable Device Addresses● S7-200
Bit Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress Numeral
SystemV

0 to 102397

R/W

*1

I

I

0 to 157

R*1

Process-image-output-registerQ

Q

0 to 157

R/W*1

Bit memoryMM

0 to 317

R/W*1

Special MemorySMSM

0 to 5497

R*1

Timer (Bit)TT

0 to 255

R

DecimalCounter (Bit)CC

0 to 255

R

DecimalSequential control relay

S

S

0 to 317

R/W*1

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Variable memory

V

Process-image-input-register2• AC (Accumulator registers) and L (Local memory) of PLC Devices can not use in the main unit.
Word Device
Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteVW

0 to 10238*2

R/W

TW

T

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalCounter (Current Value)

CW

C

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalProcess-image-input-registerIWIW

0 to 14*2

R

Process-image-output-register

QW

QW

0 to 14*2

R/W

Bit memoryMWMW

0 to 30*2

R/W

Special Memory

SMW

SMW

0 to 548*2

RR

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Variable memory

VW

Timer (Current Value)

Analog input

AIW

AIW

0 to 62*2

Analog output

AQW

AQW

0 to 62*2

R/W

Sequential control relay

SWSW

0 to 30*2

R/W

High speed counterHCHC

0 to 51

R

Address Numeral
System*3• The device type (V, I, Q, M, SM, S) which include a period in the address number in S7-200 are
displayed without a period in WindO/I-NV4. For example, V10.1 is displayed with V101 in
WindO/I-NV4.
• AC (Accumulator registers) and L (Local memory) of PLC Devices can not use in the main unit.
• The value of High speed counter which is a double word value is divided into two, and is treated as
WORD device in the main unit.
The higher word is written by adding 0 to the lowest digit of the address, the lower word is written byadding 1 to the lowest digit of the address. For example, the lower word of HC1 is written as HC11 in
the main unit. If you read in a double word value, The lowest digit of the address write 0. For example,
HC2 is written as HC20 in the main unit.
*1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal.
*2 Only even number can be specified.
*3 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in binary.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-157

Connection to External Devices• The device type (V, I, Q, M, SM, S) which include a period in the address number in S7-200 are
displayed without a period in WindO/I-NV4. For example, V10.1 is displayed with V101 in
WindO/I-NV4.

7 SIEMENS● S7-300/-400 with Communication Module
When using CP-341/-441, following device addresses can be read and written.
When using CP-340/-440, only a data block (DB) can be read and written.
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input (Bit)I

I

0 to 1277

R*1

Output (Bit)Q

Q

0 to 1277

R*1

Memory (Bit)MM

0 to 2557

R*1

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input (Word)IWIW

0 to 126*2

R

Output (Word)

QW

QW

0 to 126*2

RR

Bit Memory (Word)MW

MW

0 to 254*2

Timer cellTT

0 to 127

R

DecimalCounter cellCC

0 to 63

R

DecimalData Block

DB

DB

1000 to 255510*2*3

R/W• When the main unit accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC, communication error
occurs. Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software.
• Endian type is different between the main unit and S7-300. Do not use a bit in word device and 32-bt
word devices.

*1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal.
*2 Only an even number can be specified.
*3 The first three digits indicate the Data Block number, and the last three digits indicate the address number.

DB255510
3 digits Address number 0 to 510
3 digits Data Block number 1 to 255

2-158

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS● S7-300 with MPI Interface
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input (Bit)I

I

0 to 10237

R*1

Output (Bit)Q

Q

0 to 10237

R/W

*1

Memory (Bit)MM

0 to 163837

R/W

*1

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input (Word)IWIW

0 to 1022*2

R

Output (Word)

QW

QW

0 to 1022*2

R/W
R/W

Bit Memory (Word)MW

MW

0 to 16382*2

Timer cellTT

0 to 2047

R

DecimalCounter cellCC

0 to 2047

R

DecimalData Block

DB

DB

1000 to 255510*2*3

R/W• When the main unit accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC, communication error
occurs. Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software.
• Endian type is different between the main unit and S7-300. Do not use a bit in word device and 32-bt
word devices.

*1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal.
*2 Only an even number can be specified.
*3 The first three digits indicate the Data Block number, and the last three digits indicate the address number.

DB255510
3 digits Address number 0 to 510
3 digits Data Block number 1 to 255

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-159

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

7 SIEMENS● S7-1200
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input (Bit)I

I

0 to 10237

R/W

*1

Output (Bit)Q

Q

0 to 10237

R/W

*1

Internal Relay (Bit)MM

0 to 40957

R/W

*1

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input (Word)IWI

0 to 1022*2

R/W

Output (Word)

QW

Q

0 to 1022*2

R/W
R/W
R/W

Internal Relay (Word)MW

M

0 to 4094*2

Data Block

DB

DB

10000 to 999998*2*3

When the main unit accesses the data block which is not configured in the PLC, communication error
occurs. Configure the data blocks by using the PLC software.
• Select Standard as Block access when you create a new Data Block.
• Only Global Data Block can be accessed.
• To use the S7-1200 CPU's firmware version 4.0 or later, disable "Optimized block access" check box on
Attributes tab in the DB properties of TIA Portal software.
• Endian type is different between the main unit and S7-300. Do not use a bit in word device and 32-bt
word devices.

*1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in octal.
*2 Only an even number can be specified.
*3 The first two digits indicate the Data Block number, and the last four digits indicate the address number.

2-160

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 SIEMENS■ Bit assignments of data block on PLC side
The data block has the following bit assignments on PLC side.
Bit assignments on PLC

DB 010000-00

DB1.DBX1.0

DB 010000-01

DB1.DBX1.1

DB 010000-02

DB1.DBX1.2…

…

DB 010000-06

DB1.DBX1.6

DB 010000-07

DB1.DBX1.7

DB 010000-08

DB1.DBX0.0

DB 010000-09

DB1.DBX0.1

DB 010000-10

DB1.DBX0.2…

…

DB 010000-14

DB1.DBX0.6

DB 010000-15

DB1.DBX0.7

DB 010002-00

DB1.DBX3.0

DB 010002-01

DB1.DBX3.1

DB 010002-02

DB1.DBX3.2…

…

DB 010002-06

DB1.DBX3.6

DB 010002-07

DB1.DBX3.7

DB 010002-08

DB1.DBX2.0

DB 010002-09

DB1.DBX2.1

DB 010002-10

DB1.DBX2.2…

…

DB 010002-14

DB1.DBX2.6

DB 010002-15

DB1.DBX2.7…

…

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2
Connection to External Devices

Bit assignments on the main unit

2-161

8 KEYENCE

8

KEYENCE

8.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverNone

KV-3000/5000-

KV (Ethernet)

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000
KV-700
KV-1000
KV-3000
KV-7300

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)
RS232C(PORT1)
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-166)

KV-700
KV-1000
KV-3000
KV-5000
KV-5500

RS232C(PORT2)
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-166)

KV-L20R
KV-L20V
KV-L21V

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-167)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-168)

KV-LE20A
KV-LE20V
KV-LE21V
KV-5000
KV-5500
KV-7500

Ethernet

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Conventional KV
KV-10
KV-16
KV-20
KV-40
KV-80

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

None

KV/KZ

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

None

KV/KZ

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

KV-N10L

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-166)

None

KV-3000/5000

KV-N11L

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-169)

Visual KV*1
KV-10
KV-16
KV-24
KV-40

KV NanoKV-N14
KV-N24
KV-N40
KV-N60*1 The main unit does not support all device addresses of the Visual KV series.

2-162

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

8 KEYENCE

8.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of KEYENCE PLCs to the main unit.
● Connects to CPU Unit Modular Connector for KV-700/-1000/-3000/-7300

RS232C

2

Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

Main unit● Connects to D-sub 9-pin Male Connector for KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-166)

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500

Main unit

KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V(PORT 1)● Connects to Terminal Block for KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-166)
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-167)
KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500

KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V(PORT 2)

RS485 2-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-168)

Main unit● Connects to Ethernet port for KV-LE20A/-LE20V/-LE21V

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500

KV-LE20A/-LE20V/-LE21V

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-163

Connection to External Devices

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-7300

8 KEYENCE● Connects to Ethernet port for KV-5000/-5500/-7500

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

KV-5000/-5500/-7500

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.
● Connects to CPU Unit Modular Connector for Conventional KV series and Visual KV series

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

KV-10/-16/-24/-40,
KZ-10/-16/-20/-40/-80

Main unit● Connects to CPU Unit Modular Connector for KV Nano

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-165)

KV NanoMain unit● Connects to KV Nano + KV-N10L/-N11L

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-166)

KV-N10L
Main unit

KV NanoRS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-169)

KV-N11L
Main unit

2-164

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

8 KEYENCE

8.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-7300 (RS232C), Conventional KV, Visual KV andKV Nano

Name
RD
SG
SD

Pin No.
3
4
5

Name
SD

5 or 10*1
2
3
4

SG
RD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Modular Connector
Name
RD
SG
SD

Pin No.
1Connection to External Devices

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Modular Connector

Pin No.
3
4
5

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
5
2
7
8
Cover

Name
SD
SG
RD
RS
CS
FG

Connector Pin Layout for PLC side Modular jack

1 2 3 4 5 6*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2

2-165

8 KEYENCE● Connection Diagram 2:

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500 + KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V (PORT1)KV Nano + KV-N10L

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

● Connection Diagram 3:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield WireSG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
1
3
5

Pin No.

Name

5 or 10 *1
2
1
3
4

SG
RD
SD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
SG
SD
RD

5 or 10 *1

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500 + KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V(PORT2RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
SG
SD
RD

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Pin No.
1
3
5Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
2
3
7
8
Cover

Name
SG
RD
SD
RS
CS
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-166

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

8 KEYENCE● Connection Diagram 4:

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500 + KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V (PORT2RS422/485 4-wire)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Pin No.
53
4
2
1

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)SG

Pin No.
53
421

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
53
421

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-167

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)
SG

8 KEYENCE● Connection Diagram 5:

KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500 + KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V (PORT2RS485 2-wire)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
S/R(+)
S/R(-)SG

Pin No.
53
4
2
1

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block

Pin No.
53
4
2
1

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
S/R(+)
S/R(-)SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
53
421

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
53
421

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-168

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

8 KEYENCE

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
S/R(+)
S/R(-)
S/R(+)
S/R(-)SG

Pin No.
53
421

Shield WireName
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SGFG

2

KV Nano + KV-N11L
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)SG

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Pin No.
2
1
4
3
5

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)SG

Pin No.
2
1435Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDB(+)SDA(-)RDB(+)
RDA(-)SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
2
1435Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-169

Connection to External Devices● Connection Diagram 6:

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

8 KEYENCE

8.4 Environment Settings● KV-700, Conventional KV series, Visual KV series
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232CBaud Rate

9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven• For details, refer to the PLC manual.
• When performing communication with the CPU unit for KV-700, check the connect KV-700/-1000/-3000 on CPU unit on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/
I-NV4.
● KV-1000/-3000
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232CBaud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven• See the operation manual of PLC for more information.
• When setting the baud rate to less than 4800 bps, communications was executed at a baud rate of
9600 bps.
• When performing communication with he CPU unit for KV-1000/-3000, check the connect KV-700/-1000/-3000 on CPU unit on the Communication Driver tab in the Project Settings dialog box
in WindO/I-NV4.
● KV-7300, KV-L20R/-L20V/-L21V, KV Nano, KV-N10L/-N11L
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire or RS422/485 4-wire

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven• See the operation manual of the PLC for more information.
• When performing communication with a KV-7300, KV Nano or Serial Communication Unit, clear theConnect KV-700/-1000/-3000 on CPU unit on the Communication Driver tab in the Project
Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
• When communicating with the KV-7300 or KV Nano, set the PLC setting port operation mode to the KV
mode (PLC link).

2-170

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

8 KEYENCE● KV-5000/-5500/-7500, KV-LE20A/-LE20V/-LE21V
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Item

Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

ProtocolTCP/IP, UDP/IP

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC to communicate with the main unit.

2

PLC Settings
Set the following items on the PLC. Apply the same settings as for the main unit.
Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address to PLC.

PORT

Set the arbitrary port number.

• For details, refer to the PLC manual.
• To communicate with the CPU module of KV-7500, set Transmission Wait to 10 ms or more on theCommunication Driver tab of the Project Settings dialog box of WindO/I-NV4.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-171

Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver

Setting

8 KEYENCE

8.5 Usable Device Addresses● KV-700/-1000/-3000/-5000/-5500, KV Nano (RS233C, RS422/485)
Bit Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address
NumberRange

CPU Input Relay

X

X

0 to 999FR

CPU Output Relay

YY

0 to 999F

R/W

Spec. Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 15999

R/W

Exp. /Spec. Internal Relay

RR

0 to 99915

R/W

Link Relay

B

B

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Exp Int. Relay

MR

MR

0 to 99915

R/W

Latch Relay

LR

LR

0 to 99915

R/W

Control Relay

CRCR

0 to 3915

R/W

Work Relay

VB

VB

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Timer (Relay)TT

0 to 3999

R/W

Counter (Relay)

CC

0 to 3999

R/W

High-speed counter comparator (Relay)

CTC

CTC

0 to 3

R/W

Device Name

Read
/WriteAddress
Numeral System

Writing to the High-speed counter comparator (Relay) supports only for a reset.

Word Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address
NumberRange

Data MemoryDMDM

0 to 65534

R/W

Exp Data Memory E

EMEM

0 to 65534

R/W

Exp Data Memory FFMFM

0 to 32767

R/W

File register

ZF

ZF

0 to 131071

R/W

Link RegisterWW

0 to 3FFF

R/W

TM

TM

0 to 511

R/W

TC

TC

0 to 39991

R/W

TS

TS

0 to 39991

R/W

Counter (Current Value)*1CCCC

0 to 39991

R/W

*1

CS

CS

0 to 39991

R/W

CTH

CTH

0 to 11

R/W

CTCS

CTCS

0 to 31

R/W

AT

AT

0 to 71

R

Device Name

Temporary Memory
Timer (Current Value)*1

Timer (Preset Value)*1

Counter (Preset Value)

High-speed counter (Current Value)*1
High-speed counter comparator (Preset Value)
Digital Trimmer*1*1

Index RegisterZ

Z

1 to 12R/W

Control MemoryCMCM

0 to 11998

R/W

Work Memory

VM

VM

0 to 59999

R/W*1 This is a 32-bit device.

2-172

Read
/WriteWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Address
Numeral System

8 KEYENCE● KV-3000/-5000/-5500 (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Type

Device NameCPU Input Relay

Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

X

X

0 to 999F

Read Address Numeral/WriteSystemR

Y

Y

0 to 999F

R/W

Spec. Internal Relay

M

M

0 to 15999

R/W

Exp. /Spec. Internal Relay

RR

0 to 99915

R/W

Link Relay

B

B

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Exp Int. Relay

MR

MR

0 to 99915

R/W

Latch Relay

LR

LR

0 to 99915

R/W

Control Relay

CRCR

0 to 3915

R/W

Work Relay

VB

VB

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Timer (Relay)TT

0 to 3999

R/W

Counter (Relay)

CC

0 to 3999

R/W

High-speed counter comparator (Relay)

CTC

CTC

0 to 3

R/W

2
Connection to External Devices

CPU Output Relay

Writing to the High-speed counter comparator (Relay) supports only for a reset.

Word Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

Data MemoryDMDM

0 to 65534

R/W

Exp Data Memory E

EMEM

0 to 65534

R/W

Exp Data Memory FFMFM

0 to 32767

R/W

File register

ZF

ZF

0 to 131071

R/W

Device Name

Read Address Numeral/WriteSystemLink RegisterWW

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Temporary Memory

TMTM

0 to 511

R/W

TC

TC

0 to 39991

R/W

TS

TS

0 to 39991

R/W

Counter (Current Value) *1CCCC0 to 39991

R/W

Counte (Preset Value)*1CSCS0 to 39991

R/W

High-speed counter (Current Value)*1

CTH

CTH

0 to 11R/W

High-speed counter comparator (Preset Value)*1

CTCS

CTCS

0 to 31

R/W

Digital Trimmer*1

ATAT

0 to 71

R

Index RegisterZ

Z

1 to 12R/W

Control MemoryCMCM

0 to 11998

R/W

Work Memory

VM

VM

0 to 59999

R/W

Timer (Current Value)*1
Timer (Preset Value)*1*1 This is a 32-bit device.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-173

8 KEYENCE● Conventional KV series and Visual KV series
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Internal Utility Relay

M-

1000 to 1915, 3000 to 15915

R/W

Decimal

Basic Input Relay

X-

0 to 215

R

Decimal

Basic Output Relay

Y-

500 to 615

R/W

DecimalExtension Input Relay

SX-

100 to 415

R

DecimalExtension Output Relay

SY-

600 to 915

R/W

DecimalTimer (Contact)

TT

0 to 249

R

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CC

0 to 249

R

DecimalSpecial Internal Relay

SM-

2000 to 2915

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystem0 to 9999

R/W

DecimalWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data Memory

DDM

Temporary Memory

TMTM

0 to 31

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)TCT

0 to 249

R/W

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CCC

0 to 249

R/W

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)TST

0 to 249

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)CSC

0 to 249

R/W

Decimal• Basic Input Relay (X) addresses 100 and higher, as well as Basic Output Relay (Y) addresses 600 andhigher, are only available when using the Conventional KV series KV-40/-80 models.
• The main unit does not support all device addresses of the Visual KV series.

2-174

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

9 Hitachi

9

Hitachi

9.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication
DriverNone

S10mini

None

S10mini

S10mini

S10miniNot required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-177)

LQE160

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

LQE165

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

LQE560

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

LQE565

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

S10V
Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)
LQP510

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

LQE560

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

LQE565

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-175

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Control9 Hitachi

9.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Hitachi PLC to the main unit.
● S10mini (LQP000) (Connects to RS232C port on CPU Unit)

RS422/485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-177)
LQP000Main unit

It connects with RS232C port of a CPU unit.

● S10mini (Connects to Communication Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

LQP000

LQE160, LQE560

Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

LQE165, LQE565

Main unit● S10V (Connects to Communication port on CPU Unit)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

RS422
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

LQP510Main unit● S10V (Connects to Communication Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-178)

LQP510

LQE560Main unit

RS422
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-179)

LQE565

2-176

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

9 Hitachi

9.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

S10mini (RS422/485)

Name
FG
NC
UTX L
UTX H
URX L
URX H

Pin No.

Shield Wire2
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
98
7
6
5

1, 2, 3
7
4
6
8
5
9

Name
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
NC
UTX L
UTX H
URX L
URX H

Pin No.

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

1, 2, 3
7
4
6
8
5
9

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
NC
UTX L
UTX H
URX L
URX H

Pin No.
1, 2, 3
7
4
6
8
5
9

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Shield WireNameFG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-177

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

9 Hitachi● Connection Diagram 2:

S10mini, S10V (RS232C)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
NC
RD
SD
ER
DR
SG
RS
CS
CD

Pin No.

Shield Wire

9
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
1

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
NC
RD
SD
ER
DR
SG
RS
CS
CD

2-178

Pin No.
9
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
1

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
4
1
2
5

Name
RS
CS
SD
RD
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

9 Hitachi● Connection Diagram 3:

S10V (RS422/485)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
12
3
45

Pin No.
7
6
8
9
5

Name
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

2

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G,
HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
RD-L
RD-H
SD-H
SD-L
SG

Pin No.
12
3
45Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
RD-L
RD-H
SD-H
SD-L
SG

Pin No.
12
3
45

Pin No.
9
4
1
6
5
Cover

Name
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
4
5
3
2
6
Cover

Name
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SGFG

9.4 Environment Settings● S10mini, S10V
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS422/485 4-wire

Baud Rate

19200 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd

For details, refer to the PLC manual.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-179

Connection to External Devices

Name
RD-L
RD-H
SD-H
SD-L
SG

9 Hitachi

9.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Type

Device Name

Address Number Range

Read/WriteMain unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

X

0 to 7FF

R/W

Output Relay

YY

0 to 7FF

R/W

Internal Relay

RR

0 to 7FF

R/W

Global Link

GG

0 to FFF

R/W

System RegisterS

S

0 to BFFR

E Word

BEW

EW

400 to FFF

R/W

Event

E

E

0 to FF

R/W

Keep Relay

K

K

0 to 1FF

R/W

On-Delay Timer (Contact)

TT

0 to 1FFR

One Shot Timer (Contact)

UU

0 to 7FR

Up/Down Counter (Contact)

CC

0 to 3FR

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Type

Device Name

Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

XW

X

0 to 7F0

R/W

Output Relay

YW

Y

0 to 7F0

R/W

Internal Relay

RW

R

0 to 7F0

R/W

Global Link

GW

G

0 to FF0

R/W

System RegisterSW

S

0 to BF0

R

E Word

EW

EW

400 to FF0

R/W

Event

WE

E

0 to F0

R/W

Keep Relay

KW

K

0 to 1F0

R/W

On-Delay Timer (Contact)

TWT

0 to 1F0R

One Shot Timer (Contact)

UW

U

0 to 70

R

Up/Down Counter (Contact)

CW

C

0 to 30R

On-Delay Timer (Elapsed Value)TCT

0 to 1FF

R

On-Delay Timer (Setup Value)TST

0 to 1FF

R/W

One Shot Timer (Elapsed Value)UCU

0 to 7FR

One Shot Timer (Setup Value)

USU

0 to 7F

R/W

Up/Down Counter (Elapsed Value)CCC

0 to 3FR

Up/Down Counter (Setup Value)CSC

0 to 3F

R/W

Work RegisterFWFW

0 to BFF

R/W

Data Register

DW

DW

0 to FFF

R/W

When you use word device as bit device, the bit position reverses the order, as shown in the example.
Example: Specified address
Read address
DW 0-0
DW 0-15
DW 0-1
DW 0-14::
DW 0-14
DW 0-1
DW 0-15
DW 0-0

2-180

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Address
NumeralSystem10 GE Fanuc Automation

10 GE Fanuc Automation
10.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication
Driver

None

Series 90(SNP-X)

None

Series 90(SNP-X)

None

SNP

Series90-30
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU363
IC693CPU364
IC693CPU374
IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU323
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU363
IC693CPU364
IC693CPE374

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-184)
IC693CMM311

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-185)

Not required
RS422/485 4-wire(Connects to CPU (Power Supply) Unit) Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-186)

VersaMax
Nano
Micro (14 point)
Micro (23 point)
Micro (28 point)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-187)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-186)

Rx3i Series
IC695CPE305

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

IC695CPE310
IC695CPU310
IC695CMU310
IC695CPU315
IC695CPU320
IC695CRU320
IC695CRU320QP

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

IC695CPE305
IC695CPE310
IC695CPU310
IC695CMU310
IC695CPU315
IC695CPU320
IC695CRU320
IC695CRU320QP
IC695CPE330
IC695CPK330

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-187)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-188)

IC695NIU001

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-181

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Control10 GE Fanuc Automation

10.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of GE Fanuc PLCs to the main unit screens.
● Series 90-30 (Connects to Communication Coprocessor Module (CMM))
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-184)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-185)

Series 90-30

IC693CMM311

Main unit● Series 90-30, VersaMax Micro (Connects to Serial port on CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-186)

Main unit

Series 90-30
VersaMax Micro (23/28 point)

Connects to Serial port on Series 90-30 PLC Power Supply.
Connects to Serial port 2 on VersaMax Micro PLC.
● VersaMax Micro/Nano (Connects to Serial Port 1)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-187)
Main unit

VersaMax Micro/Nano

Connects to Serial port 1(RS232C) on VersaMax Micro/Nano PLC.

● IC695CPE305 (Connects to Serial port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-187)
Main unit

IC695CPE305● Rx3i Series (Connects to Serial Port 1)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-188)
IC695CPE310, IC695CPU310, IC695CMU310,
IC695CPU315,
IC695CPU320, IC695CRU320, IC695CRU320QP

2-182

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit10 GE Fanuc Automation● Rx3i Series (Connects to Communication Coprocessor Module (IC695NIU001))

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-188)

IC695NIU001

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2
Connection to External Devices

IC695CPE305, IC695CPE310,
IC695CPU310, IC695CMU310,
IC695CPU315, IC695CPU320,
IC695CRU320, IC695CRU320QP,
IC695CPE330, IC695CPK330

2-183

10 GE Fanuc Automation

10.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

Series 90-30 Communication Coprocessor Module (CMM) (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
Shield
TD
RD
RTS
CTS
DCD
SG
DTR

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
20

Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
1
3
45

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
Shield
TD
RD
RTS
CTS
DCD
SG
DTR

2-184

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
20

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10 GE Fanuc Automation● Connection Diagram 2:

Series 90-30 Communication Coprocessor Module (CMM) (RS422/485)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
24
21
9
25
13
10
11
22
23

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

2

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G,
HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)

Pin No.
1
24
21
9
25
13
10
11
22
23

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)

Pin No.
1
24
21
9
25
13
10
11
22
23

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-185

Connection to External Devices

Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)

10 GE Fanuc Automation● Connection Diagram 3:

PLC (RS485)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)SG

Pin No.
1
9
13
12
11
10
6
15
14
8
7

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G,
HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)SG

Pin No.
1
9
13
12
11
10
6
15
14
8
7

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRD(TRM)
SD(B)
SD(A)
RD(B)
RD(A)
RTS(A)CTS(A)
RTS(B)CTS(B)SG

2-186

Pin No.
1
9
13
12
11
10
6
15
14
8
7

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10 GE Fanuc Automation● Connection Diagram 4:

PLC (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin modular connector
Pin No.
2
5
6
8
7
3
1
4

Shield Wire

● Connection Diagram 5:

Pin No.
2
5
6
8
7
3
1
4

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Pin No.
4
2
3
5
1

Name
CS
RD
RS
SG
SD

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-25 6-pin modular connector
Name
CTS
TXD
GND
GND
RXD
RTS

2

PLC (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-25 6-pin modular connector
Name
CTS
TXD
GND
GND
RXD
RTS

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin modular connector
Name
+5V
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
DTR
GND
DCD

Pin No.
21345Connection to External Devices

Name
+5V
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
DTR
GND
DCD

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
7
5
3
8

Name
FG
RD
RS
SG
SD
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-187

10 GE Fanuc Automation● Connection Diagram 6:

PLC (RS232C)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G,HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS2232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
TD
RD
SG

Pin No.
2
3
5Shield Wire

2-188

Pin No.
2
3
5

Name
RD
SD
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS2232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
TD
RD
SG

Pin No.
2
1
5

Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
3
5
Cover

Name
RD
SD
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10 GE Fanuc Automation

10.4 Environment Settings● Series 90-30 Communication Coprocessor Module (CMM)
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate
Data Bits
ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None

Configuration ModeSNP Only

SNP EnableYes

SNP Mode

Slave

2
Connection to External Devices

Stop Bits

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
Set to the same setting as
8
the main unit
1 or 2• Do not set SNP ID for the PLC. If you set it, the main unit will not communicate with PLC.
• For details, refer to the manual of Series 90-30 PLC.
● Series 90-30 CPU (Power Supply) Unit
Item

Setting

Interface

RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
Set to the same setting as
8
the main unit
1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

• Do not set SNP ID for the PLC. If you set it, the main unit will not communicate with PLC.
• For details, refer to the manual of Series 90-30 PLC.
● VersaMax Micro/Nano
Item

Setting

Interface

RS232C (Port 1) or RS485 4-wire (Port 2)

Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits

Set to the same setting as
the main unit

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
8
1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Port Mode

SNP

Port Type

Slave• Do not set SNP ID for the PLC. If you set it, the main unit will not communicate with PLC.
• For details, refer to the manual of Series VersaMax Micro/Nano.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-189

10 GE Fanuc Automation● Rx3i Series
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Item

Communication Interface

Communication Driver

Setting

Baud Rate*1

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

8 (Fixed)

Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None

Serial Interface

RS232CSNP ID0

PLC Settings
Item
Port Mode
Baud Rate
ParityStop Bits

Setting
SNP Slave*1

Set to the same setting as the main unit

Time Out• Do not set SNP ID for the PLC. If you set it, the main unit will not communicate with PLC.
• For details, refer to the manual of Rx3i Series PLC.

*1 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.

2-190

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10 GE Fanuc Automation

10.5 Usable Device Addresses
The types of devices supported by the main unit and their ranges are shown below.
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystem

PLC

Discrete Inputs

I%I

1 to 32768

R

DecimalDiscrete Outputs

Q%Q

1 to 32768

R/W

DecimalInternal Coils

M%M

1 to 32768

R/W

DecimalTemporary Coils

T%T

1 to 1024

R/W

DecimalDiscrete Globals

G%G

1 to 7680

R/W

DecimalSystem Status References S

S%S

1 to 128

R

DecimalSystem Status References SA

SA

%SA

1 to 128

R/W

DecimalSystem Status References SB

SB

%SB

1 to 128

R/W

DecimalSystem Status References SC

SC

%SC

1 to 128

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Discrete Inputs

WI%I

1 to 32753

R

Decimal*1

Discrete Outputs

WQ%Q

1 to 32753

R/W

Decimal*1

Internal Coils

WM%M

1 to 32753

R/W

Decimal*1

Temporary Coils

WT%T

1 to 1009

R/W

Decimal*1

Discrete Globals

WG%G

1 to 7665

R/W

Decimal*1

System Status References S

WS%S

1 to 113

R

Decimal*1

System Status References SA

WSA

%SA

1 to 113

R/W

Decimal*1

System Status References SB

WSB

%SB

1 to 113

R/W

Decimal*1

System Status References SC

WSC

%SC

1 to 113

R/W

Decimal*1

Register Memory

R%R

1 to 32640

R/W

DecimalAnalog Inputs

AI

%AI

1 to 32640

R/W

DecimalAnalog Outputs

AQ

%AQ

1 to 32640

R/W

DecimalThe device addresses vary based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the manual for the PLC which
you use.

*1 Set this address number in multiples of 16.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-191

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit11 Panasonic

11 Panasonic
11.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverFP Series
FP0
FP0R

FP1

FP

FP10
FP10SHFP2
FP2SH

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

Not required(Connects to RS232C port)

RS232C*1
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-196)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-197)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-198)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

AFPG801(Communication Cassette)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-199)

AFPG802(Communication Cassette)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

AFPG803(Communication Cassette)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

Not required(Connects to Tool port or COM port)
AFP3462 (Link Unit)
Not required(Connects to COM port)

None

ER

None
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-201)

MEWNETNot required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

None

AFPX-COM1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-199)

ER

AFPX-COM2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

AFPX-COM3

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

AFPX-COM4

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)
AFP7CCS1
AFP7CCS2
AFP7CCS1M1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

AFP7CCM1
AFP7CCM2*1 Use AFP8550 (RS422/232C Conversion Adapter)

2-192

ER

AFP2462 (Link Unit)

FPX

FP7

None

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualNone11 Panasonic

11.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Panasonic PLCs to the main unit.
FP0
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

2
Main unit

C16CT, C32CT

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

Main unit

C16CT, C32CT
FP1
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-196)

Main unit

C24C, C40C, C56C, C72C

FP1
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-197)
AFP8550
RS422
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-198)
C14, C16, C24, C40, C56, C72
C24C, C40C, C56C, C72C

Main unit

FPΣ
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-199)

AFPG801
C24R2, C32T, C32T2

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)
AFPG802
Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

AFPG803
Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-193

Connection to External DevicesFPΣ11 PanasonicRS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-201)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-201)

FP10, FP10SH

Main unit
AFP3462

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-201)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-201)

FP2, FP2SH

Main unit
AFP2462

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-196)

FPX

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-199)

AFPX-COM1
Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)
AFPX-COM2
Main unit

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)
AFPX-COM3
Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

AFPX-COM4

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

Main unit

2-194

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

11 PanasonicRS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

FP7

Main unit

2

RS232CAFP7CCS1, AFP7CCS2Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

RS422/485 2-wire
AFP7CCS1M1

Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

Main unit

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-200)

AFP7CCM1, AFP7CCM2
Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-195

Connection to External Devices

Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-199)

11 Panasonic

11.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

FP0, FP0R, FPƩ, FPX Tool port
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 5-pin Connector
Name
SG
SD
RD
+5V

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5

+5V

● Connection Diagram 2:

Pin No.
12
3
45Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
2
3
7
8
Cover

Name
SG
RD
SD
RS
CS
FG

FP1 (RS232C port)

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

SG
RD
SD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

Name

5 or 10 *1
21
34

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 5-pin Connector
Name
SG
SD
RD

Pin No.

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-196

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

11 Panasonic● Connection Diagram 3:

FP1 (AFP8550)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG2

This figure shows the connection diagram when using the cable (AFP8550) from Panasonic. The AFP8550
has a D-sub male connector. Use a D-sub female connector when you make a communication cable.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

This figure shows the connection diagram when using the cable (AFP8550) from Panasonic. The AFP8550
has a D-sub male connector. Use a D-sub female connector when you make a communication cable.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-197

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
DR
SG
CD
ER

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block11 Panasonic● Connection Diagram 4:

FP1

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
+5V
TXDA
TXDB
RXDA
RXDB
SG
RTS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
8
2
5
3
6
1
7

Pin No.
9
8
7
6

Name
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)

5 or 10 *1

SGConfigure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
+5V
TXDA
TXDB
RXDA
RXDB
SG
RTS

Pin No.
8
2
5
3
6
1
7

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
+5V
TXDA
TXDB
RXDA
RXDB
SG
RTS

Pin No.
8
2
5
3
6
1
7

Pin No.
Cover
6
1
9
4
5

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
6

Name
FG
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-198

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

11 Panasonic● Connection Diagram 5:

FPƩCommunication Cassette (AFPG801)
FPXCommunication Cassette (AFPX-COM1)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block● Connection Diagram 6:

Shield Wire

5 or 10 *1

SG

2

Pin No.
2
3
8
7
5
Cover

Name
RD
SD
CS
RS
SG
FG

FPƩCommunication Cassette (AFPG802)
FPXCommunication Cassette (AFPX-COM2/-COM4)FP7 COM.0 port, Communication Cassette (AFP7CCS1/CCS2/CCS1M1)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
SD
RD
SG

Pin No.
2
1

Name
RD
SD

5 or 10 *1
3
4

SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
SD
RD
SG

Name
RD
SD
CS
RS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

Pin No.
2143Connection to External Devices

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
3
5
7
8
Cover

Name
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-199

11 Panasonic● Connection Diagram 7:

FPƩCommunication Cassette (AFPG803)
FPXCommunication Cassette (AFPX-COM3/-COM4)
FP7Communication Cassette (AFP7CCM1/CCM2)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
+
E

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SGConfigure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block

Name
+
E

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F doesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
+
E

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-200

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

11 Panasonic

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Name
+
E

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SGFG

2

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
+
E

● Connection Diagram 8:

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

FP10, FP10SH, FP2, FP2SH

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
ER

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
9

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
9

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
3
4

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
ER

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-201

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

11 Panasonic

11.4 Environment Settings● FP0 and FP1 (Tool port on CPU Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS422 4-wireSlave Address

01 to 99 (Decimal)*1

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd

Flow Control

None or ER● FP1 (RS232C port on CPU Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Slave Address

01 to 99 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER● FPƩ(Tool port on CPU Unit or Communication Cassette)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 2-wireSlave Address

01 to 99 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 or 2400 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER● FP10 and FP10SH (Tool port on CPU Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Slave Address

1 to 32 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd

Flow Control

None or ER*1 There are some models that don’t support Slave Address up to 99.

2-202

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

11 Panasonic● FP2, FP2SH, FP10 and FP10SH (Communication port on CPU Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Slave Address

1 to 32 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 or 2400 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER

2
Connection to External Devices● FP10 and FP10SH (Computer Communication Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Slave Address

1 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 or 2400 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER● FP2 and FP2SH (Computer Communication Unit)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Slave Address

1 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600 or 4800 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd

Flow Control

None or ER● FPX (Tool port on CPU Unit or Communication Cassette)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 2-wireSlave Address

01 to 99 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 or 2400 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-203

11 Panasonic● FP7 (COM.0 port on CPU Unit or Communication Cassette)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 2-wireSlave Address

01 to 99 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1

ParityOdd

Flow Control

None11.5 Usable Device Addresses
Types of devices supported by the main unit and their ranges are shown below.
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input

X

X

0 to 511F

R*1

OutputY

Y

0 to 511F

R/W*1

Internal Relay

RR

0 to 886F

R/W*1

Special Internal relay

RE

R

9000 to 910F

R

*1

Link Relay

L

L

0 to 639F

R/W

*1

Timer

T

T

0 to 3071

R

DecimalCounterCC

0 to 3071

R

DecimalError alarm relay

EE

0 to 2047

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input

WX

WX

0 to 00511

R

DecimalOutputWY

WY

0 to 00511

R/W

DecimalInternal Relay

WR

WR

0 to 00886

R/W

DecimalSpecial Internal relay

WRE

WR

900 to 00910

R

DecimalLink Relay

WL

WL

0 to 00639

R/W

DecimalTimer, Counter (Elapsed Value)EV

EV

0 to 03071

R

DecimalTimer, Counter (Set Value)SVSV

0 to 03071

R/W

DecimalData registerDTDT

0 to 99999

R/W

DecimalLink data registerLD

LD

0 to 08447

R/W

DecimalFile register*2FLFL

0 to 32764

R/W

DecimalThe device ranges may differ depending on the PLC model. For details, Please refer to PLC Manual for
supported memory ranges of the PLC.

*1 The first three digits are in decimal, and the last digit is in binary.
*2 In FP2SH, the contents of a bank 0 are read or written.

2-204

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric

12 YASKAWA Electric12.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow Control

Machine Controller
Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)
MP920
MP930

217IF (Communication Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)

ER

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-208)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-209)

MP920-RTU

None

MP2000 Series
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)
MP2300217IF-01 (Communication Module)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-211)
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-212)

MP2200MP2300MP2310MP2300SER

None

MP920-RTU

218IF-01
218IF-02
Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)
218IF-01

Ethernet-

MP2000(Ethernet)

218IF-02
MP2400

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-205

2
Connection to External Devices

Communication
Driver12 YASKAWA Electric12.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of YASKAWA Electric PLCs to the main unit.
● MP920/930 (Connects to RS232C port on (CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)
Main unit

MP920, MP930● MP920/930 (217IF)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)
RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-208)
RS422

MP920, MP930

217IF

Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-209)

Main unit● MP2300 (217IF-01)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-207)
RS485
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-211)
RS422

MP2300217IF-01

Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-212)

Main unit● MP2000 Series (Ethernet)
Ethernet

Ethernet
MP2000 Series

Main unit
218IF-01/02

2-206

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric12.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

MP920/930(217IF), MP2300(217IF-01)

Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
CD
DTR

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
2
1
3

Name
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1
4

SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
CD
DTR

2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
5
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-207

12 YASKAWA Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

MP920/930(217IF)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SGConfigure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield WireName
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-208

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric● Connection Diagram 3:

MP920/930(217IF)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
896
7
5 or 10Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

*1

2

SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F doesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-209

Connection to External Devices

Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

12 YASKAWA Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
MR-8M Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

2-210

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
7
6
5
2
1
4
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric● Connection Diagram 4:MP2300(217IF-01)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

Shield Wire

Pin No.
896
7
5 or 10Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

*1

2

SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-211

Connection to External Devices

Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

12 YASKAWA Electric● Connection Diagram 5:MP2300(217IF-01)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SGConfigure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/
3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F doesn't
have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-212

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SGFG

2

PLC(RS422/485):
MDR14-pin Connector
Name
TX+
TXTXR
RX+
RXRXR
GND

Pin No.
1
2
11
3
4
7
14

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-213

Connection to External Devices

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

12 YASKAWA Electric12.4 Environment Settings● MP920/930/2300
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS422/485

ProtocolMEMOBUS RTU

Slave Address

1 to 63 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER• It is necessary to set up transmission form by the rudder program.
• Please set up the head register by the side of the PLC as follows. Moreover, please give offset of eachregister as 0.

2-214

Module detailed setup
Setup of a slave Interface register:

Head REG

reading of an Inputs Status:

IW0000

reading of an Inputs Registers:

IW0000

reading/writing of a Coil:

MW00000

reading/writing of a Holding Registers:

MW00000

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

12 YASKAWA Electric● Connecting with the MP2000 series via Ethernet
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC. (Default: 10001)

The main unit Port Number

Set the TCP port number of the main unit.
If you set "0", the port number of the main unit is set
automatically.

2

Regarding TCP port number of the main unit, note the following points.
The numbers that cannot be used:• 2538 (for pass-through)• 2101 (for FC4A Series MicroSmart direct connection passthrough)Duplicate numbers cannot be configured in the following functions:• Maintenance communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication Interface Tab” in the
WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• Web server function ( refer to Chapter 4 “Web Server Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's
Manual)• FTP server function ( refer to Chapter 4 “FTP Server Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• TCP Server is selected for the User Communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication
Interface Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• Modbus as Manufacture and Modbus TCP Server as Communication Driver are selectedon the Communication Driver tab ( refer to Chapter 5 “Project Settings Dialog Box” on page
5-17)
• YASKAWA Electric as Manufacture and MP2000(Ethernet) as Communication Driverare selected on the Communication Driver tab

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-215

Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver Network

Item12 YASKAWA Electric
PLC Settings
Item
Transmission Parameters

Connection Parameters

Setting
IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of PLC.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of PLC.

Local Port

Set the port number of PLC.

Node IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.*1

Node Port

Set the port number of the main unit.*2

Connect TypeSet the TCP.

Protocol Type

Select "Extended MEMOBUS" protocol.

Code

Set the BIN.

Please set up the head register by the side of the PLC as follows. Moreover, please give offset of eachregister as 0.
Module detailed setup
Setup of a slave Interface register:
Head REG
reading of an Inputs Status:

IW0000

reading of an Inputs Registers:

IW0000

reading/writing of a Coil:

MW00000

reading/writing of a Holding Registers:

MW00000

12.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Coil

MB

MW

0 to 4095F

R/W

*3

Inputs Status

IBIW

0 to FFFFF

R

Hexadecimal

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Holding RegistersMWMW

0 to 65535

R/W

DecimalInputs Registers

IWIW

0 to FFFF

R

Hexadecimal*1 If the Node IP Address is set to 0.0.0.0, the connection is set in the Unpassive Open mode. Any nodes in the
network can access to the controller.
*2 To set the connection mode to Unpassive Open mode, set 0 to Node Port.
*3 The first four digits: Register Number (decimal)
The last digit: Bit Number (hexadecimal)
4095 F
Bit Number
Register Number

2-216

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES
13.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

InterfaceCommunication
DriverDirectLOGIC 05
D0-ECOM
D0-ECOM100

Ethernet-

DirectLogic (Ethernet)

D0-ECOM
D0-ECOM100

Ethernet-

DirectLogic (Ethernet)

D2-240
D2-250
D2-250-1
D2-260

D2-ECOM
D2-ECOM-F
D2-ECOM100

Ethernet-

DirectLogic (Ethernet)

D2-240 (Port2)
D2-250 (Port1, 2)
D2-260 (Port1, 2)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-222)

None

DirectLogic 205/405

None

DirectLogic 205/405-

DirectLogic (Ethernet)

DL05

DirectLOGIC 06
DL06

DirectLOGIC 205

DirectLOGIC 405
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-220)

D4-430
D4-440

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

D4-440

D4-DCM

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-220)

D4-DCM

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-220)

D4-ECOM
D4-ECOM-F
D4-ECOM100

Ethernet

D4-430
D4-440
D4-450

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-221)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-217

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Control

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

13.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES PLCs to the main unit.
● DirectLOGIC 405 (Connects to Communication port on CPU Unit)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-220)

RS422/485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-221)

Main unit

D4-440● DirectLOGIC 405 (Connects to RS232C port on DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-220)

D4-440

D4-DCM

Main unit● DirectLOGIC 205 (Connects to the Communication port on CPU Unit)

RS232Ｃ
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-222)

DirectLOGIC 205

Main unit● DirectLOGIC 405 (Connects to RS422 Communication port on CPU Unit)
Main unit

RS422 Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-221)

・・・

PLC1

2-218

PLC2

PLC3

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

PLCn

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● DirectLOGIC Series (Ethernet)

Ethernet

DirectLOGIC 05/06

Main unit

D0-ECOM,
D0-ECOM100

DirectLOGIC 205

D0-ECOM,
D0-ECOM-F,
D0-ECOM100

Main unit

Ethernet

DirectLOGIC 405

D4-ECOM,
D4-ECOM-F,
D4-ECOM100

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-219

Connection to External Devices

Ethernet2

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

13.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

DirectLOGIC 405 (Connects to CPU Unit RS232C port)
D4-DCM (Connects to DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
SG

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
1
3
45

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
SG

2-220

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
4
5
7

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● Connection Diagram 2:

DirectLOGIC 405 (Connects to CPU Unit RS422 port)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
Cover
9
10
14
16
11
23
19
18
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
6
7
8
9
5

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

2

Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G,
HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRXD+
RXDTXD+TXDCTS+CTSRTS+
RTSSG

Pin No.
Cover
9
10
14
16
11
23
19
18
7

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
ShieldRXD+
RXDTXD+TXDCTS+CTSRTS+
RTSSG

Pin No.
Cover
9
10
14
16
11
23
19
18
7

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
4
9
1
6
5

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
5
4
3
2
6

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-221

Connection to External Devices

Name
ShieldRXD+
RXDTXD+TXDCTS+CTSRTS+
RTSSG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● Connection Diagram 3:

DirectLOGIC 205 (Connects to CPU Unit RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
6-pin Modular Connector
Name
FG
TXD
RXD
SG

Pin No.
6
4
3
1

Shield Wire

2-222

Pin No.
6
4
3
1

Pin No.
2
1
5
3
4

Name
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
6-pin Modular Connector
Name
FG
TXD
RXD
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
5
7
8

Name
FG
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

13.4 Environment Settings● D4-440 CPU Unit Communication port
Items

Details
RS232C or RS422

Data representation

Hexadecimal mode

Slave Address

1 to 90 (Decimal).

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps

Set to the same setting
as the main unit

Data Bits
Stop Bits

2
Connection to External Devices

Interface

8
1

ParityNone or Odd

Flow ControlER● D4-DCM DATA COMMUNICATIONS MODULE
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Data representation

Hexadecimal mode

Slave Address

1 to 90 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

Set to the same setting
as the main unit

Data Bits
Stop Bits

19200 or 9600 bps
8
1

ParityNone or Odd

Flow Control

ER● DirectLOGIC 205 CPU Unit Communication port
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Data representation

Hexadecimal mode

Slave Address

1 to 90 (Decimal)

Baud Rate
Data Bits
Stop Bits

Set to the same setting
as the main unit

9600 bps
8
1

ParityNone or Odd

Flow Control

ER

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-223

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● Ethernet Unit on DirectLOGIC
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

2-224

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of Ethernet unit.

Port Number

Set the port number of Ethernet unit.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

13.5 Usable Device Addresses● DirectLOGIC 405
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input Points (Bit)X

X

0 to 1777

R

Octal

Output Points (Bit)YY

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Bit)CC

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Stages (Bit)S

S

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Timer Status (Bit)TST

0 to 377

R

Octal

Counter Status (Bit)CSCT

0 to 377

R

Octal

Remote In (Bit)GX

GX

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Remote Out (Bit)

GY

GY

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Bit)SP

SP

0 to 777

R

Octal

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Points (Word)

XW

V

40400 to 40477

R

Octal

Output Points (Word)

YW

V

40500 to 40577

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Word)

CW

V

40600 to 40777

R/W

Octal

Stages (Word)

SW

V

41000 to 41077

R/W

Octal

Remote In (Word)

GXW

V

40000 to 40177

R/W

Octal

Remote Out (Word)

GYW

V

40200 to 40377

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Word)

SPW

V

41200 to 41237

R

Octal

Timer Values

TVV

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Counter Values

CV

V

1000 to 1377

R/W

Octal

Data Registers

DV

1400 to 7377

R/W

Octal

System Parameters1

SR1

V

700 to 777

R

Octal

System Parameters2

SR2

V7400 to 7777

R

Octal

Ext Registers

ER

V

10000 to 37777

R/W

Octal

• We confirm the address number range of D4-440 only. The usable address number range varies basedon the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
• The Bit Write operation on the main unit depends on the state of Bit Write operation will write toa byte. checkbox in the Communication Driver tab on the Porject Settings dialog box. Note thefollowing points: (Byte refers to 8 bits.)
Check:
When executing Bit Write, all other bits in the byte are turned off.
Unchecked: When executing Bit Write, all other bits are not changed.
During Bit Write operation, the main unit reads the byte data including the designated bit from the PLC,
performs logical AND or OR operation with the designated bit, and writes the result into the PLC,
therefore all other bits in the byte are not changed.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-225

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● DirectLOGIC 205
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input Points (Bit)X

X

0 to 1777

R

Octal

Output Points (Bit)YY

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Bit)CC

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Stages (Bit)S

S

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Timer Status (Bit)TST

0 to 377

R

Octal

Counter Status (Bit)CSCT

0 to 377

R

Octal

Remote In (Bit)GX

GX

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Remote Out (Bit)

GY

GY

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Bit)SP

SP

0 to 777

R

Octal

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Points (Word)

XW

V

40400 to 40477

R

Octal

Output Points (Word)

YW

V

40500 to 40577

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Word)

CW

V

40600 to 40777

R/W

Octal

Stages (Word)

SW

V

41000 to 41077

R/W

Octal

Remote In (Word)

GXW

V

40000 to 40177

R/W

Octal

Remote Out (Word)

GYW

V

40200 to 40377

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Word)

SPW

V

41200 to 41237

R

Octal

Timer Values

TVV

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Counter Values

CV

V

1000 to 1377

R/W

Octal

Data Registers

DV

1400 to 7377

R/W

Octal

System Parameters1

SR1

V

400 to 777

R

Octal

System Parameters2

SR2

V7400 to 7777

R

Octal

Ext Registers

ER

V

10000 to 35777

R/W

Octal

• We confirm the address number range of DirectLOGIC 205 only. The usable address number range
varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
• The Bit Write operation on the main unit depends on the state of Bit Write operation will write toa byte. checkbox in the Communication Driver tab on the Porject Settings dialog box. Note thefollowing points: (Byte refers to 8 bits.)
Check:
When executing Bit Write, all other bits in the byte are turned off.
Unchecked: When executing Bit Write, all other bits are not changed.
During Bit Write operation, the main unit reads the byte data including the designated bit from the PLC,
performs logical AND or OR operation with the designated bit, and writes the result into the PLC,
therefore all other bits in the byte are not changed.

2-226

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES● DirectLOGIC (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input Points (Bit)X

X

0 to 1777

R

Octal

Output Points (Bit)YY

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Bit)CC

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Bit)SP

SP

0 to 777

R

Octal

Timers (Bit)TT

0 to 377

R

Octal

Counters (Bit)CTCT

0 to 377

R

Octal

Stages (Bit)S

S

0 to 1777

R/W

Octal

Remote Input (Bit)GX

GX

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

Remote Output (Bit)

GY

GY

0 to 3777

R/W

Octal

With a Bit Write operation, the word data is first read from the PLC, and a logic operation (AND or OR) is
performed on the relevant bit before writing it to the PLC to ensure that the values of other bits in the samechannel are preserved. However, be certain that the PLC does not modify the data in the channel during thetime that the main unit is writing the data.

Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input Points (Word)

VX

V

40400 to 40477

R

Octal

Output Points (Word)

VY

V

40500 to 40577

R/W

Octal

Control Relays (Word)

VC

V

40600 to 40777

R/W

Octal

Special Relays (Word)

VSP

V

41200 to 41237

R

Octal

Timers (Word)

VT

V

41100 to 41117

R

Octal

Counters (Word)

VCTV

41140 to 41157

R

Octal

Stages (Word)

VS

V

41000 to 41077

R/W

Octal

Timer Current Values

TAV

0 to 377

R/W

Octal

Counter Current Values

CA

V

1000 to 1377

R/W

Octal

Data Words

VV

400 to 777,
1200 to 7577,
10000 to 35777

R/W

Octal

System parameters

VSYS

V

700 to 777,
7400 to 7777,
36000 to 37777

R

Octal

Remote Input (Word)

VGI

V

40000 to 40177

R/W

Octal

Remote Output (Word)

VGY

V40200 to 40377

R/W

Octal

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-227

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

14 FANUC

14 FANUC
14.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication DriverPower MatePower Mate-MODEL D

Not required

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-229)

NonePower Mate-MODEL D /Series 16i

Not required

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-230)

None

Power Mate-MODEL D /Series 16i

Series
16i
160i
18i
180i
30i
31i
32i

14.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of FANUC PLCs to the main unit.
● Power Mate-MODEL D

RS422
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-229)

Main unit
Power Mate-MODEL D

A touch-panel connection module (FANUC A20B-2902-0470) is needed for Power Mate-MODEL D.

● Series 16i/160i/18i/180i/30i/31i/32i

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-230)

Main unit
Series 16i/160i/18i/180i/30i/31i/32i

A touch-panel connection module is needed for Series 16i, 160i, 18i, 180i, 30i, 31i, 32i.
For details, please contact FANUC LTD.

2-228

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

14 FANUC

14.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

Power Mate-MODEL D

PLC(RS422/485): PCR-E20FS(HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)
Pin No.

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

JD14
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
0V

4
3
2
1
11

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

JD15
RDB
RDA

1
2

Terminal
resistor

Cable clamp• Connect a terminus unit to JD15 by the side of Power Mate. For details of a terminus unit, refer to themanual of Power Mate-MODEL D.
• FG terminal of the main part of a motion controller should perform the 3rd-sort grounding.
• Ground a shield by the cable clamp.
• Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/
3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485): PCR-E20FS(HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)Name

Pin No.

Shield Wire

JD14
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
0V

4
3
2
1
11

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

JD15
RDB
RDA

1
2

Terminal
resistor

Cable clamp

PLC(RS422/485): PCR-E20FS(HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)Name

Pin No.

Shield Wire

JD14
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
0V

4
3
2
1
11

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

JD15
RDB
RDA

1
2

Terminal
resistor

Cable clamp

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-229

Connection to External Devices

Name

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block14 FANUC● Connection Diagram 2:

Series 16i/160i/18i/180i/30i/31i/32i

PLC(RS232C): PCR-E20FS(HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)
Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
DR
CD
ER

Pin No.
11
1
15
5
8
3
7
13

Pin No.
2
1
3
45

PLC(RS232C): PCR-E20FS(HONDA TSUSHIN KOGYO CO., LTD.)
Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
DR
CD
ER

Pin No.
11
1
15
5
8
3
7
13

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
2
3
7
8
5
Cover

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG
FG

14.4 Environment Settings● Power Mate-MODEL D
Items

Details

Interface

RS422 4-wireSlave Address0

Baud Rate
Data Bits

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

19200 bps
8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven● Series 16i/160i/18i/180i/30i/31i/32i
Items
Interface

RS232C

Slave Address0

Baud Rate
Data Bits

2-230

Details

Use the same settings as for the main unit.

19200 bps
8

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

14 FANUC

14.5 Usable Device Addresses● Power Mate-MODEL D, Series 16i/160i/18i/180i/30i/31i/32i
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input Relay

X

X

0 to 99997

R/W

*1

Output Relay

YY

0 to 99997

R/W

*1

Int. Relay

RR

0 to 99997

R/W

*1

Keep Relay

K

K

0 to 99997

R/W

*1

Expansion Relay

E

E

0 to 99997

R/W

*1

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

XW

X

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalOutput Relay

YW

Y

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalInt. Relay

RW

R

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalKeep Relay

KW

K

0 to 9998*2

R/W

Decimal

Timer

T

T

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalCounterCC

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalData TableD

D

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalExpansion Relay

EW

E

0 to 9998*2

R/W

DecimalThe device type and the address number range vary based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the
PLC manual.

*1 The first four digits are in decimal and the last digit is in octal.
*2 This external device address is handled with two address numbers as one device address in WindO/I-NV4. Therefore, you
can specify an even address number only.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-231

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit15 Yokogawa Electric

15 Yokogawa Electric15.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow Contro

F3LC11-1N

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-234)

ER

F3LC11-2N

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-235)

Communication Driver

FA-M3
F3SP05
F3SP20F3SP21
F3SP25
F3SP30F3SP35
F3SP38
F3SP53
F3SP58
F3FP36
F3BP20F3BP30

2-232

None

F3SP05
F3SP21
F3SP25
F3SP28
F3SP35
F3SP38
F3SP53
F3SP58

Not required

F3SP05-0P
F3SP08-0P
F3SP21-0N
F3SP22-0S
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4H
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6H
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
F3SP71-4N
F3SP76-7N

F3LE01-0T
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3LE12-0T

F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
F3SP71-4N
F3SP76-7N

Not required

FACTORY ACE FA-M3

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-236)

Ethernet

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual-

FACTORY ACE FA-M3(Ethernet)

15 Yokogawa Electric15.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Yokogawa Electric PLCs to the main unit.
● FA-M3 series (Serial)

RS232C

2

Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-234)

Main unit

F3LC11-1N

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-235)

F3LC11-2N

Main unit

We recommend F3LC11-2N side to carry a “4-WIRE” setup of the terminus resistance (TERMINATOR) in
long-distance transmission.
Yokogawa Electric cable
KM10-0C

RS232C

Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-234)
Yokogawa Electric cable
KM11-2N*A

Main unit

F3SP05, F3SP21, F3SP25,
F3SP28, F3SP35, F3SP38,
F3SP53, F3SP58

It does not correspond to “CPU direct connection system” of F3SP20 and F3SP30.

It connects with the port for programming tools of a CPU unit.

● FA-M3 series (Ethernet)

Ethernet

F3LE01-0T/-5T,
F3SP05-0P, F3SP08-0P, F3SP21-0N,
F3LE11-0T,
F3SP22-0S, F3SP25-2N, F3SP28-3N/-3S,
F3LE12-0T
F3SP35-5N, F3SP38-6N/-6S, F3SP53-4H/-4S,
F3SP58-6H/-6S, F3SP59-7S, F3SP66-4S,
F3SP67-6S, F3SP71-4N, F3SP76-7N

Main unit

Ethernet

F3SP66-4S, F3SP67-6S,
F3SP71-4N, F3SP76-7N

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-233

Connection to External Devices

F3SP05, F3SP20, F3SP21,
F3SP25, F3SP30, F3SP35,
F3SP38, F3SP53, F3SP58,
F3FP36, F3BP20, F3BP30

15 Yokogawa Electric15.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

F3LC11-1N

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
ER
SG
CD
DR

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
4
5
1
6

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
5
3
4

2-234

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
4
5
1
6

Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
ER
SG
CD
DR

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
7
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

15 Yokogawa Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

F3LC11-2N

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2• Configure the Flow Control to None, because the terminal block of the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/
3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G doesn't have control lines.
• In the main unit and PLC, the name of A pole and B pole is reverse.
Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA
SG

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-235

Connection to External Devices

Name
FG
SDB
SDA
RDB
RDA
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block15 Yokogawa Electric● Connection Diagram 3:

FA-M3 (Yokogawa Electric Cable KM10-0C)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector(cable side)Name

Pin No.

RD
SD
SG

2
3
5

Shield Wire

Pin No.
12
534

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector(cable side)

2-236

Name

Pin No.

RD
SD
SG

2
3
5

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
7
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

15 Yokogawa Electric15.4 Environment Settings● FA-M3 Link Unit (F3LC11-1N/-2N)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

CPU Number1(0x01) to 4(0x04)(Hexadecimal)

Station Number
Data Bits

2

Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Sum check

EnableTerminus character specification

EnableProtection function

DisableConnection to External Devices

Baud Rate

1 (Decimal)
Use the same
19200 or 9600 bps
settings as for the main unit.
7 or 8● FA-M3 CPU (Programming Tool port)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C

Station Number

1 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

19200 or 9600 bps
Use the samesettings as for the main unit. 8

Data Bits
Stop Bits

1

ParityEven or None

Sum check

EnableTerminus character specification

Enable● FA-M3 via Ethernet
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of CPU unit or Link unit.

Port Number

Set the IP address of CPU unit or Link unit.

CPU Number

Set the slot number of the CPU unit to communicate with.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-237

15 Yokogawa Electric15.5 Usable Device Addresses● FA-M3 (Serial)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input Relay

X

X

201 to 71664

R*1

Output Relay

YY

201 to 71664

R/W

*1

Int. Relay

I

I

1 to 65536

R/W

DecimalComm. Relay

E

E

1 to 4096

R/W

DecimalLink Relay

L

L

1 to 78192

R/W

*2

Spec. Relay

M

M

1 to 9984

R/W

DecimalTimer Relay

TU

T

1 to 3072

R

DecimalCounter Relay

CUC

1 to 3072

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay

XW

X

201 to 71649

R*3

Output Relay

YW

Y

201 to 71649

R/W

*3

Int. Relay

IWI

1 to 65521

R/W

DecimalComm. Relay

EW

E

1 to 4081

R/W

DecimalLink Relay

LW

L

1 to 78177

R/W

*4

Spec. Relay

MWM

1 to 9969

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)TPT

1 to 3072

R/W

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)TST

1 to 3072

R

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CPC

1 to 3072

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)CSC

1 to 3072

R

DecimalData RegisterDD

1 to 65536

R/W

DecimalComm. RegisterRR

1 to 4096

R/W

DecimalFile Register

B

B

1 to 99999

R/W

DecimalLink RegisterWW

1 to 74096

R/W

*5

Spec. RegisterZ

Z

1 to 1024

R/W

Decimal*1 The address number range is as follows:
7 16 64(0 to 7) (2 to 16) (1 to 64)*2 The address number range is as follows:
7 8192(0 to 7) (1 to 8192)*3 The address number range is as follows:
7 16 49(0 to 7) (2 to 16) (1, 17, 33, 49)*4 The address number range is as follows:
7 8177(0 to 7) (2 to 8177)*5 The address number range is as follows:
7 4096(0 to 7) (1 to 4096)

2-238

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

15 Yokogawa Electric● FA-M3 (Ethernet)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input Relay (Bit)

X

X

00201 to 71664

R

Decimal*1

Output Relay (Bit)Y

Y

00201 to 71664

R/W

Decimal*1

Int. Relay (Bit)

I

I

00001 to 65536

R/W

DecimalComm. Relay (Bit)

E

E

0001 to 4096

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Bit)

L

L

00001 to 78192

R/W

Decimal*2

Timer Relay (Bit)

TU

T

0001 to 3072

R/W

DecimalCounter Relay (Bit)

CU

C

0001 to 3072

R/W

DecimalSpec. Relay (Bit)M

M

0001 to 9984

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input Relay (Word)

XW

X00201 to 71649

R

Decimal*3

Output Relay (Word)

YW

Y

00201 to 71649

R/W

Decimal*3

Int. Relay (Word)

IW

I

00001 to 65521

R/W

DecimalComm. Relay (Word)

EW

E

0001 to 4081

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Word)

LW

L

00001 to 78177

R/W

Decimal*4

Timer (Current Value)TPT

0001 to 3072

R

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CP

C

0001 to 3072

R

DecimalTimer (Preset Value)TS

T

0001 to 3072

R/W

DecimalCounter (Preset Value)CS

C

0001 to 3072

R/W

DecimalData Register

D

D

00001 to 65535

R/W

DecimalLink Register

W

W

00001 to 78192

R/W

Decimal*5

File Register

B

B

00001 to 262144

R/W

DecimalSpec. Relay (Word)

MW

M

0001 to 9969

R/W

DecimalSpec. Register

Z

Z

0001 to 1024

R/W

DecimalComm. Register

R

R

0001 to 4096

R/W

DecimalIndex Register

VV

001 to 256

R/W

DecimalCache registerF

F

000001 to 524288

R/W

Decimal*1 The address number range is as follows:
7 16 64(0 to 7) (2 to 16) (1 to 64)*2 The address number range is as follows:
7 8192(0 to 7) (1 to 8192)*3 The address number range is as follows:
7 16 49(0 to 7) (2 to 16) (1, 17, 33, 49)*4 The address number range is as follows:
7 8177(0 to 7) (2 to 8177)*5 The address number range is as follows:
7 4096(0 to 7) (1 to 4096)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-239

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

16 Fuji Electric

16 Fuji Electric16.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverNone

FLEX-PC(CPU)FLEX-PC*1
NB1
NB2
NB3
NJ-CPU-E4
NJ-CPU-A8
NJ-CPU-B16
NS

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

NB1
NB2
NB3

NB-RS1-AC
NB-RS1-DC

NJ-CPU-E4
NJ-CPU-A8
NJ-CPU-B16

NJ-RS2
NJ-RS4NS

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-246)

NS-RS1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-245)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

None

FLEX-PC(LINK)MICREX-F*1
F55

NV1L-RS2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

NC1L-RS2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

NC1L-RS4

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)

F70
F80H
F120H
F120S
F140S
F150S
F30
F50
F50H
F55
F60
F70
F70S
F80H
F81
F120H
F120S
F140S
F150S
F250

FFU120B

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

FFK120A-C10

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

2-240

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

None

MICREX-F

16 Fuji Electric

CPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver

MICREX-SXNP1PH-08
NP1PH-16
NP1PS-32
NP1PS-32R
NP1PS-74R
NP1PS-117R
NP1PS-245R
NP1PS-74D
NP1PM-48R
NP1PM-256H
NP1PM-48E
NP1PM-256E
NP1PU-048E
NP1PU-128E
NP1PU-256E

Not required(Connect to CPU Unit Loader
Connection Connector)
NP4H-CB2 + NW0H-CNV

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-250)

2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-250)

NP1L-RS1

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 9 (Page 2-251)

NP1L-RS2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-250)

NP1L-RS4

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 9 (Page 2-251)

None

MICREX-SX-MICREX-SX(Ethernet)

NP1L-ET1
Ethernet

Not required(Connect to Ethernet port)
NP1L-ET1

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-241

Connection to External Devices

NP1PH-08
NP1PH-16
NP1PS-32
NP1PS-32R
NP1PS-74R
NP1PS-117R
NP1PS-245R
NP1PS-74D
NP1PM-48R
NP1PM-48E
NP1PM-256E
NP1PM-256H
NP1PU-048E
NP1PU-128E
NP1PU-256E

16 Fuji Electric16.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Fuji Electric PLCs to the main unit.
● FLEX-PC Series (Loader port)
Fuji Electric Cable
NN-CNV1

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-246)

RS485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-245)

Main unit

FLEX-PC● FLEX-PC Series (Interface Module)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)
RS485
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

NB1, NB2, NB3

NB-RS1-AC/-DC

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)

NJ-CPU-E4,
NJ-CPU-A8,
NJ-CPU-B16

Main unit

NJ-RS2

RS485
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

NJ-RS4Main unit
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-246)

RS485
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-247)

NS

2-242

NS-RS1WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-F Series (Interface Card)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

F55

NV1L-RS2Main unit

F70

Main unit

NC1L-RS2

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)

Main unit

NC1L-RS4
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)

F80H, F120H, F120S,
F140S, F150S

FFU-120B

Main unit● MICREX-F Series (Interface Module)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)

RS485 4-wire
F30, F50, F50H, F55,
F60, F70, F70S,
F80H, F81, F120H,
F120S, F140S, F150S

FFK120A-C10

Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-249)

Main unit● MICREX-SX Series (Connects to Loader Connection Connector on CPU Unit)
Fuji Electric
NP4H-CB2+NW0H-CNV

RS232C
Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-250)

MICREX-SX

Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-243

Connection to External Devices

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-248)2

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-SX Series (Interface Module)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-250)
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 9 (Page 2-251)

MICREX-SX

NP1L-RS1

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 8 (Page 2-250)

Main unit

NP1L-RS2

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 9 (Page 2-251)

Main unit

NP1L-RS4● MICREX-SX Series (Connects to Ethernet port on CPU Unit)

Ethernet

NP1PM-48E/-256E,
NP1PU-048E/-128E/-256E

Main unit● MICREX-SX Series (Ethernet Module)

Ethernet

MICREX-SX

2-244

NP1L- ET1

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

16 Fuji Electric16.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

FLEX-PC series (Loader port)

Pin No.
3
4
5
68

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS485):
Modular jack 8-pin
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
34568Shield Wire

PLC(RS485):
Modular jack 8-pin
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Pin No.
34568Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

Connector Pin Layout for PLC side Modular jack1

8

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-245

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS485):
Modular jack 8-pin

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

FLEX-PC series (Loader port) + NN-CNV1

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RD
SD
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
7

Shield Wire

● Connection Diagram 3:

Pin No.
1
2
3
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Shield Wire

2-246

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
7
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
2
1
4
3
5

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG

Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

FLEX-PC Series (Link Module RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG

Pin No.
12
53
4

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RD
SD
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
RD
SD
CS
RS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
8
7
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
CS
RS
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 4:

FLEX-PC Series (Link Module RS485 port)

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-247

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 5:

MICREX-F Series (RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
5V
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
CD
DTR
CI

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
22

Pin No.
2
1
3
45

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 25-pin Female Connector
Name
5V
SD
RD
RTS
CTS
DSR
SG
CD
DTR
CI

2-248

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
22

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
2
3
7
8
5

Name
FG
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 6:

MICREX-F Series (RS485 port)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-249

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 7:

MICREX-SX series (Loader Connection Connector)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

● Connection Diagram 8:

Pin No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield WireSG

Pin No.
2
3
7
8
5
Cover

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS
SG
FG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

MICREX-SX series (RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Name
RD
SD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
2
1
3
4

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
7
8
5
Cover

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG
FG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-250

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

16 Fuji Electric● Connection Diagram 9:

MICREX-SX series (RS485 port)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
2
1
985Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
2
1985Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
2
1
985Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-251

Connection to External Devices

Name
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

16 Fuji Electric16.4 Environment Settings● FLEX-PC (CPU) to the main unit settings
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate

19200 bps

Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity8
Use the same1
settings as for the main unit.
Odd

Flow Control

None● FLEX-PC (Link Module) to the main unit settings
Items

Items

Interface

RS232COperation Modes*1

Command-setting-type start-stop synchronization nonsequenced format

Baud Rate

19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits
Parity1 or 2
Use the samesettings as for the main unit. None, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER

Station Number-

For details of communication setting, refer to the FLEX-PC user’s manual.

*1 Set up the mode switch of Interface Module as below.
RS232C: No.1
RS485: No.3

2-252

RS485 4-wire

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

0 to 99 (Decimal)16 Fuji Electric
FLEX-PC Communication Setting
When you would like to set up the communication setting with the initialization file, refer to the following setup.
Set up item of 4, 5, 6, and 7 as well as the main unit settings.
No.

Item

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Non sequenced
format1

Transmission type

2

Mode

3

Received Message No.

4

Baud Rate

5

Data bit size

6

Parity bit

7

Stop bit size

8

DCE/DTE mode

DTE

9

CTS/RTS control

Constantly ON

10

DSR/DTR control

11

Transmission conditions

13

Transmission code

14

Code conversion

15

Received data byte size

16

Start code17

End code

18

Start code 1,20

19

End code 1,2

0

20

BCC

21

Position (range)

22

Calculation formula

23

Code

24

Timer

2

Setting
0
7

8

None

Odd

1

2400

4800

9600

19200

Connection to External Devices

1200
Even
2

Constantly ON
None
JIS
Yes
0
STX
CR

Setting1
TEXT
EOR
Transmission
code

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-253

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-F Interface Card or Interface Module
Items

Details

Interface

RS232COperation Modes*1

Command-setting-type start-stop synchronization nonsequenced format

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits*2

7 or 8Stop Bits*2
Parity*2

RS485 4-wire

1 or 2
Use the samesettings as for the main unit.
None, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None

Station Number

0

0 to 99 (Decimal)

For details of communication setting, refer to the MICREX-F user’s manual.

● MICREX-SX series (connecting to the CPU Unit loader connection Connector or using the Interface

Module.)Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485

Baud Rate

38400 bps

Data Bits

8
Use the same1
settings as for the main unit.
Even

Stop Bits
ParityFlow Control

None

When you connect to the Interface Module, set the RS232C or RS485 operation mode as loader setting.
Set up the mode switch of Interface Module as below.
RS232C: No.1 or No.3
RS485:
No.2 or No.3

*1 Set up the mode switch of Interface Card or Interface Module as below.
RS232C: No.1
RS485: No.3
*2 Set Character configuration switch to the following.
8
7
6
5
4

2-254

SwitchClear method
Parity bit ON/OFF
Parity bit Odd/Even
Data bit
Stop bit

Configuration
By switchSame as the main unit
Same as the main unit
Same as the main unit
Same as the main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-SX series (connecting to the Ethernet port or using the Ethernet Module.)
The main unit Settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit in.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC. (Default: 507)

2
Connection to External Devices

Communication Driver Network

Item

PLC Settings
Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of PLC.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of PLC.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-255

16 Fuji Electric16.5 Usable Device Addresses● FREX-PC
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Int. Relay (Bit)MM

0 to 3FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Input Relay (Bit)X

X

0 to 7FF

R

Hexadecimal

Output Relay (Bit)YY

0 to 7FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Exp. Int. Relay (Bit)EM

M

400 to 1FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Latch Relay (Bit)LL

0 to 3FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Exp. Latch Relay (Bit)EL

L

400 to 1FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Step Relay (Bit)S

S

0 to 3FF

R/W

HexadecimalSpec. Relay (Bit)SM

SM

8000 to 81FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer (Relay)TT

0 to 3FF

R

HexadecimalCounter (Relay)

CC

0 to 1FFR

Hexadecimal

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

2-256

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Data RegisterDD

0 to 2FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Input Relay (Word)

WX

X

0 to 7F

R

Hexadecimal

Output Relay (Word)

WY

Y

0 to 7F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Int. Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 3F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Exp. Int. Relay (Word)

WEM

M

40 to 1FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Latch Relay (Word)

WL

L

0 to 3F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Exp. Latch Relay (Word)

WEL

L

40 to 1FF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Step Relay (Word)

WS

S

0 to 3F

R/W

HexadecimalSpec. Relay (Word)

WSM

M

800 to 81F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer (Current Value)TNT

0 to 3FF

R

HexadecimalCounter (Current Value)CNC

0 to 1FFR

HexadecimalSpec. RegisterSD

D

8000 to 837F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Link RegisterWW

0 to 3FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

File RegisterRR

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-F
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystem

PLC

In.Output Relay (Bit)B

B

0 to 511F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Int.Relay (Bit)MM

0 to 511F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Keep Relay (Bit)K

K

0 to 63F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Edge Relay (Bit)DD

0 to 63F

R/W

HexadecimalSpec.Relay (Bit)FF

0 to 125F

R

Hexadecimal

Link Relay (Bit)LL

0 to 511F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Ann.Relay (Bit)AA

0 to 45F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

InOut Relay (Word)

WB

WB

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalDi.InOut Relay (Word)

W24

W24

0 to 159

R/W

DecimalInt.Relay (Word)

WM

WM

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalKeep Relay (Word)

WK

WK

0 to 63

R/W

DecimalEdge Relay (Word)WD

WD

0 to 63

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Word)

WL

WL

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalSpec.Relay (Word)

WF

WF

0 to 125R

DecimalAnn.Relay (Word)

WAWA

0 to 45

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.0 (Word)

W30

W30

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.1 (Word)

W31

W31

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.2 (Word)

W32

W32

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.3 (Word)

W33

W33

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.4 (Word)

W34

W34

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.5 (Word)

W35

W35

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.6 (Word)

W36

W36

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.7 (Word)

W37

W37

0 to 4095

R/W

Decimal

DataMemo (16bit)

WBD

WBD

0 to 4095

R/W

Decimal

DataMemo (32bit)

BDBD

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalTimer0.01S (Curr.Value)TRTR

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalTimer0.1S (Curr.Value)

W9W90 to 511

R/W

DecimalTimer0.01S (Set.Value)TSTS

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalCounter (Curr.Value)CRCR

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalCounter (Set.Value)CSCS

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.0 (32bit)

W30

DW30

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.1 (32bit)

W31

DW31

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.2 (32bit)

W32

DW32

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.3 (32bit)

W33

DW33

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.4 (32bit)

W34

DW34

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.5 (32bit)

W35

DW35

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.6 (32bit)

W36

DW36

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalFileMemo.7 (32bit)

W37

DW37

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-257

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

16 Fuji Electric● MICREX-SX
Word Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input Memory*1

-

%IW

-

-

-

Output Memory*1

-

%QW

-

-

-

Standard Memory

MW1

%MW1

0 to 2490367

R/W

DecimalRetained Memory

MW3

%MW3

0 to 425983

R/W

DecimalSystem Memory

MW10

%MW10

0 to 511

R/W

Decimal*1 The virtual addresses for I/O memory differs according to the system configuration. To read and write to the I/O memoryarea, handle this with indirect access through the standard memory in the MICREX-SX.

2-258

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba

17 Toshiba
17.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication
DriverPROSEC T-series
T1

T1S

T2

T2E

T2N

T1-16
T1-28
T1-40

T1-40S

PU224

PU234E

PU215NPU235N
PU245N

T3

PU315
PU325

T3H

PU325H
PU326H

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-265)

ER

CU111

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-265)

ER

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-264)

CU111

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)

ER

CM231E

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

None

CM232ERS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

None

PROSEC T

ER

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 7 (Page 2-268)

None

RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-267)

ER

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

None

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

None

V series
L1

L1PU11H
L1PU12H

S2E

PU612E

S2T

PU662T
PU672TS2PU22
S2PU32A
model2000
S2PU72A/D
S2PU82PROSEC T

S3PU21S3PU45A
model3000
S3PU55A
S3PU65A

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-259

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Control17 Toshiba

17.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Toshiba PLCs to the main unit.
● T1
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-265)

RS485 4-wire
T1

Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

CU111

Main unit● T1S
RS232C
Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-265)
RS485
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-264)
RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

T1S

Main unit

CU111● T2 (PU224)

RS485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

T2(PU224)

Main unit● T2E
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-266)

T2E

Main unit

CM231ERS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)
CM232E
Main unit

2-260

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba● T2N
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-263)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-267)
RS485

Main unit

2

Main unit

Connection to External Devices

Connection Diagram 7 (Page 2-268)

T2N● T3, T3H

RS485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

T3, T3H● V series

RS485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-262)

L1, S2E, S2T, model2000, model3000

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-261

17 Toshiba

17.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

T2, T3, T3H, L1, S2E, S2T, model2000, model3000 (RS485, D-sub 15-pin
Connector)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RXA
TXA
CTSD
RTSD
SG
RXB
TXB
CTSB
RTSB

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RXA
TXA
CTSD
RTSD
SG
RXB
TXB
CTSB
RTSB

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
FG
RXA
TXA
CTSD
RTSD
SG
RXB
TXB
CTSB
RTSB

2-262

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 2:

T2E, T2N (RS232C, D-sub 9-pin Connector)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
12
5
4
3

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
N.C.
RXD
TXD
N.C.
SG
N.C.
RTS
CTS
N.C.

Name
SD
RD
SG
CS
RS

Connection to External Devices

Name
N.C.
RXD
TXD
N.C.
SG
N.C.
RTS
CTS
N.C.

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
8
7

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
CS
RS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-263

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 3:

T1S (RS485, Terminal Block)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RXA
RXB
TXA
TXB
SG

Pin No.
6
7
8
9
5

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RXA
RXB
TXA
TXB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RXA
RXB
TXA
TXB
SG

2-264

Pin No.
4
9
1
6
5
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
4
3
2
6
Cover

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 4:

T1, T1S (RS232C, Mini DIN 8-pin Connector)

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
452
31

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
P5
GND
P5
RTS
GND
TXD
CTS
RXD

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
CS
SG
RD
RS
SD

2
Connection to External Devices

Name
P5
GND
P5
RTS
GND
TXD
CTS
RXD

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
8
5
2
7
3

Name
FG
CS
SG
RD
RS
SD

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-265

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 5:

T1, T1S, T2E (RS485, Terminal Block)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
TXA
TXB
RXA
TRM
RXB
SG

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
TXA
TXB
RXA
TRM
RXB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
TXA
TXB
RXA
TRM
RXB
SG

2-266

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 6:

T2N (RS232C, D-sub 15-pin Connector)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
14
15

Pin No.
2
4
5
1
3

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
N.C.
TXD
RTS
SG
SG
N.C.
RXD
CTS
SG

Pin No.
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
14
15

Shield Wire

Name
RD
CS
SG
SD
RS

2
Connection to External Devices

Name
N.C.
TXD
RTS
SG
SG
N.C.
RXD
CTS
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
2
8
3
5
4
3
5
7

Name
FG
RD
CS
SG
SD
RS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-267

17 Toshiba● Connection Diagram 7:

T2N (RS485, D-sub 15-pin Connector)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
N.C.
RXA
TXA
N.C.
SG
SG
N.C.
RXB
TXB
N.C.
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
13
15

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
N.C.
RXA
TXA
N.C.
SG
SG
N.C.
RXB
TXB
N.C.
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
13
15

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
N.C.
RXA
TXA
N.C.
SG
SG
N.C.
RXB
TXB
N.C.
SG

2-268

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
13
15

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

17 Toshiba

17.4 Environment Settings
Attend to the limitation of the configuration. It depends on the CPU unit and Link unit.
● PROSEC T-series, V series
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C, RS485 2-wire or RS485 4-wireSlave Number

1 to 32 (Decimal)

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER

PLC Model

Check:PROSEC Series
Uncheck: EX100 Series

2Connection to External Devices

For details of communication setting, refer to the PROSC T-series and V series user’s manual.

17.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Input device

X

X

0 to 8191F

R*1

Output deviceYY

0 to 8191F

R/W

*1

Auxiliary deviceRR

0 to 4095F

R/W

*1

Special device

S

S

0 to 511F

R/W*1

Timer deviceTST.

0 to 999

R

DecimalCounter deviceCSC.

0 to 511

R

DecimalLink deviceZ

Z

0 to 999F

R/W*1

Link relay

LL

0 to 255F

R/W*1

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Input register

XW

XW

0 to 8191

R

DecimalOutput register

YW

YW

0 to 8191

R/W

DecimalAuxiliary register

RW

RW

0 to 4095

R/W

DecimalSpecial registerSW

SW

0 to 511

R/W

DecimalTimer registerTT

0 to 999

R

DecimalCounter registerCC

0 to 511

R

DecimalData registerDD

0 to 8191

R/W

DecimalLink registerWW

0 to 2047

R/W

DecimalLink relay register

LW

LW

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalFile registerF

F

0 to 32767

R/W

Decimal*1 All digits except the last digit are in decimal and the last digit is in hexadecimal.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-269

17 Toshiba

17.6 The mapping table of devices between PROSEC T-series and V series
When you use V series PLCs, refer to the following table and replace a device name from PROSEC T-series to V series.
V series (S controller)
Variable name
System register
Data register

SymbolDevice Name

Device Type

DeviceS

Special device

S

RegisterSW

Special registerSW

DeviceD

Auxiliary device

R

Register

DW

Auxiliary register, Data register

IX

Input device

X

QX

Output device

Y

IW

Input register

XW

QW

Output register

YW

File registerF

DeviceI/O variable
RegisterUser register

T-series (Computer Link)

Register

Variable nameRW, D

• V series (S controller) has some variables to keep compatibility with PROSEC T-series.
Computer Link protocol of V series can communicate those variables with the symbol of PROSEC Tseries.
• For details of communication setting, refer to the PROSEC T-series and V series user’s manual.

2-270

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

18 LSIS

18 LSIS
18.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication
DriverNone

MASTER-K

MASTER-K
K10S1

Not required

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-274)

K80S
K120S
K200S

Not required

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-274)

G7L-CUEB

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)

G7L-CUEC

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

G6L-CUEB

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)

G6L-CUEC

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

K80S

K200S

K300S

G4L-CUEA

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-271

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow Control

18 LSIS

18.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of LSIS PLCs to the main unit.
● K10S1 (Loader port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-274)

Main unit

K10S1● K80S, K120S, K200S (Loader port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-274)

Main unit

K80S, K120S, K200S● K80S (Interface Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)

G7L-CUEB
Main unit

K80S

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

G7L-CUEC
Main unit● K200S (Interface Module)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)

K200S

G6L-CUEB

Main unit

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

G6L-CUEC

2-272

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

18 LSIS● K300S (Interface Module)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-275)

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-276)

K300S

G4L-CUEA

Main unit

2
Connection to External Devices

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-273

18 LSIS

18.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

K10S1 (Loader port)

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 6-pin Connector
Name
NC
RD
SD
NC
SG
NC

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Pin No.
12
3
54

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 6-pin Connector
Name
NC
RD
SD
NC
SG
NC

● Connection Diagram 2:

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Shield Wire

2-274

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
1
53
24

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
5V
RXD1
TXD1
RXD2
SG
5V
TXD2
SG
SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
5
8

K80S/120S/200S (Loader port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
5V
RXD1
TXD1
RXD2
SG
5V
TXD2
SG
SG

Name
SD
RD
RS
SG
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Name
SD
SG
RS
RD
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
5
7
2
8

Name
FG
SD
SG
RS
RD
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

18 LSIS● Connection Diagram 3:

MASTER-K Series (Interface Module RS232C port)

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Pin No.
12
3
54

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
SG
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI

Name
SD
RD
RS
SG
CS

Connection to External Devices

Name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
SG
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
5
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
SG
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-275

18 LSIS● Connection Diagram 4:

MASTER-K Series (Interface Module RS485 port)

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
SG

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
6
7
8
9
5

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
SG

Shield Wire

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
SG

2-276

Pin No.
Cover
4
9
1
6
5

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
5
4
3
2
6

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

18 LSIS

18.4 Environment Settings● MASTER-K (Loader port)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232CBaud Rate

38400 bps

Data Bits
ParityFlow Control

2

8
1
None
None

● MASTER-K (Interface Module)
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits
ParityUse the same settings as for themain unit.

1 or 2
None, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER

Station No.

00 to 1F (Hexadecimal)

For details, refer to the MASTER-K Series user’s manual.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-277

Connection to External Devices

Stop Bits

Use the same settings as for themain unit.

18 LSIS

18.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

I/O Relay (Bit)PP

0 to 31F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Auxiliary Relay (Bit)MM

0 to 191F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Keep Relay (Bit)K

K

0 to 31F

R/W

Hexadecimal

Link Relay (Bit)LL

0 to 63F

R/W

HexadecimalSpecial Relay (Bit)FF

0 to 63F

R

Hexadecimal

Timer (Contact)

TST

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalCounter (Contact)

CSC

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

2-278

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

I/O Relay (Word)

WP

P

0 to 31

R/W

DecimalAuxiliary Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 191

R/W

DecimalKeep Relay (Word)

WK

K

0 to 31

R/W

DecimalLink Relay (Word)

WL

L

0 to 63

R/W

DecimalSpecial Relay (Word)

WF

F

0 to 63

R

DecimalTimer (Current Value)TT

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalCounter (Current Value)CC

0 to 255

R/W

DecimalData RegisterDD

0 to 4999

R/W

DecimalWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric

19 Vigor Electric19.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
InterfaceCommunication
Driver

None

VB/VH

None

VB/VH

VB

V0
VB1
VB2

Not required

RS232C Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-281)

VB-485A

RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-282)

VB-CADPRS232C Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-283)
RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-284)

VB-232

RS232C Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-285)

VB-485

RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-286)

Not required

RS232C Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-281)

VB-485A

RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-282)

VH

VH

VB-CADPRS232C Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-283)
RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 4 (Page 2-284)

VB-232

RS232C Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-285)

VB-485

RS422/485 2-wire Connection Diagram 6 (Page 2-286)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-279

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
Control19 Vigor Electric19.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Vigor Electric PLCs to the main unit.
● Programming Tool Communication Port

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-281)

Main unit

VB0, VB1, VB2, VH● VB-485A

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-282)

VB0, VB1, VB2, VH

VB-485A

Main unit● VB-CADP
RS232C
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-283)

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-284)

VB0, VB1, VB2, VH

VB-CADP

Main unit● VB-232

RS232C
Connection Diagram 5 (Page 2-285)

VB-232
VB0, VB1, VB2, VH

Main unit● VB-485

RS485 4-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-286)

VB-485
VB0, VB1, VB2, VH

2-280

Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric19.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

Programming Tool Communication Port

Name
RTS
RXD
TXD
SG

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
5
3
4

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
USB-A Type Connector
Name
RTS
RXD
TXD
SG

2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
USB-A Type Connector

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
7
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-281

19 Vigor Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

VB-485A
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SG+
D+
D-

Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SG+
D+
D-

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SG+
D+
D-

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SG+
D+
D-

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-282

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
SG+
D+
D-

Shield Wire2

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
1
5
3
4

Name
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Tterminal block
Name
TX
RX
232G

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)FG

VB-CADP (RS232C)

PLC(RS232C):
Tterminal block
Name
TX
RX
232G

Pin No.
6
3
2
5
4
Cover

Connection to External Devices● Connection Diagram 3:

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Shield Wire

Pin No.
2
3
5
7
8
Cover

Name
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-283

19 Vigor Electric● Connection Diagram 4:

VB-CADP (RS485)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
485G
D+
D-

Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
485G
D+
D-

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
485G
D+
D-

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
485G
D+
D-

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-284

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
485G
D+
D-

Shield Wire

Pin No.
6
3
2
5
4
Cover

Pin No.
1
2
3
5
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
5
7
8

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
1
2
5
3
4

Name
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
SG
RTS
CTS

2

VB-232

PLC(RS232C):
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector
Name
CD
RXD
TXD
SG
RTS
CTS

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

Connection to External Devices● Connection Diagram 5:

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
7
8

Name
FG
SD
RD
SG
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-285

19 Vigor Electric● Connection Diagram 6:

VB-485HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RX+
RXTX+
TXSG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RX+
RXTX+
TXSG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RX+
RXTX+
TXSG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RX+
RXTX+
TXSG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-286

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
RX+
RXTX+
TXSG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGFG

2Connection to External Devices

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-287

19 Vigor Electric19.4 Environment Settings● Communication Port for Programming Tool
Items

Details

Interface

RS232CBaud Rate

19200 bps

Data Bits

7

Stop Bits
ParityUse the same settings
as for the main unit.

1
Even

Flow Control

None

Station Number

0● VB-485A, VB-232 or VB-485
Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485 4-wire

Baud Rate

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7

Stop Bits
ParityUse the same settings 1
as for the main unit.
Even

Flow Control

None

Station Number

0 to 255 (Decimal)● VB-CADP
Items

Details

Port

CP2

CP3

Interface

RS232C or RS485

RS485

Baud Rate

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

19200 bps

Data Bits

7

7

Stop Bits
ParityUse the same settings 1
as for the main unit.
Even

Even

Flow Control

None

None

Station Number

0 to 255 (Decimal)

0 to 99 (Decimal)

For details, refer to the VB/VH Series user’s manual.

2-288

1

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

19 Vigor Electric19.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemPLC

Input Relay (Bit)X

X

0 to 777

R

Octal

Output Relay (Bit)YY

0 to 777

R/W

Octal

Auxiliary Relay (Bit)MM

0 to 5119

R/W

Decimal

Step Relay

S

S

0 to 999

R/W

DecimalSpecial Relay

SM

M

9000 to 9255

R/W

DecimalTimer Contact

TT

0 to 255

R

DecimalTimer CoilTC

T

0 to 255

R

DecimalCounter Contact

CC

0 to 255

R

DecimalCounter CoilCCC

0 to 255

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystem0 to 769

R

Octal

Word Device
Device Name
Input Relay (Word)

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

WX

X

Output Relay (Word)

WY

Y

0 to 760

R/W

Octal

Auxiliary Relay (Word)

WM

M

0 to 5104

R/W

Decimal

Step Relay (Word)

WS

S

0 to 992

R/W

DecimalSpecial Relay (Word)

WSM

M

9000 to 9240

R/W

DecimalData RegistorDD

0 to 8191

R/W

DecimalSpecial Registor

SDD

9000 to 9255

R/W

DecimalTimer (Current Value)

TCV

T

0 to 255

R/W

Decimal

16 Bit Counter (Current Value)

CCVC

0 to 199

R/W

Decimal32 Bit Counter (Current Value)

DCCV

C

2000 to 2551

R/W

Decimal

Device Address 992 in Step Relay (Word) only contains 8bits because the maximum device address of
Step Relay (Bit) is 999.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-289

2
Connection to External Devices

Main unit

20 Emerson Electric

20 Emerson Electric20.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

Link Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings
Interface

Flow Control

Communication
DriverNone

ROC Protocol

FloBoss
FloBoss107

Not required

ROC800*1

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 1 (Page 2-291)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-292)

20.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Emerson Electric devices to the main unit.
● FloBoss
COM1

RS485
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-291)

COM2

RS232C
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-292)

FloBoss

Main unit*1 When enabling the check box to Input TLP in the Tag Editor on the WindO/I-NV4, allows expansion of these TLPs tosupport the ROC Plus Protocol.

2-290

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

20 Emerson Electric20.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

FloBoss (COM1 RS485)

Name
A
B

Pin No.
896
7
5 or 10 *1

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
A
B

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
A
B

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
A
B

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
A
B

Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block2

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SGFG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-291

20 Emerson Electric● Connection Diagram 2:

FloBoss (COM2 RS232C)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
TX
RX
RTS
GND

Pin No.
2
1
3
5 or 10 *1
4

Name
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
TX
RX
RTS
GND

Pin No.
2
3
7
5
8
Cover

Name
RD
SD
RS
SG
CS
FG

20.4 Environment Settings● Connecting with FloBoss COM1 (RS485) or COM2 (RS232C)
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Communication Interface

Communication DriverCommunication Driver Network

Items

Details

Interface

RS232C or RS485

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None

HMI Group No.

Set the Group No. of the main unit.

HMI Unit No.

Set the Unit No. of the main unit.

Controller Group No.

Set the Group No. of FloBoss.

Controller Unit No.

Set the Unit No. of FloBoss.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-292

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

20 Emerson Electric20.5 Usable Device Addresses
When the Emerson ROC Protocol is selected as a communication driver, check the usable external device addresses
in the Tag Editor.
To display the Tag Editor, click

to the right of the text box for setting the device address.

Example: Set an external device address to the Bit Button.

2
Connection to External Devices

1 Place the Bit Button on the screen, and then double click it.
The Properties dialog box is displayed.

2 Clickto the right of the Destination Device Address.

Tag Editor is displayed.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-293

20 Emerson Electric

3 Under Target, select the External Device.
The controls to set a device address for Emerson ROC are displayed.

4 Two methods to select for Emerson ROC device address:
"How to select the Point Type, Parameter and Location" on page 2-295
"How to enter the TLP manually" on page 2-296

2-294

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

20 Emerson Electric● How to select the Point Type, Parameter and Location

1 Select the Point type, Parameter, Location, and then click OK.
The selected device address is displayed in the Destination Device Address.

2
Connection to External Devices• The corresponding setting item names are as follows.
Emerson ROC

WindO/I-NV4

Point Type

Point Type

Logical Number

Location

Parameter

Paramete

Details
Select Point Type which you selected in Emerson ROC software from
Point Type.
Find number of Logical Number (which is shown in middle of TLP)
which you selected in Emerson ROC software and input it in
Location.
Select Parameter which you selected in Emerson ROC software form
Parameter.

• Device for Emerson ROC is based on ROC Protocol Specifications Manual (Form Number A4199, Part
Number D301053X012, November 2011).

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-295

20 Emerson Electric● How to enter the TLP manually

1 Select the Input TLP.

The Point Type, Parameter, and Location are disabled and the TLP, Bit, and Data Type are enabled.

2 Configure TLP, Bit, and Data Type.
In TLP, enter the values in the order of Point Type , Location and Parameter, and separate each one with acomma. When Bit Device must be configured, select the Bit and enter a value.

3 Click OK.

The configured Device Address is displayed in the Destination Device Address.
The order of TLP in the Emerson ROC device address differs in the following ways:• Using Tag Editor
Example: 22,5,3 in TLP box (Point Type, Location, Parameter)• Emerson ROC device address composed of the entered TLP, Bit, and Data Type information.
Example: 0:22.3[5]:UINT8 in Destination Device. The TLP order is 22,3,5 (Point Type, Parameter,
Location). 0 is the External Device ID and UNIT8 is the Data Type.

2-296

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems
21.1 Connection TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Communication
DriverEthernet-

EH (Ethernet)

Ethernet-

EH (Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet-

EH (Ethernet)

Not required(Connects to Serial port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

Not required(Connects to Serial port 1)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

None

EH

-

EH (Ethernet)

EH-150EH-CPU448
EH-CPU516
EH-CPU548
EH-CPU308A
EH-CPU316A
EH-CPU448A

EH-ETH2

EHV
EHV-CPU16
EHV-CPU32
EHV-CPU64
EHV-CPU128

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)
EH-ETH2

Web Controller
EH-WD10DR
EH-WA23DR
EH-WD23DR

MICRO-EH
EH-D10
EH-A14
EH-D14
EH-A23
EH-D23
EH-A28
EH-D28EH-A20
EH-D20
EH-A40
EH-D40EH-A64
EH-D64
EH-A20
EH-D20
EH-A40
EH-D40EH-A64
EH-D64

Not required(Connects to Serial port 2)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-302)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-304)

Not required(Connects to Serial port 1)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

EH-OB232

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

EH-OB485

EH-OBETH

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-305)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-307)

Ethernet

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-297

2
Connection to External Devices

Flow
ControlInterface21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

CPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface

Flow
ControlCommunication
Driver

None

EH

-

EH (Ethernet)

MICRO-EHV
MVH-A40
MVH-D40
MVH-A64
MVH-D64
MVL-A40
MVL-D40
MVL-A64
MVL-D64
MVH-A40
MVH-D40
MVH-A64
MVH-D64

2-298

Not required(Connects to Serial port)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

OBV-NES

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-308)

OBV-485A

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-307)

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

21.2 System Configuration● MICRO-EH Series (Serial port)

RS232C

2

Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 2-302)
RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 2-302)
EH-A23/-D23/-A28/-D28

Main unit

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

EH-A20/-D20/-A40/-D40/-A64/-D64

EH-OB232

Main unit
RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 4 (Page 2-305)

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-307)
EH-OB485

Main unit● MICRO-EHV Series (Serial port)
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-301)

MVH-A40/-D40/-A64/-D64
MVL-A40/-D40/-A64/-D64

Main unit

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 6 (Page 2-308)

OBV-NES

Main unit

RS422/485 4-wireConnection Diagram 5 (Page 2-307)

OBV-485A

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-299

Connection to External Devices

Main unit

EH-D10/-A14/-D14,
EH-A23/-D23/-A28/-D28,
EH-A20/-D20/-A40/-D40/-A64/-D64

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● EH-150, EHV Series (Ethernet)

Ethernet

EHV, MICRO-EHVMain unit

Ethernet

EH-150, EHV

EH-ETH2

Main unit

Ethernet

MICRO-EH

2-300

EH-OBETH

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

21.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

MICRO-EH and MICRO-EHV Series (RS232C)

Name
SG
VCC
DTR
CD
SD
RD
DR
RS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Name
SG
VCC
DTR
CD
SD
RD
DR
RS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
52
1
34

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Shield Wire

2
Connection to External Devices

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector

Name
SG
RD
SD
RS
CS

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
Cover
5
2
3
7
8

Name
FG
SG
RD
SD
RS
CS

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-301

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● Connection Diagram 2:

MICRO-EH Series Serial port 2 (RS485)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
5
7
6
9
8

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
5
7
6
9
8

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
4
9
6
1
Cover

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

2-302

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
4
9
6
1
Cover

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)FG

2

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
6
4
5
2
3
Cover

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-303

Connection to External Devices

Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● Connection Diagram 3:

MICRO-EH Series Serial port 2 (RS422)

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
5
7
6
9
8

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
9
4
6
1
Cover

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)FG

PLC(RS422/485):
D-sub 15-pin Female Connector
Name
VCC
RSN
SG
CSP
RT
RDN
RDP
SDN
SDP
RSP
CSN

2-304

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
6
4
5
2
3
Cover

Name
SG
SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
RDB(RD-)
RDA(RD+)
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● Connection Diagram 4:

MICRO-EH Series + EH-OB485 (RS485)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
6
7
8
9

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
4
9
1
6
Cover

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+）
RDB(RD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-305

Connection to External Devices

Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
5
4
9
1
6
Cover

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+）
RDB(RD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

2-306

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
6
5
4
3
2
Cover

Name
SG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● Connection Diagram 5:

MICRO-EH Series + EH-OB485 (RS422)
MICRO-EHV Series + OBV-485A (RS422)

PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
5
8
9
7
6

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)

2

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
5
1
6
9
4
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)FG

PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
6
3
2
4
5
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDB(SD-)SDA(SD+)
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-307

Connection to External Devices

Name
SG
VCC
NC
SDP
SDN
RDN
RDP
TERM

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● Connection Diagram 6:

MICRO-EHV Series + OBV-NES (RS485)
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
SP
SN

Pin No.
4
5
6Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
SP
SN

Pin No.
456

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
8
9
6
7

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
SP
SN

Pin No.
456

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
SP
SN

Pin No.
456

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
5
1
6
4
9
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
SG
SP
SN

2-308

Pin No.
4
5
6

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
6
3
2
5
4
Cover

Name
SG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
FG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

21.4 Environment Settings● MICRO-EH/-EHV Series: Connects to Serial port
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Item
Baud Rate*1

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600 or 4800 bps

Data Bits

7

Stop Bits

1

ParityEven

Flow Control

None

Serial Interface*2

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire or RS422/485 4-wire2

It varies based on the Communication procedure of the PLC.
Set the Station Number Procedure1(1:1): Not selected
Procedure1(1:n): Selected

Communication DriverCommunication Driver Network Slave Number*3

Set the Station Number (0 to 31) of PLC.

PLC Settings
Item
Interface
Baud Rate*1
Station Number

Setting
Use the same settings
as for the main unit.

RS232C, RS422 or RS485
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600 or 4800 bps
Set the Station Number (0 to 31) of PLC.

Purpose

Dedicated

Communication procedure

Procedure1(1:1)
Procedure1(1:n)*1 The communication speed settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
*2 The interface settings varies based on the PLC model. For details, refer to the PLC manual.
*3 This setting is disregarded when Set the Station Number check box is not selected.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-309

Connection to External Devices

Communication Interface

Setting21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems● EH-150, EHV Series: Connects to Ethernet port or Ethernet Unit
The main unit settings
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver Network

Item

Setting

IP Address

Set the IP address of the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask of the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of the main unit.

IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Port Number

Set the port number of PLC. (Default: 3004)

PLC Settings
Item

Setting
IP Address

Set the IP address of PLC.

Subnet mask

Set the subnet mask of PLC .

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway of PLC.

Communication speed/Method

AUTO
100M/Full Duplex
100M/Half Duplex
10M/Full Duplex
10M/Half Duplex

Port Number

Setting Port Number.

ProtocolTCP/IPTime Out

Setting Timeout time. (sec)

CPU Communication Setteings (IP Address)

CPU Communication Settings(Ethernet Communication Settings (Task Code))This communication driver does not support CPU Link and Remote communication.

2-310

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

21 Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

21.5 Usable Device Addresses
Bit Device
Device Type

Read
/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

External Input (Bit)X

X

0 to 5F95

R*1

External Output (Bit)YY

0 to 5F95

R/W*1Internal Output (Bit)RR

0 to FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Device Name

2

M

M

0 to 7FFFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer Counter (Contact)

TCS

TC

0 to 2559

R

DecimalCounter Clear

CL

CL

0 to 2559

R/W

DecimalExtension External Input (Bit)EXEX

0 to 5F7FF

R*2Extension External Output (Bit)

EY

EY

0 to 5F7FF

R/W

*2

Read
/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Address Number
Range

External Input (Word)

WX

WX

0 to 5F7R*3

External Output (Word)

WY

WY

0 to 5F7R/W*3Internal Output (Word)WR

WR

0 to FFFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Data Area WM (Word)

WM

WM

0 to 7FFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Timer Counter (Current Value)TCTC

0 to 2559

R/W

DecimalData Area WN

WN

WN

0 to 1FFFF

R/W

Hexadecimal

Extension External Input (Word)

WEX

WEX

0 to 5F7F

R*4Extension External Output (Word)

WEY

WEY

0 to 5F7F

R/W*4

Device Name

*1 The address number range is as follows:
X5F95
Bit Number (00 to 95) Decimal
Slot Number (0 to F) Hexadecimal
Unit Number (0 to 5)*2 The address number range is as follows:
EX5F7FF
Bit Number (000 to 7FF) Hexadecimal
Slot Number (0 to F) Hexadecimal
Unit Number (0 to 5)*3 The address number range is as follows:
WX5F7
Word Number (0 to 7)
Slot Number (0 to F) Hexadecimal
Unit Number (0 to 5)*4 The address number range is as follows:
WEX5F7F
Word Number (00 to 7F) Hexadecimal
Slot Number (0 to F) Hexadecimal
Unit Number (0 to 5)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-311

Connection to External Devices

Data Area M (Bit)22 ABB

22 ABB
22.1 Connection TableCPU Unit
XFCG5
XFCG4

Not required

XRCG5

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Interface
RS232C Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-314)
RS485 Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-314)

Flow
Control

Totalflow G4/G5(RS232C/485)
None

Ethernet

XRCG4

μFLOG5μFLOG46200EXG4
6201EXG5
6201EXG4

Totalflow G4/G5(Ethernet)

RS232C Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-314)
RS485 Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-314)
RS422 Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-315)

6200EXG5

Totalflow G4/G5(RS232C/485)

None

Not required

RMCG5
RMCG4

Communication Driver

Totalflow G4/G5(Ethernet)

Ethernet

NGCG5
NGCG4

22.2 System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of ABB devices to the main unit.
● XFCG5, XFCG4, XRCG5 or XRCG4
RS232C

Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-314)
RS485

Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-314)
Main unit

XFCG5, XFCG4,
XRCG5, XRCG4Ethernet

Main unit

XFCG5, XFCG4,
XRCG5, XRCG4

2-312

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

22 ABB● μFLOG5, μFLOG4, 6200/6201EXG5, 6200/6201EXG4, RMCG5, RMCG4, NGCG5 or NGCG4
RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 2-314)
RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 2-314)
RS422
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 2-315)

2

Main unit

Connection to External Devices

μFLOG5, μFLOG4,
6200/6201EXG5, 6200/6201EXG4,
RMCG5, RMCG4,
NGCG5, NGCG4

Ethernet

μFLOG5, μFLOG4,
6200/6201EXG5,, 6200/6201EXG4,
RMCG5, RMCG4,
NGCG5, NGCG4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2-313

22 ABB

22.3 Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
● Connection Diagram 1:

RS232C
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block
Name
TX
RX
GND

PLC(RS232C):
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Name
TX
RX
GND

● Connection Diagram 2:RDSD

5 or 10*1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
2
3
5
Cover

Name
RD
SD
SG
FG

RS485
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Name
BUS+
BUSGND

Pin No.

Shield Wire

Name
BUS+
BUSGND

8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10*1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block
Name
BUS+
BUSGNDName

2
1

Pin No.

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block

PLC(RS485):
Terminal block

Pin No.

Shield WireName
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG

The wiring varies based on the ABB device model. Please refer to the PLC operation manual for more
information.
*1 FT1J, HG1J only

2-314

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

22 ABB● Connection Diagram 3:

RS422
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422):
Terminal block

Pin No.
896
7
5 or 10PLC(RS422):
Terminal block
Name
TBUS+
TBUSRBUS+
RBUSGND

2SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS422):
Terminal block
Name
TBUS+
TBUSRBUS+
RBUSGND*1Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Connection to External Devices

Name
TBUS+
TBUSRBUS+
RBUSGND

Shield Wire

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
6
4
9
5
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG
FG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
3
2
5
4
6
Cover

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG
FG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual2-315

22 ABB

22.4 Environment Settings● Connecting to the RS232C/RS485 Port
Set the following items on the Project Settings dialog box in WindO/I-NV4.
Tab Name

Communication Interface

Communication Driver

Item

Setting

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

8

Stop Bits

1, 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

Serial Interface

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire or RS422/485 4-wireTransmission Wait

0 to 255 (x10 msec)*1

Time Out

1 to 255 (x100 msec)*2

Retry Cycles

0 to 255

Link Time

Set the same value as Listen cycle of the External Device.

Communication Driver Network Security CodeStation ID

Set the Security Code of the External Device.
Set the Station ID of the External Device.

● Connecting to the Ethernet Port
Tab Name
Communication DriverCommunication Driver Network

Item

Setting

Transmission Wait

0 to 255 (x10 msec)*1

Time Out

1 to 255 (x100 msec)*2

Retry Cycles

0 to 255

IP Address

Set the IP Address of the External Device.

Port Number

Set the Port Number of the External Device.

Security CodeSet the Security Code of the External Device.

Station ID

Set the Station ID of the External Device.

*1 A value larger than the value set in Unkey delay of the target device is recommended.
*2 A value larger than the value set in Response delay of the target device is recommended.

2-316

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

22 ABB

22.5 Usable Device Addresses
Setting Name

Range

Application

0 to 255

Array

0 to 255

Register

0 to 65535

2

The range of bit number varies based on Data Size.

Connection to External Devices

Byte: 0 to 7
Word: 0 to 15
DWord: 0 to 31

Bit

22.6 Device Address Configuration Procedure
Example: Set an external device address to the Bit Button.

1 Place the Bit Button on the screen, and then double click it.
The Properties dialog box is displayed.

2 Clickon the right of the Destination Device Address.

Tag Editor is displayed.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-317

22 ABB

3 Under Target, select an External Device.
The control for setting a device address for ABB device will be displayed.

4 Configure Application, Array, Register, Bit and Data Size.
Enter values in Application, Array, Register, and specifies Data Size. When the bit device or the bit number ofthe word device needs to be configured, select the Bit check box and enter a value.

(Number)(Name)■ Select Application from Name List
Application can be configured by the number or by the name registered in Configure Application Name on
Communication Driver Network tab of Project Setting dialog box.
To specify the Application by the name, select this check box and select from the (Name).
The name of Application can be configured in Configure Application Name on Communication Driver
Network tab of Project Settings dialog box. For details, refer to “Configure Application Name Dialog Box” onpage 2-320.
■ Application
Application can be configured by the number or by the name registered in Configure Application Name on
Communication Driver Network tab of Project Setting dialog box.
(Number):(Name):

Specify the Application number (0 to 255). This option can only be set when Select Application fromName List is cleared.
Select from the list. This option can only be set when Select Application from Name List is selected.
The name of Application can be configured in Configure Application Name on Communication
Driver Network tab of Project Settings dialog box. For details, refer to “Configure Application Name
Dialog Box” on page 2-320.

■ Array
Specify the Array number (0 to 255).

2-318

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

22 ABB■ Register
Specify the Register (0 to 65535).
■ Bit
Specify the bit number.
The range of bit number varies based on Data Size.
Byte:
Word:
DWord:

0 to 70 to 15
0 to 312
Connection to External Devices

This option can only be set when either Byte, or Word or DWord is selected for the Data Size.
■ Data Size
Select the data size corresponding to the data type defined by ABB software from the following.
"Byte", "Word", "DWord", "Double*1", "String"

The main unit supports the following data types defined by ABB software.
ABB Totalflow Data Size

Size (Byte)

WindO/I-NV4 Data Size

Bool

1

Byte

Byte

1

Byte

Char

1

Byte

Datetime

4

DWord

Double8

Double*1

Float

4

DWord

Int8

1

Byte

Int16

2

Word

Int32

4

DWord

Register

4

DWord

SInt8

1

Byte

SInt324

DWord

String65

65

String

UChar

1

Byte

UInt8

1

Byte

UInt8[65]65String

UInt162

Word

UInt32

4DWord

5 Click OK.

The configured Device Address is displayed in the Destination Device Address.
The format for entering a device address directly is as follows.
Word Device or Bit Device:
External Device ID: Application.Array.Register:Date Size
Example: 0:100.123.4567:Byte
Bit number of the word device: External Device ID: Application.Array.Register/Bit:Date Size
Example: 0:10.234.567/0:Word*1 The maximum size of numeric data that can be processed by the main unit is 4 bytes. If 8-byte Double Data is received,
then it is converted to 4-byte Float32(F) data and processed. Please be aware of the following points when Double isselected for the Data Size.
• A margin of error may be caused by converting Double data to Float32(F) data.
• If the value is out of the Float32(F) data range, then it will be processed as -∞(0xFF800000) or +∞(0x7F800000) of
Float32(F).
Range that can be expressed by Double
308-∞-1.7×10(Mminimum valueof Double)

38

...

-3.4×10(Mminimum valueof Float32(F))

Process the data as Float32(F) -∞(0xFF800000)... 0 ...

+3.4×1038(Maximum valueof Float32(F))

Process the data with Float32(F)

308

...

+1.7×10(Maximum valueof Double)+∞

Process the data as Float32(F) +∞(0x7F800000)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-319

22 ABB● Configure Application Name Dialog Box

Application Number■(Delete)Deletes the name assigned to Application Number from the list.
Select a name from the list, and click■(Delete).

(Import)Imports the file of the Application Name saved by the text format (*.txt). Click this button to display the Opendialog box.
Select the exported Application Number and name file(*.txt), then click Open to collectively overwrite the names
assigned to Application Numbers.
If there is a name already registered on the Configure Application Name, then an overwrite
confirmation message will be displayed.
• Click Yes to overwrite the name displayed in the confirmation message.
• Click Yes To All to overwrite all the names.
• Click No to display the next confirmation message without overwriting the name displayed in theconfirmation message.
• Click Cancel to stop importing names.

■(Export)Click this button to display the Save As dialog box.
By selecting a save location and clicking on the Save button, export function saves the Application Numbers andthe assigned names to a text file.

■ NumberApplication Number (0 to 255) of the Security Group.
■ NameEnter the name for the Application Number.

The maximum number of characters is 40. Only alphanumeric characters and symbols*1 can be used.
• Use a letter or symbol for the first character.
• Cannot set duplicate names.

*1 Excludes pound(#), dollar($), asterisk(*), plus(+), hyphen(-), period(.), slash(/), colon(:) and square brackets([]).

2-320

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

22 ABB● Restrictions• The external device address cannot be monitored using the main unit Device Monitor or WindO/I-NV4.
• The O/I Link Communication cannot be used.
• The Pass-Through Function cannot be used.

2
Connection to External Devices

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2-321

22 ABB

2-322

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 3 O/I Link Communication
1

OutlineO/I Link Communication is a protocol for communication between Master and Slave, where a main unit connectedto the external device is configured as a Master and multiple main units (Slaves) communicate with the external
device via the Master.
The Master main unit communicates with the external device by means of Device Link Communication. The Mastermain unit is called an O/I Link Master and the Slave the main unit connected to the O/I Link Master is called an
O/I Link Slave. A maximum of 15 O/I Link Slaves can be connected to an O/I Link Master
Main unit
O/I Link Master3

Device Link Communication

Read

D1:

5678
1

0
Write

M1:

O/I Link Communication
Read

Numerical Display
Reference Device Address: D1

Write

Read

Write

Read

Write

5678

Bit Button
Destination Device Address: M1

Main unit
O/I Link Slave(Slave 1)

Main unit
O/I Link Slave(Slave 2)

Main unit
O/I Link Slave(Slave 15)

O/I Link Communication can only be used for the External Device Communication 1. The communication
driver and the External Device ID of O/I Link Slave should match the O/I Link Master's.
• Use the runtime system version 4.01 or later for HG4G/3G and HG2G-5F/-5S/-S when connecting the
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5S/-S, HG1G/1P via O/I Link
Communication.
• The FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P and the HG4F/3F/2F/2S/
1F use a different protocol for the O/I Link Communication. To communicate them via the O/I Link
Communication, select Use the same O/I Link Communication as the HG4F/3F/2F/2S/1F
check box on the Compatible tab of the Project Settings dialog box.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3-1

O/I Link Communication

External device

1 Outline

1.1 Wiring Diagram
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1GSG

SDA

SDB RDA RDB

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1GSG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1GSG

SDA

SDB RDA RDBSDASDB RDA RDB

SDB RDA RDB

SG

SG

SDA

SDB RDA RDB

SG

HG4G/3G/2G-5F
SGSDA

SDB RDA RDBSDASDB RDA RDB

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G

HG4G/3G/2G-5F

HG4G/3G/2G-5F
SG

SDA

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1GSDASDB RDA RDB

HG4G/3G/2G-5F
SGSDA

SDB RDA RDB• The HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F uses only RDA and RDB when using RS422/485 2-wire, therefore, you don’t
need to connect SDA or SDB.
• When connect COM1 of The HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G and the SERIAL1 of the HG2G-5T, set theterminating resistor of the HG2G-5T to OFF.
• The FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G and the HG4F/3F/2F/2S/1F
use a different protocol for the O/I Link Communication. To communicate them via the O/I Link
Communication, select Use the same O/I Link Communication as the HG4F/3F/2F/2S/1F
check box on the Compatible tab of the Project Settings dialog box.

3-2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 Settings

2

Settings
To use the O/I Link Communication, you must set the necessary items in the O/I Link tab of the Project Settings
dialog box that is displayed by clicking Project in the Configuration group on the System Setup tab of WindO/INV4. For details, refer to the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual.

Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name

Setting Name

Description
Set the main unit connected to the PLC as the master, and the other main
unit as slaves (1 to 15). Make sure that the settings do not overlap.

Slave Settings

The main unit that are connected to the master main unit (i.e. the one
whose O/I Link Type is registered as Master) must be registered as slaves(1 to 15). Select the checkbox.

O/I Link

For the settings of the Device Link Communication, refer to the table below.
Tab Name

Setting Name
Start Time (sec)

Master
Set it according to the environment.

Slave 1 to 15
Setting not required.

When Use System Area is selected, we recommend that you make thesetting so that there is no overlap. Overlap between system areas canUse System Areas 3, 4 affect operation.
Use System Area

SystemWatch Dog
Device Address

Set according to your application.

Time (sec)Communication
Interface

SERIAL1(RS232C)

Select External Device
Communication 1.

Setting not required.

SERIAL1(RS422/485)

Select O/I Link Master.

Select O/I Link Slave.

Baud Rate

Match to the setting of O/I Link slave.

Match to the setting of O/I Link
master.

Manufacturer

For the External Device Communication 1 settings, make them the same
Communication Driver for all main units.

Communication
DriverTransmission Wait
(x10 msec)
Time Out(x100 msec)

Set it according to the environment.

Retry Cycles(Other setting)

For the External Device
Communication 1 settings, makethem the same for all main units.

Match to the setting of the PLC thatyou will use.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3-3

3
O/I Link Communication

O/I Link Type

3 Communication Service

3

Communication Service
The O/I Link Master is equipped with registers for changing the O/I Link slave connection settings and formonitoring the online status of the O/I Link slaves.
In addition, the O/I Link slaves are equipped with a register that can be used to monitor the polling period of theO/I Link master.
Online status indicates that the master and a slave are communicating normally.
And offline status indicates that either the master is not communicating with a slave or there is aproblem with the communication.

3.1 O/I Link slave Registration Setting Register (LSD102 in the O/I Link master)This register can be used to change the O/I Link slave connection settings. You can freely add and remove O/I Link
slaves using this master register. The configuration of the register is given below.
O/I Link slaves whose corresponding bit is “1” are registered.
Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

LSD102

Slave
15

Slave
14

Slave
13

Slave
12

Slave
11

Slave
10

Slave
9

Slave
8

Slave
7

Slave
6

Slave
5

Slave
4

Slave
3

Slave
2

1

0

Slave Always
1
0

After power is applied or the screen data is downloaded, the O/I Link slaves to be used are cleared in accordancewith the connection settings made using WindO/I-NV4. To add or remove O/I Link slaves, set their corresponding
bits to 1 or 0 respectively.

3.2 O/I Link slave Online Data Register (LSD104 in the O/I Link master)This register can be used to monitor the online status of the O/I Link slaves registered to the O/I Link. The
configuration of the register is given below.
Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

LSD104

Slave
15

Slave
14

Slave
13

Slave
12

Slave
11

Slave
10

Slave
9

Slave
8

Slave
7

Slave
6

Slave
5

Slave
4

Slave
3

Slave
2

1

0

Slave Always
1
0

Bits corresponding to online O/I Link slaves are 1, and bits corresponding to offline O/I Link slaves or O/I Link
slaves not selected for connection are 0.
If the values of the data for the O/I Link slave registration setting and the O/I Link slave online dataregister are not the same, either the registered O/I Link slave does not exist, or there is some problem
with the O/I Link slave connection. Check the wiring and the settings.

3.3 O/I Link Polling Period Register (LSD101 in the O/I Link slaves)
This register stores the value of the polling period from the O/I Link master in 10 msec steps. Use it to provide anindication of the response time from the O/I Link master.

3.4 O/I Link slave Error information Register (LSD106 in the O/I Link master)
When the communication error occurred between O/I Link master and any O/I Link slave, the bit of each O/I Link
slave turns on for one scan time.

3-4

Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

LSD106

Slave
15

Slave
14

Slave
13

Slave
12

Slave
11

Slave
10

Slave
9

Slave
8

Slave
7

Slave
6

Slave
5

Slave
4

Slave
3

Slave
2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10

Slave Always
10

4 Communication Status Confirmation

4

Communication Status Confirmation

4.1 O/I Link Master Error Processing
The master does not display O/I Link errors. To monitor for errors, compare LSD102 and LSD104. If they are
different, it indicates that there is a communication problem.
In the case of Device Link Communication with the PLC, errors are displayed and the error information is written to
the System Area.

3

4.2 O/I Link Slave Error Processing

Slave not communicating with
the O/I Link

Slave communicating with
the O/I Link

Network
Offline

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3-5

O/I Link Communication

When a slave is not engaged in O/I Link communication with the master, Network Offline is displayed on the centerof the screen. The screen is cleared when communication starts.

4 Communication Status Confirmation

4.3 Status of a Slave in the O/I Link
If a slave unit does not exist or fails to engage in normal communication even though the slave is registered in the
Slave Registration Setting Register (LSD102 in the master), the status of the slave is referred to as “offline” status.
Conversely, the status of the slave in which normal communication is executed is referred to as “online” status.
When a slave unit is in offline status, the master always monitors the slave status if it is online. In one cycle, themaster searches for one slave unit in the offline status after the master completes the communications with allslave units in online status. Two sets of O/I cycle periods are required in order to recognize two slave units inoffline status.
2 slave units are in offline status:
The numbers in parenthesis indicate the processing sequence.
Normal communication
Handshake command

First cycle
Master

(1)

(2)

Slave
(Online)

(3)

Slave
(Online)Slave(Offline)

Slave(Offline)

Second cycle
Master

(1)

(2)

Slave
(Online)

(3)

Slave
(Online)Slave(Offline)

Slave(Offline)

The Time Out duration for the command that detects the presence/absence of a slave (hereafter referred to as ahandshake command) is set to 30 msec on the master.
When there are one or more slave units in the offline status, the total scanning time of the O/I Link will increase by
30 msec. Even when 15 slave units are in offline status, the increase will remain at 30 msec.
After power is turned on, the master sends handshake commands to the registered slave units in the ascending
sequence and launches normal communication starting with the slave units that send back the response.

3-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Communication Status Confirmation
When 15 slave units are registered, and only the 15th slave actually exist, the master sends handshake commands
sequentially starting from the 1st slave unit until it recognizes the 15th slave unit. The whole sequence takes
approximately 420 msec (30 msec x 14).
After the data transmission with the 15th slave unit is completed, the master registers the slave to LSD102 andperforms normal communications with Slave 15. During the communication, the master sends a handshakecommand to one slave unit in offline status per one O/I Link scanning.
First cycle
Master3(1)

Slave 2
(Offline)

Slave 3
(Offline)

Slave 4
(Offline)

Slave 14
(Offline)

Slave 15
(Online)Slave 3
(Offline)

Slave 4
(Offline)

Slave 14
(Offline)

Slave 15
(Online)O/I Link Communication

Slave 1
(Offline)

Second cycle
Master

(1)

Slave 1
(Offline)

Slave 2
(Offline)...
Fifteenth cycle
Master

(1)

Slave 1
(Offline)

Slave 2
(Offline)

Slave 3
(Offline)

Slave 4
(Offline)

Slave 14
(Offline)

Slave 15
(Online)Sixteenth cycle
Master

(2)

Slave 1
(Offline)(1)

Slave 2
(Offline)

Slave 3
(Offline)

Slave 4
(Offline)

Slave 14
(Offline)

Slave 15
(Online)

4.4 Slave changes status from Online to Offline in the O/I Link
When a slave does not respond during normal communication between the master and a slave, the master aborts
the processing and starts communicating with the next slave unit. During the next O/I Link cycle, the master willagain send a command to the slave unit with which the error occurred during the previous cycle. If the slave does
not respond again, the slave will set to the offline state and will be deleted from Slave online information register(LSD104 in the master).
WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3-7

5 Important Notes

5

Important Notes

5.1 Communication Traffic Volume of the O/I Link Network
The network scanning time which includes the time to retrieve data from PLC and also to communicate to O/I linkdepends on the amount of communication on the network. When there is a lot of traffic on the network, scanning
may take more time, as a result it may cause the main unit to operate slow. At the worst case, the main unit is notable to complete scanning, and displays an error message, “Network Offline”.
Please follow instructions below to improve performance. These instructions should reduce amount ofcommunication on the network.
The causes and the solutions are as follows.
Cause

Solution

Base Screen or Popup Screen is switched frequently.
• Monitoring Period in Alarm Log Settings and Recipe
Settings set shorter than the time needed forscanning network.
• When While satisfying the condition of writing
to data storage area is selected as Sampling
Method of Data Log Settings, the condition issatisfied at intervals shorter than the network scantime.

Change the settings so that the screen isn’t switchedfrequently.
Please consider the time needed for network scanning before
setting schedule for Alarm Log Settings, Data Log Settings,
Recipe Settings and parts. We strongly recommend only using
Alarm Log Settings, Data Log Settings and Recipe Settings on
Master.

There are many External Device Addresses per screen. Reduce the number of External Device Address set per screen.

You can check the scanning time on the network by LSD6 of the O/I Link master and LSD101 of the O/I
Link Slave.

3-8

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Result on the Performance Evaluation of the main unit

6

Result on the Performance Evaluation of the main unit
Evaluation of O/I Link performance with the main unit is conducted in the following conditions.

6.1 Conditions
PLC

PLC Link compatible MELSEC-Q Series
Baud Rate: 115,200 bps

O/I Link

No. of units: 16 units
Total cable length: 200 m
Baud Rate: 115 kbps

3

For the O/I Link Master, enable System Area 1 to 4 (12 words data).
For the O/I Link Slave 1 to 15, enable System Area 1 to 4(12 words data) and 50 words data which are same aseach Slaves.
O/I Link Polling Period (LSD101 in the O/I Link Slaves)

220 msec

Read scan of PLC device (LSD6 in the master)

150 msec*1● Device address of different types are set for O/I Link Slave 1 to 15
For the O/I Link Master, enable System Area 1 to 4 (12 words data).
For the O/I Link Slave 1 to 15, enable System Area 1 to 4(12 words data) and 50 words data which are different
from each Slaves.
O/I Link Polling Period (LSD101 in the O/I Link Slaves)

250 msec

Read scan of PLC device (LSD6 in the master)

1360 msec

The above measurement results vary depending on the communication driver.
Use the values as a rough guide. Also make sure to evaluate the performance before constructing asystem.

*1 Since the O/I Link Master performs lump communication for the device addresses used redundantly with the O/I Link
Slaves, the communication time can be reduced.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3-9

O/I Link Communication● Device address of the same type are set for O/I Link Slave 1 to 15

6 Result on the Performance Evaluation of the main unit

3-10

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 4 DM Link Communication
1

Overview
DM Link Communication reads and writes value to external devices using the main unit's dedicated DM Link
memory. The device type of dedicated DM Link memory is DM.
This method uses a dedicated IDEC protocol, so a communication program is required in the external device.
DM Link Communication

Main unit

External device

DM1:

DM0:

999

1234

5678

Read
999

5678

Write

Numerical Display
Destination Device Address: DM0
Numerical Display
Display Device Address: DM1

Dedicated DM Link memory

4

DM0
DM1
DM2

DM8191

1.1 Communication Methods
With the DM Link communication, devices such as PLCs, PCs, and board computers (hereafter referred to asexternal device) read from and write to dedicated DM Link memory (hereafter referred to as data memory) in themain unit. Over the serial interface, when one external device is communicating with one main unit using thiscommunication method it is called DM Link 1:1 communication, and when one external device is communicatingwith multiple main units, it is called DM Link 1:N communication. When external devices and the main unit arecommunicating using DM Link communication over the Ethernet interface (UDP protocol), it is called DM Link

Ethernet (UDP) communication*1.
Each methods use a special protocol developed by IDEC that does not require the external device to run a
communications program.
● DM Link 1:1 Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

The external device is connected to a single main unit by using a serial interface.
External device

DM Link 1:1 Communication

Main unit

Read
Dedicated DM
Link memory

Write

The Event Transmission function from the main unit can be used with DM Link 1:1 Communication.
The Event Transmission function is a function that works as follows. When value in the dedicated DM Link memoryof the main unit is changed, the data is transmitted from the main unit to the external device.
External device
DM0:

100

DM1:

150

DM2:

200

DM Link 1:1 Communication

Main unit

Event transmission
Dedicated DM
Link memory

DM0:

0

100

DM1:

0

150

DM2:

0

200

*1 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-1

DM Link Communication

DM81901 Overview● DM Link 1:N Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

The external device is connected to multiple main units by using a serial interface.
DM Link 1:N Communication

External device

Main unit

Read
Write
Station No.1

Dedicated DM
Link memory

Read
Write
Station No.2

Dedicated DM
Link memory

Read
Write
Station No.3

Dedicated DM
Link memory• The Event Transmission function cannot be used with DM Link 1:N Communication.
• RS232C and RS422/485 4-wire can communicate only when there is one main unit.
● DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J

The external device is connected to multiple main units by using the Ethernet interface (UDP protocol).
DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication
HUB
External Devices(Computer, PLC or Board computer)

Read

Main unit

Delicated DM
Link memory

Write• The Event Transmission function cannot be used with DM Link Ethernet (UDP) communication.
• In DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication, when a Response is returned from the main unit to acommand source, the Response can also be returned to specified addresses (IP Address, Port Number)at the same time. For details, refer to “5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation” on page 4-11.

4-2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 System Configuration

2

System Configuration
The system configuration for the DM Link communication is shown below.

2.1 DM Link 1:1 Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
External Devices

Main unit
RS232C
RS422/485 2-wire
RS422/485 4-wire

Computer

4
Board Computer

When constructing a system using RS422/485, design the circuit so that when the external device
receiver input is not connected, the receiver output is in the mark state.

2.2 DM Link 1:N Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
Main unit

External Devices

RS232C*1
RS422/485 2-wire

Computer

PLC

RS422/485 4-wire*1

Board Computer

When constructing a system using RS422/485, design the circuit so that when the external device
receiver input is not connected, the receiver output is in the mark state.
*1 Communication is possible when there is only one main unit.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-3

DM Link Communication

PLC

2 System Configuration

2.3 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J
External Devices
HUB
Main unit
Computer

PLC

4-4

Ethernet (UDP Protocol)

Board Computer

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Connection Diagram

3

Connection Diagram
The following is an example of wiring for use with DM Link communication.

3.1 RS232C
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

● Flow Control setting: ER
External Device:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
1
2
4

Name
SD
RD
CS

5 or 10 *1
3

SG
RS

4

The pin numbers are for a typical personal computer. Be sure to check the pin arrangement for theexternal device that you will be using.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

External Device:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
8
5
7

Name
FG
SD
RD
CS
SG
RS

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-5

DM Link Communication

Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block3 Connection Diagram● Flow Control setting: None
External Device:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

The pin numbers are for a typical personal computer. Be sure to check the pin arrangement for theexternal device that you will be using.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

External Device:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
CD
RD
SD
ER
SG
DR
RS
CS

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
7
8
5

Name
FG
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

4-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Connection Diagram

3.2 RS422/485● 4-wire

External Device
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

Shield WireName
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

External Device
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

DM Link Communication

External Device
Name
FG
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG

4

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-7

3 Connection Diagram● 2-wire
External Device
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

External Device
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

External Device
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

External Device
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

4-8

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Connection Diagram

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector

External Device
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Shield WireName
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG● RS422/485 2-wire (DM Link 1:N Communication: N=2)
In the following diagram, only describe the terminal name.
Refer to "2-wire" on page 4-8 for the correspondence between the terminal name and the pin number.
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG2G-5T, HG1G
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G

External Device
B

SG

SDA

RDA

SDB

RDB

SG

SDA

RDA

SDB

RDB

SG

If more than one main unit is connected to an external device, select RS422/485 2-wire from SerialInterface under Interface Settings.
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F
External Device
A

B

SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F

RDA RDBRDA RDBSG

SG

If more than one main unit is connected to an external device, select RS422/485 2-wire from SerialInterface under Interface Settings.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-9

DM Link Communication

A

4

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J,
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G

4 Communication Specifications

4

Communication Specifications

4.1 Communication Method
The communication method varies based on the serial interface selected.
● DM Link 1:1 Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

InterfaceCommunication Method

RS232C

Full Duplex

RS422/485 2-wireHalf Duplex

RS422/485 4-wire

Full Duplex● DM Link 1:N Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

InterfaceCommunication Method

RS232C
RS422/485 2-wireHalf Duplex

RS422/485 4-wire● DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J

Interface
EthernetProtocolUDP/IP

4.2 Communication Conditions● DM Link 1:1 Communication, DM Link 1:N Communication
Item

Setting

Synchronization

Asynchronous

Baud Rate

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

7 or 8Stop Bits

1 or 2

ParityNone, Odd or Even

4.3 Flow control
The following choices are available for the flow control method.
● DM Link 1:1 Communication, DM Link 1:N Communication
Interface
RS232C
RS422/485 2-wire
RS422/485 4-wire

4-10

Flow Control
None or ER
None

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation

5

Data Memory (DM) Allocation
In DM Link 1:1 Communication or DM Link 1:N Communication, DM0 to DM13 and DM16 to DM16383*1 orDM8191*2 can be freely used as the User Area.

In DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*3, DM0 to DM13 and DM17 to DM16383*1 or DM8191*2 can be freely
used as the User Area. When DM14 is 0, DM16 can be used as the User Area.
In DM Link 1:1 Communication, the Event transmission control area can be allocated to DM14 and DM15. However,the Event transmission is not supported with DM Link 1:N Communication and DM Link Ethernet (UDP)
Communication*3.

For DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*3, the address settings control area for the Response can be allocatedto DM14 and DM16. When DM14 is 0, DM16 can be used as the User Area. Use this when returning a Response toarbitrary addresses (IP Address, Port Number) at the same time as the Response to the command source.
Description
Data Memory

DM Link 1:N
Communication

DM Link Ethernet (UDP)
Communication*3

DM0 to 11

User Area(Event Transmission can be available)

DM12, 13User Area(Event Transmission is not available)

DM14

D0 to D11 Event Transmission enable/
disable setting
Reserved
0: Disable output setting
1: Enable output setting

Response address settings enablesetting
0: Disable address settings
2: Enable address settings

DM15

Event area start address setting

Reserved

Reserved

User Area

Start address of the Response
address settings area
(Just after the main unit ispowered up, the value is 0.)

User Area

DM16
User Area
DM17 to DM16383 *1

User Area

User Area

DM17 to DM8191*2

Do not write to the reserved area.

5.1 System Area
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

When allocating the system area to DM, in order to avoid interference with the Event transmission control area andthe Response address settings control area in DM14 and DM15, set the start address of the system area in DM Link
1:1 Communication and DM Link 1:N Communication to DM0 or DM16 or higher, and set the start address of thesystem area in DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*3 to DM0 or DM17 or higher. For further details regarding
the system area, refer to the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual.

*1 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V only
*2 HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only
*3 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-11

4DM Link Communication

DM Link1:1
Communication

5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation

5.2 Event transmission control area
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

This function only supports DM Link 1:1 Communication.
● DM0 to DM11 Event Transmission (DM14)
You can set whether or not DM0 to DM11 are to perform event transmission. When the value in DM14 is 1, systemarea event transmission is performed, and when it is 0, it is not performed. After power up the value in DM14 is set
to 0. Use this in the case that DM0 to DM11 is specified as the system area.
● Event Area Setting (DM15)
Specify the start address for the event area in DM15. The area after the specified address is then allowed to be
used for event data transmission. For example, if the value 256 is written to DM15, the area from DM256 toDM16383*1 or DM8191*2 becomes the event area, and if the data in this area changes an event data transmission
is performed. After power up, the value in DM15 is 512.
Event data transmission is not performed in the following cases:• When a value equal to or larger than 16384*1 or 8192*2 is written to DM15.
• When the serial interface is RS422/485 2-wire.
• When data in the event area is modified by a write command from the external device.

5.3 Response address settings control area
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J

This function only supports DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication.
● Response address settings area Settings"Response address settings enable setting" is allocated to DM14.
The function of DM16 depends on the value of DM14. When the value of DM14 is 0, DM16 can be used as the User
Area. When the value of DM14 is 2, "Start address of the Response address settings area" is allocated to DM16.

*1 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V only
*2 HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

4-12

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation● Response address settings area (The value of DM14 is 2)
Set the number of address settings and the addresses in the Response address settings area. The maximum
number of addresses is 4.
When the value of DM16 is n, the address settings area is allocated as shown in the following table.
Data Memory

Description

DMn

Number of address settings (0 to 4)

DMn+1

Address 1: IP Address

DMn+2
DMn+3
DMn+4
DMn+5

Address 1: Port Number

DMn+6

Address 2: IP Address

DMn+7
DMn+8
DMn+9
DMn+10Address 2: Port Number

DMn+11

Address 3: IP Address

4
DM Link Communication

DMn+12
DMn+13
DMn+14
DMn+15Address 3: Port Number

DMn+16

Address 4: IP Address

DMn+17
DMn+18
DMn+19DMn+20Address 4: Port Number

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-13

5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation
ExampleTo return a Response from the main unit to the following two devices that are not the command source. (Start
address of the Response address settings area is 512.)• External Device 1
IP Address: 192.168.0.1, Port Number: 50001• External Device 2
IP Address: 192.168.0.2, Port Number: 50002
Data Memory

Description

Setting...
DM14

Response address settings enable setting

2

Start address of the Response address settings area

512

Number of address settings

2

...
DM16
...
DM512
DM513
DM514
DM515

192
Address 1: IP Address

DM516
DM517

DM520

Address 1: Port Number

50001
192

Address 2: IP Address

DM521
DM522

0
1

DM518
DM519

168

168
0
2

Address 2: Port Number

50002

If the number of address settings is 0, the Response is returned to the command source IP address and port
number.
If the number of address settings is 4, the Response is returned to the source address and the Address 1 to 4.
If a numeric value other than (0 to 255) is set in each DM Address that stores the IP Address, it will be considered
an invalid address and the Response will not be sent to the set addresses.
The command format to read from and write to DM0 to DM16 and to the address settings area is the same as thecommands to read from and write to the normal DM areas.

4-14

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Data Memory (DM) Allocation● Communication timing
The communication timing to change a Response address setting is shown in the following diagram.
External Device A

External Device B(1)Main unit

Write to the address
settings area
Set the address of External Device B.

(2)

(3)

(4)

Response

Read Command
Read response

Return the Response to source A and also B set in the address settings.

(4)
Read response

䠖

4

䠖

DM Link Communication(5)

Write address setting
Set the number of settings to 0.

(6)
(6)

(7)

Response

Return the Response to source A and B set in the address settings.

Response

Read Command
Address is not set, so return the Response to only source A.

(8)Read response(1) Send address settings write command from External Device A to the main unit.
Settings content: Set the IP Address and Port Number of External Device B.
(2) Send a Response for the address settings write command.
(3) Send a Read Command from External Device A to the main unit.
(4) Send a Response from the main unit to External Device A and External Device B (source and address settings
destination).
(5) Send address settings write command from External Device A to the main unit.
Settings content: Set the number of settings to 0.
(6) Send a Response for the address settings write command (source and address settings destination).
(7) Send a Read Command from External Device A to the main unit.
(8) Send a Response from the main unit to External Device A (source).

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-15

6 Settings

6

Settings
The settings required in WindO/I-NV4 for the using the DM Link communication are located in the Configuration System Setup - Project dialog box. For details, refer to the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual. Set the items in thefollowing table in accordance with the external device that you will be using.

6.1 DM Link 1:1 Communication, DM Link 1:N Communication
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name

SystemSetting Name
Start Time (sec)

Set this to 0.

Use System Area

Select this if you want to use the system area.

Device Address

Specify the system area start Device address.

Use System Areas 3, 4

Select this if you want to use the system areas 3 and 4.

Watch Dog

If you select Watch Dog, set the Write Device and the Time (writeinterval). If you will transmit from the main unit to the external
device, set a write device for the event output area.

Device AddressTime (sec)Communication
Interface

4-16

Description

Function

Select the Function to be used. The details of External Device
Communication 1 to External Device Communication 4 areconfigured on the Communication Driver tab.

Baud Rate

Select the same setting used for the external device.
115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps

Data Bits

Select the same setting used for the external device.
7 or 8Stop Bits

Select the same setting used for the external device
1 or 2

ParitySelect the same setting used for the external device.
None, Odd or Even

Flow Control

Select either None or ER.

Serial Interface

Select the serial interface that you will be using.
RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire or RS422/485 4-wire

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Settings

Tab Name

Communication
DriverSetting Name

Description

Manufacturer

Select IDEC System.

Communication Driver

Select DM Link (1:1) for DM Link 1:1 Communication or DM
LINK (1:N) for DM Link 1:N Communication.

Transmission Wait (x10 msec)

Set the time after which the main unit sends a response commandto the external device after receiving a command from the external
device.
The actual time until the response is sent is greater than theTransmission wait time and less than the Transmission wait time
+10msec.

Time Out (x100 msec)
Retry Cycles

This setting is not required.

DM LINK No.*1

Set the DM Link station number.

Max Event Transmission Words*2

Set the max number of words for event transmission.
Select the number of protocol format.
0:

2: Type 2 (follows the Basic protocol format, but ETX cannot be
added when the BCC check is appended)With BCC

Select the checkbox if you want to perform BCC checking.

*1 DM Link (1:N) only
*2 DM Link (1:1) only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-17

4DM Link Communication

Protocol*2

Basic protocol format

1: Type 1 (Add an error code and “CR” to “ACK”, “NAK” in Basic
protocol format.)6 Settings

6.2 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J

Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name

SystemSetting Name
Set this to 0.

Use System Area

Select this if you want to use the system area.

Device Address

Specify the system area start Device address.

Use System Areas 3, 4

Select this if you want to use the system areas 3 and 4.

Watch Dog
Device AddressTime (sec)Communication Interface

Communication Driver

If you select Watch Dog, set the Write Device and the Time
(write interval).

Function

Select one of External Device Communication 1 toExternal Device Communication 4 as the interface to beused.

IP Address

Set the IP address for the main unit.

Subnet Mask

Set the subnet mask for the main unit.

Default Gateway

Set the default gateway for the main unit.

Manufacturer

Select IDEC HG System.

Communication Driver

Select DM Link Ethernet(UDP) Communication.

Transmission Wait
(x10 msec)

Set the time after which the main unit sends a responsecommand to the external device after receiving a commandfrom the external device.
The actual time until the response is sent is greater than theTransmission wait time and less than the Transmission wait
time +10msec.

Retry Cycles
Time Out (x100 msec)
Communication Driver
Extension Settings

Description

Start Time (sec)This setting is not required.

Port Number

Select the UDP port number used for the communication.

Reserved

This setting is not required.

Duplicate UDP port numbers of the main unit cannot be configured in the following functions.
• UDP is selected for the User Communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication Interface Tab”
in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• OMRON as Manufacture and SYSMAC CS1/CJ series(Ethernet) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab ( refer to Chapter 2 “SYSMAC CS1/CJ series (Ethernet
Communication Unit) Settings” on page 2-87)• IDEC System as Manufacture and DM LINK Ethernet(UDP) as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab

4-18

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format

7

DM Link 1:1 Communication Format
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

With DM Link 1:1 Communication, the following communication format is used.
■ Command (Response)
Read
Write
Transmission Control
Clear■ Event
Event Transmission

7.1 ReadThis command is used by the external device to read the main unit data memory. One command can read amaximum of 255 words of data.
FormatE
N
Q

R

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Words
(n)

BCC

H

H

L

C
R

L

Description
Command

Code

ENQ

05h

Command start

1

R

52h

Read Command1

DM Address

Starting DM address for read.
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

BCC

Only required when With BCC is selected.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code.

2

End

1

CR

0Dh

Description

Bytes● Response
Format: Normal response

S
T
X

R

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

E
T
X

BCC

H

C
R

L

Format: Error response
Error Code

N
A
K

C
R

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-19

DM Link Communication● Command47 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format
Description: Normal response
Command

Code

STX

02h

Response start

1

R

52h

Read response1

DM address

Starting DM address for read. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII
code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM address data
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the numberof words

ETX

Description

03h

BCC
CR

0Dh

Bytes

Only required when With BCC is selected.
(However, this is not added when Type 2 is selected for the Protocol.)At the end of the response data.

1

Only required when With BCC is selected.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII
code.

2

End

1

Description: Error response
Command

Code

NAK

15h

Description

Error Code
CR

0Dh

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Only Protocol format 1. (Refer to “11 Error Codes” on page 4-38.)

1

Only Protocol format 1.
End1● Read Sequence

External
DeviceE
N
Q

R

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Words
(n)

BCC

H

H

L

C
R

L
S
T
X

Main unit

R

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

E
T
X

BCC

H

C
R

L

or
Error Code

N
A
K

C
R

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

4-20

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format● Read Communication Example
To read the two words of data in DM200 and DM201 (without BCC, Basic protocol format)
If the data in DM200 is 1357h, and the data in DM201 is 2468h the sequence is as follows.

External
Device

E
N
Q

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

C
R

05

52

30

30

43

38

30

32

0D

Main unit

S
T
X

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

C
R

02

52

30

30

43

38

30

32

31

33

35

37

32

34

36

38

0D

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

4

7.2 Write● Command
Format

E
N
Q

W

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

BCC

H

C
R

L

Description
Command

Code

ENQ

05h

Command start

1

W

57h

Write Command1

DM Address

DM address to begin writing fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to write
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM ADDRESS DATA. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the numberof words

BCC

Only required when 'with BCC' is set.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII
code.

2

End

1

CR

0Dh

Description

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Bytes

4-21

DM Link Communication

This command is used by the external device to write data to the main unit data memory. One command can write
a maximum of 255 words of data.

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format● Response
Format: Normal response
A
C
K

W

C
R

Format: Error response
Error Code

N
A
K

C
R

Description: Normal response
Command

Code

Description

Bytes

ACK

06h

Write completed normally.

1

W

57h

Only required when Protocol format 1 is set. Write response.

1

CR

0Dh

Only required when Protocol format 1 is set.
End

1

Description: Error response
Command

Code

NAK

15h

Error CodeCR

0Dh

Description

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Only required when Protocol format 1 is set. (Refer to “11 Error Codes” onpage 4-38.)

1

Only required when Protocol format 1 is set.
End

1

● Write Sequence

External
Device

E
N
Q

W

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

BCC

H

C
R

L
A
C
K

Main unit

W

C
R

or
୪ન
їुCode
Error

N
A
K

C
R

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

4-22

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format● Write Communication Example
Write 5678h to DM100 and 1234h to DM101 (without BCC, Basic protocol format)

External
Device

E
N
Q

W

0

0

6

4

0

2

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

C
R

05

57

30

30

36

34

30

32

35

36

37

38

31

32

33

34

0D
A
C
K

Main unit
The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

06

7.3 Transmission Control● Stop Transmission Command
FormatD
C
3

Description
Command

Code

DC3

13h

Description
Stop Transmission

Bytes
1

• After the main unit receives the DC3 command it sends up to a maximum of 15 bytes of data and thentransmission is stopped.
• While transmission is stopped the main unit can store up to 1023 bytes of transmission data. If event
outputs occur that would cause this number to be exceeded, the main unit stops operating until thedata is output.
• There is no response to the Transmission Prohibited command.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-23

4DM Link Communication

The external device command controls the transmission from the main unit. The commands are Transmission
Prohibited and Transmission Allowed. The Transmission Control commands are the same as the general X-ON and
X-OFF commands. Therefore, you can use DM Link 1:1 Communication with an external device that can perform XON and X-OFF control without making any settings.

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format● Transmission Allowed Command
FormatD
C
1

Description
Command

Code

DC1

11h

Description

Bytes

Transmission Allowed1• After the main unit receives DC1, it sends out all event data transmissions that were generated whiletransmission was stopped.
• There is no response to the Transmission Allowed command.
• When the enquiry character ENQ (0x05) is received, the main unit also enters the Transmission
Allowed state.
• After receiving ENQ, the main unit sends out all event data transmissions generated while transmission
was stopped.
• After receiving ENQ, the main unit receive buffer is cleared.
● Transmission Control Sequence

E
NQ

DM Address

R

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

or
External
Device

D
C
3

D
C
1

Main unit● Transmission Control Communication Example
Example 1: Transmission stopped by DC3 and started by DC1

External
DeviceMain unit

4-24

S
T
X

E

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

D
C
3

D
C
1

13

11

DM Address
data
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Transmission
Stopped

E
T
X

BCC

H

L

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

C
R

E
T
X

E

7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format
Example 2: Transmission stopped by DC3 and started by ENQ

External
DeviceMain unit

S
T
X

E

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

D
C
3

E
N
Q

R

0

0

C

8

13

05

52

30

30

43

38

BCC

C
R

DM Address
data
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

Transmission
Stopped

E
T
X

L

·

E
T
X

E

΋

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

7.4 Clear
This external device command clears the main unit receive buffer.

4● Command

E
O
T

Description
Command

Code

EOT

04h

Description

Bytes

Clear the receive buffer

1

When the main unit receives the EOT command, all data received prior to receiving it is cleared.

7.5 Event Transmission
This is used to perform Event Transmission when a value in the main unit data memory is changed● Command
Format
S
T
X

E

Words
(1)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

E
T
X

DM Address
data
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

BCC

H

C
R

L

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-25

DM Link Communication

Format7 DM Link 1:1 Communication Format
Description
Command

Code

STX

02h

Command start

1

E

45h

Event Transmission command1

DM Address

Event Transmission address. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII
code.

4

Words

Event Transmission words. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM Address data. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Only required when with BCC is set.
(However, this is not added when Type 2 is selected for Protocol.)Command end of the event transmission data.

1

Only required when with BCC is set.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code.

2

End

1

ETX

Description

03h

BCC
CR

0Dh

Bytes

• The Max Event Transmission Words setting is set from 0 to 255.
• Number of Event Transmission words should not be larger than the number of Max Event Transmission
Words. When the Max Event Transmission Words is 0, then Event Transmission words is set to 1.
● Event Data Transmission Sequence
External
DeviceMain unit

9
:
>

Words
(1)

DM Address

+

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

H

L

L

+
:
>

DM Address
data
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

)
8

BCC

L

H

L

● Event Data Transmission Communication Example
Example 1: Write 1 to DM512 (without BCC)
External
DeviceMain unit

S
T
X

R

0

2

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

C
R

02

45

30

32

30

30

30

31

30

30

30

31

0D

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

Example 2: When the above example occurred in the middle of a read (without BCC)

External
Device

Β
Γ
Η

R

0

0

05 52 30 30

Main unit

00030 30 30

1

C
R

31 0D
S
T
X

E

0

2

02 45 30 32

0

0

0

30 30 30

1

0

0

0

1

C
R

31 30 30 30 31 0D

S
T
X

0

0

02 50 30 30

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

4-26

R

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

0

0

0

30 30 30

1

0

0

0

A

C
R

31 30 30 30 41 0D

8 DM Link 1:N Communication Format

8

DM Link 1:N Communication Format
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P

The communication format with DM Link 1:N Communication is as follows.
■ Command (Response)
Read
Write
Clear

8.1 Read
The Read command is used by the external device to read the main unit data memory.
One command can read a maximum of 255 words of data.
● Command

4

FormatStationNumberH

R

L

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Words
(n)

BCC

H

H

L

C
R

L

Description
Command

Code

ENQ

Description

05h

Bytes

Command Start

1

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2Read Command1

DM address

DM address to start reading fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

BCC

Only required when 'with BCC' is set.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII code.

2

End

1

Station Number
R

52h

CR

0Dh

● Response
Format: Normal response

S
T
X

StationNumber

H

R

L

Words
(n)

DM Address
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

E
T
X

BCC

H

C
R

L

Format: Error response
StationNumberH

L

Error Code

N
A
K

C
R

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-27

DM Link Communication

ENQ

8 DM Link 1:N Communication Format
Description: Normal response
CommandSTX

CodeDescription

02h

Bytes

Response start

1

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2Read response1

DM address

DM address to start reading fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM Address Data
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the numberof words

Station Number
R

52h

ETX

03h

BCC
CR

0Dh

Only added when 'with BCC' is set. End of the response data.

1

Only added when 'with BCC' is set.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to
ASCII code.

2

End

1

Description: Error response
CommandNAK

CodeDescription

15h

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Station Number

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2Error CodeRefer to “11 Error Codes” on page 4-38.

1

End

1

CR

0Dh

● Read Sequence
External
Deviceॻ՚ R
E Station
N NumberQ

DM
Address
DM֪֭

‫ރ؁‬
Words
(n)

BCC

C
R

௤ѹ Lower
Ѻѹ
Upper
·
H ΋
L

H

L

H

L

·
H ΋
L ·
H ΋
L
ॻ՚ R
S Station
T NumberX

Main unit

DM
Address
DM֪֭

‫ރ؁‬
Words
(n)

௤ѹ Lower
Ѻѹ
Upper
·
H ΋
L

H

L

H

L

·
H ΋
L

DM
Address
DM֪֭
‫݇ރ‬
data

DM AddressDM֪֭ηn-1
‫݇ރ‬
data
+n-1

௤ѹ LowerѺѹ
Upper௤ѹ Lower
Ѻѹ
Upper

H

H

L

H

L

L

H

L

E
T
X

BCC

C
R

·
H ΋
L

or

·
H ΋
L

୪ન
ї CodeErrorॻ՚
N Station
A NumberK

CR

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

4-28

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual8 DM Link 1:N Communication Format● Read Communication Example
Read the two words of data from DM200 and DM201 of DM Link Station Number 1 (without BCC)
If the data in DM200 is 1357h, and the data in DM201 is 2468h the sequence is as follows.

External
Device

E
N
Q

0

1

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

C
R

05

30

31

52

30

30

43

38

30

32

0D

Main unit

S
T
X

0

1

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

C
R

02

30

31

52

30

30

43

38

30

32

31

33

35

37

32

34

36

38

0D

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

8.2 Write
This command is used by the external device to write data to the main unit data memory.
One command can write a maximum of 255 words of data.

4
DM Link Communication● Command
FormatE
N
Q

StationNumber

H

W

L

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

DM Address
data

Words
(n)

DM Address

L

H

L

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

BCC

H

C
R

L

Description
Command
ENQ

Code
05h

Description

Bytes

Command Start

1

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2

Write Command1

DM Address

DM address to start writing fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to write
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM Address Data
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the numberof words

BCC

Only added when 'with BCC' is set.
Exclusive OR (Hexadecimal) from ENQ to before BCC converted to ASCII
code.

2

End

1

Station Number
W

CR

57h

0Dh

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-29

8 DM Link 1:N Communication Format● Response
Format: Normal response
A
C
K

StationNumber

H

W

C
R

L

Format: Error response
Error CodeN
A
K

StationNumberH

L

C
R

Description: Normal response
Command

Code

ACK

06h

Station Number

Description

Bytes

Write finished correctly.

1

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2

W

57h

Write response

1

CR

0Dh

End

1

Description: Error response
Transmission
Command

Code

NAK

15h

Description

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Station Number

DM Link Station Number expressed in ASCII.

2Error code

Refer to “11 Error Codes” on page 4-38.

1

End

1

CR

0Dh

● Write Sequence

External
DeviceE
N
Q

W

StationNumber

H

L

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

DM Address
data

Words
(n)

DM Address

L

H

L

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

BCC

H

C
R

L
StationNumberH

W

C
R

Error CodeAC
K

Main unit

C
R

L

UX
N
A
K

StationNumberH

L

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

4-30

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual8 DM Link 1:N Communication Format● Write Communication Example
Write 5678h to DM100 and 1234h to DM101 (without BCC).
External
Device

E
N
Q

0

1

W

0

0

6

4

0

2

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

C
R

05

30

31

57

30

30

36

34

30

32

35

36

37

38

31

32

33

34

0D

Main unit
The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

A
C
K

0

1

W

C
R

06

30

31

57

0D

8.3 Clear
This command is used by the external device to clear the main unit receive buffer.
Format4
DM Link Communication

E
O
T

Description
Command

Code

EOT

04h

Description

Bytes

Clear receive buffer

1

When the main unit receives the EOT command, all data received prior to receiving it is cleared.

8.4 Station Number
With DM Link 1:N Communication, the main unit receives commands when the station number is its own station
number, FFh or 00h. The operations that take place are given in the following table.
Station Number

Operation

The station number of the main unit

Reads from or writes to the data memory and returns a response. This isused in normal operation.

FFh

Writes to the data memory, but does not return a response. This is used
to write to all connected main units at one time.

00h

Reads from the data memory, and returns a response. This is used formonitoring.

● Write Communication Example
Write 0Ah to DM0 (with BCC)

External
Device

E
N
Q

F

F

W

0

0

6

4

0

1

0

0

0

A

BCC

05

46

46

57

30

30

36

34

30

31

30

30

30

41

H

C
R

L

0D

No response from the main unit
Main unit

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-31

9 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format

9

DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format
HG2J HG5G-V HG4G-V HG4G HG3G-V HG3G HG2G-V HG2G-5F HG2G-5T HG1G HG1P
FT2J FT1J HG2J HG1J

The communication format with DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication is as follows.
■ Command (Response)
Read
Write

9.1 Read
The Read command is used by the external device to read the main unit data memory.
One command can read a maximum of 255 words of data.
The main unit returns a response to the device (command source IP address and port number) that sent thecommand.
● Command
FormatTransaction
ID

E
N
Q

R

Words
(n)

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

H

L

C
R

L

Description
Command

Code

ENQ

Description

05h

Bytes

Command Start

1

The main unit sets an ID on the external device side. Specify the ID in a range
from 0000h to FFFFh with the hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Read Command1

DM address

DM address to start reading fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

End

1

Transaction ID
R

52h

CR

0Dh

● Response
Format: Normal response

Transaction
ID

9
:
>

8

Words
(n)

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

Format: Error response

4-32

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Error CodeTransaction
ID

N
A
K

C
R

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual)89 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format
Description: Normal response
Command

Code

STX

Description

02h

Bytes

Response start

1

The main unit stores the Transaction ID which is set by the external
device. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Read response1

DM address

DM address to start reading fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to read
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM Address Data
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the number ofwords

Transaction ID
R

52h

CR

0Dh

End

1

4

Description: Error response
Code

NAK

Description

15h

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Transaction ID

The main unit stores the Transaction ID which is set by the external
device. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Error Code

Added for an error response.
(Refer to “11 Error Codes” on page 4-38.)

1

End

1

CR

0Dh

The external device can use the Transaction ID to determine the corresponding command for a received
response.
● Read Sequence
External
DeviceE
N
Q

Transaction
ID

R

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

Words
(n)

H

C
R

L
S
T
X

Main unit

Transaction
ID

R

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

Words
(n)

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1 data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

C
R

L

or
Transaction
ID
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Error Code

N
A
K

C
R

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-33

DM Link Communication

Command

9 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format● Read Communication Example
Read the two words of data from DM200 and DM201
If the data in DM200 is 1357h, the data in DM201 is 2468h, and the Transaction ID is 1234h the sequence is asfollows.

E
N
Q

External
Device

1

2

3

4

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

C
R

05 31 32 33 34 52 30 30 43 38 30 32 0D
STX

Main unit

1

2

3

4

R

0

0

C

8

0

2

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

C
R

02 31 32 33 34 52 30 30 43 38 30 32 31 33 35 37 32 34 36 38 0D

The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

9.2 Write
This command is used by the external device to write data to the main unit data memory.
One command can write a maximum of 255 words of data.
The main unit returns a response to the device (command source IP address and port number) that sent thecommand.
● Command
FormatE
N
Q

Transaction
ID

W

Words
(n)

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

C
R

L

Description
Command
ENQ

Code
05h

Bytes

Command Start

1

The main unit sets an ID on the external device side. Specify the ID in arange from 0000h to FFFFh with the hexadecimal value expressed using
ASCII code.

4

Write Command1

DM Address

DM address to start writing fromThe hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Words

Number of words to write
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

2

Data

DM Address Data
The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.
The words are in order from the lowest address.

4xn
n is the number ofwords

Transaction ID
W

CR

4-34

Description

57h

0Dh

End

1

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual9 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format● Response
Format: Normal response
Transaction
ID

A
C
K

W

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

C
R

L

Format: Error response

Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Error CodeTransaction
ID

N
A
K

C
R

Description: Normal response
Command

Code

ACK

06h

4

Bytes

Write finished correctly.

1

The main unit stores the Transaction ID which is set by the external
device. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

W

57h

Write response

1

CR

0Dh

End

1

DM Link Communication

Transaction ID

Description

Description: Error response
Transmission
Command

Code

NAK

15h

Description

Bytes

Command was not received correctly.

1

Transaction ID

The main unit stores the Transaction ID which is set by the external
device. The hexadecimal value expressed using ASCII code.

4

Error code

Added for an error response.
(Refer to “11 Error Codes” on page 4-38.)

1

End

1

CR

0Dh

The external device can use the Transaction ID to determine the corresponding command for a received
response.
● Write Sequence

External
DeviceE
N
Q

Transaction
ID

W

Words
(n)

DM Address

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

L

H

L

DM Address
data

DM Address+n-1
data

Upper

Lower

Upper

Lower

H

H

H

H

L

L

L

C
R

L
Transaction
ID
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

W

C
R

Error CodeAC
K

Main unit

C
R

L

UX
N
A
K

Transaction
ID
Upper

Lower

H

H

L

L

Do not transmit the following command until the external device receives the response of a command
which transmitted to the display machine or serves as a timeout.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-35

9 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication Format● Write Communication Example
Write 5678h to DM100 and 1234h to DM101
If the Transaction ID is 7890h the sequence is as follows.
External
Device

E
N
Q

7

8

9

0

W

0

0

6

4

0

2

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

C
R

05

37

38

39

30

57

30

30

36

34

30

32

35

36

37

38

31

32

33

34

0D

A
C
K

7

8

9

0

W

C
R

05

37

38

39

30

57

0D

Main unit
The shaded part of the command is ASCII code.

4-36

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10 BCC Calculation

10 BCC Calculation
10.1 BCC Calculation Example (for DM Link 1:N Communication)

External
Device

E
N
Q

0

1

R

0

0

0

0

0

1

05

30

31

52

30 30

30

30

30

31 35

BCC
(1)

37

C
R

0D

BCC (1) Calculation range

Main unit

S
T
X

0

1

R

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

A

E
T
X

BCC
(2)

C
R

02

30

31

52

30 30

30

30

30 31

30

30 30

41

03

32 32

0D

BCC (2) Calculation range

4

BCC(1) Calcuration

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

BCC(2) Calcuration
02h
30h
31h
52h
30h
30h
30h
30h
30h
31h
30h
30h
30h
41h
03h

05h
30h
31h
52h
30h
30h
30h
30h
30h
31h
57h

XOR Result
BCC(1)

35h

DM Link Communication

Refer to the Exclusive OR (XOR) truth table to calculate BCC.
A XOR B=C
A
B
C

37h

22h

XOR Result
BCC(2)

32h

32h

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4-37

11 Error Codes

11 Error Codes• When a command that starts with the ENQ (05h) code and ends with CR (0Dh) code is received, but the content
is not valid, an error response is returned. For DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*1, a response is returned
if ENQ(05h), CR(0Dh), and the Transaction ID are correct.

• The error response codes are as follows.
Error CodeType

Error Description'2' (32h)

BCC

BCC doesn't match (when “with BCC” is set)

'3' (33h)

Command

A command other than 'W' or 'R' was received(with the exception of the Clear command)'4' (34h)

Address
NumberInvalid DM address(DM Link 1:1 Communication, DM Link 1:N Communication: Outside DM0 to DM16383*2
or DM8191*3 DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*1: Outside DM16 to DM16383*2

or DM8191*3)'5' (35h)

Number ofWords'6' (36h)

Received Bytes

Invalid number of words specified(Outside the range 1 to 255 or the DM address + No. of words - 1 exceeds 16383*2 or
8191*3)

Received bytes invalid (the number of words of data did not exist)

The error code is a code appended to a negative acknowledgment when 1 (Type 1) is selected inProtocol of DM Link 1:N Communication, DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*1 or DM Link 1:1
Communication. Not used when 0 (Basic protocol format) is selected in Protocol on the Communication
Driver tab of DM Link 1:1 Communication.

11.1 Response TimeThe main unit replies to commands from the external device within 10msec plus the transmission wait. However,the delay may occur when the screen image is updating.
With DM Link Ethernet (UDP) Communication*1, when commands are simultaneously received from multiple
external devices, the response processing is performed in order from the received commands. However, when acommand is continuously received, it may no longer be possible to respond correctly.
If there was no response from the main unit, retry sending command on the external device side after an amountof time longer than "2 seconds + transmission wait time" has elapsed.

*1 FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F only
*2 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V only
*3 HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G/1P only

4-38

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 5 Modbus
1

Connection Table
Selecting Modbus RTU Master or Modbus TCP Client for the Communication Driver allows the user to use the 1:N
Communication function ( Chapter 6 “Communication with Multiple External Devices” on page 6-1).

1.1 Compatible Protocols
WindO/I-NV4 Settings

ProtocolInterface

Flow Control

Communication Driver

Modbus RTU Master

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire, RS422/485 4-wireNone, ER

Modbus RTU Master

Modbus RTU Slave

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire, RS422/485 4-wireNone, ER

Modbus RTU Slave

Modbus ASCII Master

RS232C, RS422/485 2-wire, RS422/485 4-wireNone, ER

Modbus ASCII Master

Modbus TCP Client

Ethernet-

Modbus TCP Client

Modbus TCP Server

Ethernet-

Modbus TCP Server

For details about Modbus TCP Server and Modbus RTU Slave, refer to “6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave
Function” on page 5-14.

1.2 Compatible TableCPU Unit

WindO/I-NV4 Settings

Link Unit

Flow
ControlCommunication
DriverSchneider Twido
TWD LC*A 10DRF

TWD LC*A 16DRF
TWD LC*A 24DRF
TWD LCA* 40DRF

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

TWD NAC 232D(Communication Adapter)

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)

TWD NAC 485D
(Communication Adapter)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

TWD NAC 485T
(Communication Adapter)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

Not required(Connects to CPU Unit)

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

TWD NOZ 485D

RS422/485 2-wireConnection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

RS232CTWD LMDA 20DTK TWD NOZ 232D
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)
TWD LMDA 20DUK
RS422/485 2-wire
TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD NOZ 485T
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)
TWD LMDA 40DTK
RS232CTWD LMDA 40DUK TWD XCP ODM (HMI Module)+TWD NAC 232D (Communication Adapter) Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)
TWD XCP ODM (HMI Module)
RS422/485 2-wire+TWD NAC 485D (Communication Adapter) Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

None

ER

None
Modbus RTU Master,
Modbus ASCII MasterERER

TWD XCP ODM (HMI Module)
RS422/485 2-wire+TWD NAC 485T (Communication Adapter) Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

Schneider Momentum
171CCC96020

Not required(Connects to Ethernet port)

Ethernet-

Modbus TCP Client

Only a portion of corresponding models are described. Other than those above, devices that support Modbus
Communication can be connected.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-1

5ModbusInterface

2 System Configuration

2

System Configuration
This is the system configuration for the connection of Schneider PLCs to the main unit.

2.1 Modbus RTU Master
RS232C
RS485

Equipment for Modbus RTU Slave

Main unit

2.2 Modbus ASCII Master
RS232C
RS485

Equipment for Modbus ASCII Slave

Main unit

2.3 Modbus TCP Client

Ethernet

Equipment for Modbus TCP Server

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

2.4 Modbus TCP Server

Ethernet

Equipment for Modbus TCP Client• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.

5-2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Main unit

2 System Configuration

2.5 Modbus RTU Slave
RS232C
RS485

Equipment for Modbus RTU Master

Main unit

2.6 Twido● Serial port on CPU Module

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

Main unit

TWD LC*A 10DRF, TWD LC*A 16DRF,
TWD LC*A 24DRF, TWD LCA* 40DRF,
TWD LMDA 20DTK, TWD LMDA 20DUK,TWD LMDA 20DRT, TWD LMDA 40DTK,TWD LMDA 40DUK

5Modbus● Compact Controller + Communication Adapter

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)

TWD NAC 232D
Main unit

TWD LC*A 16DRF,
TWD LC*A 24DRF,
TWD LCA* 40DRF
RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

TWD NAC 485D
Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

TWD NAC 485T
Main unit

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-3

2 System Configuration● Module Controller + Communication Module

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)

TWD LMDA 20DTK,TWD LMDA 20DUK,TWD LMDA 20DRT,
TWD LMDA 40DTK,TWD LMDA 40DUKMain unit

TWD NOZ 232D

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

Main unit

TWD NOZ 485D

RS485
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

Main unit

TWD NOZ 485T

● Module Controller + HMI Module + Communication Adapter

RS232C
Connection Diagram 1 (Page 5-6)

TWD NAC 232D
TWD LMDA 20DTK,TWD LMDA 20DUK,TWD LMDA 20DRT,
TWD LMDA 40DTK,TWD LMDA 40DUKTWD XCP ODM

Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

TWD NAC 485D
Main unit

RS485
Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

TWD NAC 485T
Main unit

5-4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

2 System Configuration

2.7 Momentum (MODUBS TCP Client)

Ethernet
10BASE-T
171CCC9602

Main unit• Use a crossover cable to connect the main unit and PLC directly.
• When using a hub (Ethernet switch), use a cable that can be used with the hub.
• Please avoid using for the long distance communication because this driver may be used in the control
network in the same factory only.

2.8 TWD LCAA 16DRF/24DRF+TWD NAC 485D (Communication Adapter)
Main unit

5

Connection Diagram 2 (Page 5-7)

Modbus

RS485

・・・

・・・

PLC1

PLC2

PLCn

PLC3

2.9 TWD LCAA 16DRF/24DRF+TWD NAC 485T (Communication Adapter)
Main unit

RS485

Connection Diagram 3 (Page 5-9)

・・・

・・・

PLC1

PLC2

PLC3

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

PLCn

5-5

3 Connection Diagram

3

Connection Diagram
The connector types given in the Connection Diagrams are for the unit and not the cable. For details
regarding wiring, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

3.1 Connection Diagram 1: TWD NAC 232D
PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG
SG
+5V
ShieldPin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Shield Wire

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cover

Pin No.
4
2
1
3

Name
CS
RD
SD
RS

5 or 10 *1

SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
RS
ER
SD
RD
DR
SG
SG
+5V
ShieldFT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
8
2
3
7
5

Name
FG
CS
RD
SD
RS
SG

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

5-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Connection Diagram

3.2 Connection Diagram 2: TWD NAC 485D
PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldD+
D0V

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
7

Shield Wire

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
6
7
8
9

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldD+
D0V

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
7

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
6
7
8
9
5

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SG

5

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldD+
D0V

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
7

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldD+
D0V

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
7

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-7

ModbusInsert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

3 Connection Diagram

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldD+
D0V

5-8

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
7

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Connection Diagram

3.3 Connection Diagram 3: TWD NAC 485T
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
A
B

Shield WireSG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10*1

SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
A
B
SG

Shield Wire

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Pin No.
8
9
6
7
5

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

5

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
A
B
SG

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
A
B
SG

HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SGWhen connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-9

ModbusInsert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

3 Connection Diagram

PLC(RS422/485):
Terminal block
Name
FG
A
B
SG

5-10

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
SG

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

4 Environment Settings

4

Environment Settings

4.1 Configure Modbus RTU/ASCII Master
Tab Name

Items
Interface
Baud Rate*1
Communication Data Bits
Interface
Stop Bits

ParityDetails
RS232C, RS485 2-wire or RS485 4-wire

The samesetting as theexternal
device.

115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 or 1200 bps
7 or 8
1 or 2
None, Odd or Even

Flow Control

None or ER

Use No.0 as Broadcast

0: Disable, 1: Enable(When 2 to 255 are set, the behavior is the same as when 1 was set.)Communication
DriverUse function6 instead offunction16
Slave

Address *2

The samesetting as theexternal
device.

Enable: Use function6 for writing to HR
Disable: Use function16 for writing to HR
0 to 255(When Specify Slave Number of Modbus RTU Master by Value ofDevice Address is enabled, this value is used as default value whenthe main unit starts running)

Communication Specify Slave Number ofDriver Network Modbus RTU Master by
Value of Device Address*3

Specify top device address to change slave number whilerunning by changing value of each occupied address numbers.
Change the top device address value to change slave number
of External Device ID 0.
The start address number +1 to the top address number +31
correspond to the external device ID 1 to the external device
ID 31, change the value of the address number and change
the slave number specified as the corresponding external
device ID.

Disable: Slave number is fixed.
Maximum number ofmultiple Read/Write

1 to 123
Set the maximum number of data which can be read/written in one
command.

When use Specify Slave Number of Modbus RTU Master by Value of Device Address function
and change the slave number during operation, the slave number is changed from the next request
command transmission to the external device. If you change the slave number while setting multiple
external device addresses, values read from different slave devices may mix.
If you change the slave number, read the values of all the device addresses of the using external device,and then refer to the external device addresses. You can check whether the values of all device
addresses of the connected device you are using have been read from the connected device by checking
the values of the HMI special data register or HMI special internal relay.
Example:External Device Communication 1- More than twice the read scan time (LSD6) has passed- The value of the read scan (LSM7) has been switched two or more times*1 8 bits is recommended. If 7 bits is specified, the range of data that can be handled becomes small and communication
may not be possible.
*2 Set the Slave Number in decimal.
*3 This function can be used with Modbus RTU Master only. It cannot be used with Modbus ASCII Master.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-11

ModbusEnable:5

4 Environment Settings

4.2 Configure Modbus TCP Client
Tab Name

Items

Communication Use function6 instead ofDriverfunction16
IP Address*1
Port Number *1
Communication
Unit ID*3
Driver Network

The samesetting as
the external
device.

Maximum number ofmultiple Read/Write

Details
Enable: Use function6 for writing to HR
Disable: Use function16 for writing to HR
IPv4 Typed IP address
0 to 65535*2
1 to 247
1 to 123
Set the maximum number of data which can be read/written in one
command.

*1 IP Address and Port Number cannot be changed from the system menu of the main unit. Please change it using WindO/INV4.
*2 When the port number is "0", this driver will set "502" (the number of Modbus TCP default port) automatically.
*3 Set the Unit ID in decimal.

5-12

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Usable Device Addresses

5

Usable Device Addresses

5.1 Modbus RTU Master, Modbus ASCII Master, Modbus TCP Client
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Coil

C

C

1 to 65536

R/W

DecimalInputs Status

I

I

100001 to 165536

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Holding Registers

HR

HR

400001 to 465536

R/W

DecimalInputs Registers

IR

IR

300001 to 365536

R

Decimal5

5.2 Twido (Modbus RTU Master)

Device Name

Device Type

Address Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemMain unit

PLC

Coil

C

%M

1 to 256

R/W

DecimalInputs Status

I%M

100001 to 100256

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Holding Registers

HR

%MW

400001 to 401500

R/W

DecimalInputs Registers

IR

%MW

300001 to 301500

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystem

5.3 Momentum (Modbus TCP Client)
Bit Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Coil

C

-

1 to 65536

R/W

DecimalInputs Status

I-

100001 to 165536

R

DecimalAddress Number Range

Read/WriteAddress
NumeralSystemWord Device
Device Name

Device Type
Main unit

PLC

Holding Registers

HR-

400001 to 465536

R/W

DecimalInputs Registers

IR-

300001 to 365536

R

DecimalWindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-13

ModbusBit Device

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6

Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.1 Overview of the Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function
The Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave function performs that a computer or PLC (refers to as an external
device) can read and write the main unit device addresses of dedicated Modbus communication via the Ethernet orSerial cable.
The read/write of a device is performed using the Modbus TCP protocol (Modbus TCP Server function) or Modbus
RTU protocol (Modbus RTU Slave function).
For Modbus TCP Server, a maximum of four external devices can be simultaneously connected to the main unit.
● Operation of the Communication
The external device is capable of reading/writing to the main unit device addresses of dedicated Modbus
communication. It is also possible to read or write device addresses of dedicated Modbus communication from themain unit.
● Read/Write from the External Device
The external device is capable of reading or writing the data in the device addresses of dedicated Modbus
communication at the any timing.
The device types of dedicated Modbus communication are C(Coil), I(Inputs Status), HR(Holding Registers) andIR(Inputs Registers). For details, refer to 5 “Usable Device Addresses” on page 5-13 and 6.4 “Device Addresses” onpage 5-16.
External Devices(Computer, PLC or Board computer)

Main unit

Read

999
5678

Write

Numerical Input
Destination Device Address: HR400001
Numerical Display
Display Device Address: HR400002

Device Addresses of dedicated Modbus communication
HR400001
HR400002
HR400003
...

999
5678
0
...

IR100001
IR100002
IR100003
...

1
127
0
...

C0
C1
C2
...

1
0
0
...

I0
I1
I2
...

1
0
0
...

Modbus communication is the open protocol. For detail information, visit the web site at http://
www.modbus.org/.

5-14

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.2 Modbus TCP Server function system configuration● System Configuration
The following is the system configuration.
Main unit

HUB
Ethernet
10BASE-T

External device

External device

External device

External device• Up to 4 external devices can communicate with a single main unit at one time.
• The main unit and an external device can be directly connected on a 1:1 basis by bypassing a hub. In
this case, use a crossing cable for the connection.

Make sure to use commercially available 10BASE-T ready cables for connecting the devices.
Use a straight cable when using a hub, and use a crossing cable when directly connecting to the main unit and an
external device.

6.3 Modbus RTU Slave function system configuration● System Configuration
The following is the system configuration.
External device

RS232C, RS422, RS485

Main unit

Main unit

Main unit

Main unit● Wiring
Wire according to the external device.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-15

Modbus● Wiring

5

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.4 Device Addresses
The following devices are available for Modbus TCP Server function, Modbus RTU Slave function.
Bit Device
DeviceType

Address Number
Range

Main unit
Read/Write

External Device
Read/Write

Address Numeral
SystemCoil StatusC

1 to 4096

R/W

R/W

DecimalInput Status

I

100001 to 104096

R/W

R

Decimal

Device Name

DeviceType

Address Number
Range

Main unit
Read/Write

External Device
Read/Write

Address Numeral
SystemHolding Register

HR

400001 to 404096

R/W

R/W

DecimalInput Register

IR

300001 to 304096

R/W

R

Decimal

Device Name

Word Device

All devices are general-purpose devices intended for nonspecific purposes.

5-16

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.5 Settings● Settings of the Modbus TCP Server Function
The settings of the Modbus TCP Server communication can be configured in the Configuration - System Setup Project dialog boxes in WindO/I-NV4. The following table lists the configurable settings. Configure the settings
according to the external device to be used.
Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name
Communication
Interface

Description

Function

Select from the External Device Communication 1 to theExternal Device Communication 4.

Manufacturer

Select Modbus.

Communication Driver

Select Modbus TCP Server.

Refuse Access From Unknown Clients

Select this box to refuse access from devices other than thespecified external device (client).

Monitor the Connection Status

To monitor the connection status, select this check box andspecify a word device. The connection status is stored in theword device.

Time Out (sec)Enter the duration (in units of seconds) after which timeout
occurs if request is not sent from the external device (client).

Port Number

Specify the TCP port number of the main unit.

Enter the interval in units of milliseconds at which the main
unit performs communication processing. Adjust theCommunication Processing Interval communications traffic by increasing this value when the
Driver Extension (msec)
processing speed of the main unit is slow due to a high-traffic
Settings
communication.
When the Refuse Access From Unknown Clients check box
is selected, specify the IP address of the external device
Client Address 1 to(client) from which access will be accepted.
Client Address 4
Configure 0.0.0.0 when the client address allowed is not
specified.

Regarding TCP port number of the main unit, note the following points.
The numbers that cannot be used:• 2538 (for pass-through)• 2101 (for FC4A Series MicroSmart direct connection pass-through)Duplicate numbers cannot be configured in the following functions:• Maintenance communication ( refer to Chapter 4 “Communication Interface Tab” in the
WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• Web server function ( refer to Chapter 4 “Web Server Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's
Manual)• FTP server function ( refer to Chapter 4 “FTP Server Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's
Manual)• TCP Server is selected for the User Communication ( refer to Chapter 4“Communication Interface Tab” in the WindO/I-NV4 User's Manual)• Modbus as Manufacture and Modbus TCP Server as Communication Driver are
selected on the Communication Driver tab• YASKAWA Electric as Manufacture and MP2000(Ethernet) as Communication
Driver are selected on the Communication Driver tab ( refer to Chapter 2 “The main
unit settings” on page 2-215)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-17

5ModbusCommunication
DriverSetting Name

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function
Monitor the Connection Status
The connection status between the main unit and an external device (client) can be monitored.
Select Monitor the Connection Status check box, and then specify a word device to store the connection
information. The information for each connection is stored starting with the allocated device address and utilizes 26
words of address numbers.
Address
NumberDescription+0

4 (Maximum connections)+10 (Reserved)+2

Connection Status
Bit 0:(0: Not connected, 1: Connected)
Bit 1:(0: Not connected, 1: Connected)
Bit 2:(0: Not connected, 1: Connected)
Bit 3:(0: Not connected, 1: Connected)
Bit 4 to Bit 15: 0 (Reserved)+3 to +90 (Reserved)+10 to +13

The IP address of the external device connected to the Connection 1.
Example: The top device address is LDR100 and the IP address of the external device is 192.168.1.100.
LDR110=192, LDR111=168, LDR112=1, LDR113=100+14 to +17

The IP address of the external device connected to the Connection 2.
Example: The top device address is LDR100 and the IP address of the external device is 192.168.1.101.
LDR114=192, LDR115=168, LDR116=1, LDR117=101+18 to +21

The IP address of the external device connected to the Connection 3.
Example: The top device address is LDR100 and the IP address of the external device is 192.168.1.102.
LDR118=192, LDR119=168, LDR120=1, LDR121=102+22 to +25

The IP address of the external device connected to the Connection 4.
Example: The top device address is LDR100 and the IP address of the external device is 192.168.1.103.
LDR122=192, LDR123=168, LDR124=1, LDR125=103● Settings of the Modbus RTU Slave Function
The settings of the Modbus RTU Slave communication can be configured in the Project dialog box displayed byclicking Project in System Setup group on Configuration tab of WindO/I-NV4. The following table lists theconfigurable settings. Configure the settings according to the external device to be used.
Project Settings Dialog Box
Tab Name
Communication Interface

Communication Driver

5-18

Setting Name

Description

Function

Select from External Device Communication 1 to External
Device Communication 4.

Manufacturer

Select Modbus.

Communication Driver

Select Modbus RTU Slave.

Slave Address

Set the main unit slave address number.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.6 Modbus TCP Server Function Communication Format
This chapter describes the communication format of the Modbus TCP communication.
The Modbus TCP communication supports Class 0 and Class 1 functions of the OPEN Modbus TCP SPECIFICATION
Release1.0. For details about the communication methods, refer to the OPEN Modbus TCP SPECIFICATION
Release1.0 as well as this manual.
● Preparations for Communication
The Modbus TCP Server performs communications using the TCP. Make sure to establish a connection with thespecified port of the main unit with TCP before executing reading/writing of devices.
● Basic Format
The following table lists the basic format of communications. The same format applies to both requests andresponses. Data is processed as a byte sequences.
Transaction ID*1
The same value is returned from the server. The value is normally “0”.

Byte 1

Transaction ID*1
The same value is returned from the server. The value is normally “0”.

Byte 2

Protocol ID*2
The value is always “0”.

Byte 3

Protocol ID*2
The value is always “0”.

Byte 4

Message length*3 (high byte)
The value is always “0”. (Since the message is 256 bytes at maximum.)

Byte 5

Message length*3 (low byte)
The length of the following message.

Byte 6

Unit ID*4

Byte 7

Function code*5

Byte 8 toData*6

5
ModbusByte 0*1 The data included in a request is returned from the server without changes. The external device (client) sends a different
Transaction ID for each request, and identifies the response by checking the Transaction ID of a response. Enter “0” tonot check the Transaction ID.
*2 The number indicating the Modbus TCP protocol, and is always “0”.
*3 Indicates the length of the following message in units of bytes.
*4 ID used for identifying devices. The ID is not used with the main unit. When the ID is used in a request, the returned data is
unchanged.

*5 Numbers assigned for functions such as reading and writing.
*6 Data required for each processing.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-19

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.7 Modbus RTU Slave Function Communication Format
This chapter describes the communication format of the Modbus RTU communication.
The Modbus RTU communication supports Class 0 and Class 1 functions of the MODBUS APPLICATION PROTOCOL
SPECIFICATION V1.1b3. For details about the communication methods, refer to the MODBUS over Serial LineSpecification and Implementation Guide V1.02 as well as this manual.
● Basic Format
The following table lists the basic format of communications. The same format applies to both requests andresponses. Data is processed as a byte sequences.
Idle

3.5 characters*1

Byte 0Slave address
Specify the main unit slave address.

Byte 1

Function code*2

Byte 2 toData*3

Byte n-1
Byte nIdle

CRC*4
3.5 characters*1 Idle means no data flowing on the communication line. Modbus RTU communication requires a minimum of 3.5character-long idle time between frames to determine the beginning of a frame.
*2 Numbers assigned for functions such as reading and writing.
*3 Data required for each processing.
*4 Modbus RTU communication uses CRC.
Calculating the CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy checksum)
Calculate the BCC using CRC-16 for the range from the slave number to the byte immediately before the BCC.
The generation polynomial is: X16 + X15 + X2 + 1.
1. Take the exclusive OR (XOR) of FFFFh and the first 1-byte data at the slave number.
2. Shift the result by 1 bit to the right.
3. When a carry occurs, take the exclusive OR (XOR) of A001h, then go to step 3.
If not, directly go to step 3.
4. Repeat step 2, shifting 8 times.
5. Take the exclusive OR (XOR) of the result and the next 1-byte data.
6. Repeat step 2 through step 4 up to the byte immediately before the BCC.
7. Swap the higher and lower bytes of the result of step 5, and store the resultant CRC-16 to the BCC (CRC) position.

5-20

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function

6.8 Common protocol format● Reference Numbers
Reference numbers are used to specify a device address with the Modbus TCP.
The reference number is obtained by subtracting 1 from the 1st to 5th value of the device address, and isexpressed in hexadecimal format. The following table lists the address of each device and the correspondingreference number.
DeviceAddress

Reference No.

DeviceAddress

Reference No.

DeviceAddress

Reference No.

DeviceAddress

Reference No.

C1

0000

I1000010000

HR400001

0000

IR300001

0000

C2

0001

I1000020001

HR400002

0001

IR300002

0001

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

…

C65535FFFE

I165535

FFFE

HR465535

FFFE

IR365535

FFFE

C65536FFFF

I165536

FFFF

HR465536

FFFF

IR365536

FFFF● Functions
Function code

Function name

Description

3

Read multiple registers

Reading of Holding Register (HR) consecutively

16 (10h)

Write multiple registers

Writing to Holding Register (HR) consecutively

1

Read coils

2

Read discrete inputs

Reading of Input Relay (I) consecutively

4

Read input registers

Reading of Input Register (IR) consecutively

5

Reading of Coil (C) consecutively

Write coil

6

Write single register

Writing to a single Holding Register (HR)7

Read exception status

Reading of exception status (0 to 7th bit of HR400001)*1

Modbus5

Writing to a single Coil (C)*1 This function is not supported in Modbus RTU Slave function.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-21

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function
The following section describes the details of the functions.
The communication example listed for each function is only for the function code. The following communication
examples are listed for each function code.If Modbus TCP is selected, add byte 0 to byte 6 before the following
examples, if Modbus RTU is selected, add the slave address as byte 0 and CRC as last byte.
■ FC3 Read multiple registers - Reading of Holding Register (HR) consecutively
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 1

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=03

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Number of read words (1 to 125 words)

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=03

Byte 8Byte 2

Number of bytes of the response (number of read words x 2)

From Byte 9

From Byte 3

Read data

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=83 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example: Reading of HR400001 (1 word). The read value is 1234 (Hexadecimal).
03h

00h

00h

00h

01h

03h

Request

02h

12h

34h

Normal response■ FC16 Write multiple registers - Writing to Holding Register (HR) consecutively
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=10 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Number of write words (1 to 100 words)

Byte 12

Byte 6

Number of write bytes (2 x number of write words)

From Byte 13

From Byte 7

Write data

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=10 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

From Byte 10

From Byte 4

Number of write words

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=90 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Writing to HR400001 (1 word). The write value is 1234 (Hexadecimal).
10h

00h

00h

00h

01h

02h

12h

34h

Request

5-22

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

10h

00h

00h

00h

Normal response01h6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function■ FC1 Read coils - Reading of Coil (C) consecutively
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=01

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Number of read bits (1 to 2000 bits)

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=01

Byte 8Byte 2

Number of bytes for the response ((number of read bits +7)/8)

From Byte 9

From Byte 3

Read data

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=81 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Reading of C1. 1 bit. The read value is 1.
01h

00h

00h

00h

Request

01h

01h

01h

5

01h

Normal response

When two or more data are read out, the read data are arranged starting from the lowest address by 8 bits (1 byte).
Within any 1 byte, data in the lower address is set to the lower bit. The data in the unread bit becomes “0”.
For example, when reading an 11-bit data as shown below, the read value becomes 21 03.
Device Address

Data

C1

1

C2

0

C3

0

C4

0

C5

0

C6

1

C7

0

C8

0

C9

1

C10

1

C11

0

C12

0

C13

0

C14

0

C15

0

C16

0

Remarks

Data for the 1st byte
Bit pattern=00100001=21 (Hexadecimal)

Data for 2nd byte
Bit pattern 00000011=03 (Hexadecimal)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-23

ModbusData sequence of read value

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function■ FC2 Read discrete inputs - Reading of Input Relay (I) consecutively
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=02

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Number of read bits (1 to 2000 bits)

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=02

Byte 8Byte 2

Number of bytes for the response ((number of read bits+7)/8)

From Byte 9

From Byte 3

Read data

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=82 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Reading of I100001. 1 bit. The read value is 1.
02h

00h

00h

00h

01h

Request

02h

01h

01h

Normal response

The data sequence for the read value is similar to that of FC1 Read Coils.

■ FC4 Read input registers - Reading of Input Register (IR) consecutively
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=04

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Number of read words (1 to 125 words)

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=04

Byte 8Byte 2

Number of bytes for the response (number of read words x 2)

From Byte 9

From Byte 3

Read data

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=84 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Reading of IR300001 (1 word). The read value is 1234 (Hexadecimal).
04h

00h

00h

00h

Request5-24

Description

01h

04h

02h

12h

34h

Normal response

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function■ FC5 Write coil - Writing to a single Coil (C)RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=05

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10

Byte 4

Write value (FF when write value is 1, and 00 when write value is 0)

Byte 11

Byte 5

Fixed value 00

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=05

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10

Byte 4

Write value (FF when write value is 1, and 00 when write value is 0)

Byte 11

Byte 5

Fixed value 00

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=85 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:5

Writing of C1 (1 bit). The write value is 1.
00h

00h

FFh

00h

05h

Request

00h

00h

FFh

Modbus05h

00hNormal response■ FC6 Write single register - Writing to a single Holding Register (HR)RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=06 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Write data

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=06 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8, 9

Byte 2, 3

Reference Number

Byte 10, 11

Byte 4, 5

Write data

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=86 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Writing to HR400001. The write value is 1234 (Hexadecimal).
06h

00h

00h

12h

Request

34h

06h

00h

00h

12h

34h

Normal response

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5-25

6 Modbus TCP Server, Modbus RTU Slave Function■ FC7 Read exception status -Reading of exception status (Bit 0 to 7 of HR400001)
RequestModbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Byte 7

Byte 1

Description
FC (Function code)=07 (Hexadecimal)

Normal response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=07 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Value of exception status

Error response
Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU

Description

Byte 7

Byte 1

FC (Function code)=87 (Hexadecimal)

Byte 8Byte 2

Exception code 01 or 02

Example:Reading of exception status. The read value is 34 (Hexadecimal).
07h

Request07h

34h

Normal response

The Read exception status function reads the data from the device holding special status information
using the Modbus protocol. Since the main unit does not have special registers, the exception status isread by bit 0 to 7 of HR400001.
This function is not supported in Modbus RTU Slave function.

● Exception code
The following table describes the exception codes that are sent upon an error response.

5-26

Exception
code

Name

Description

01

ILLEGAL FUNCTION

Indicates that a function code that is not defined by the Modbus protocol ora function code that is not supported by the main unit is designated.

02

The address information included in the data is invalid. For example, whenreading the number of read words starting from the starting reference No.
ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS
for the read, this exception code is sent if the data exceeds the maximum
address of the device.

03

ILLEGAL DATA VALUE

The value of the data is invalid. This exception code is also sent when thenumber of data is invalid.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 6 Communication with Multiple External Devices
1

About 1:N Communication (Multi-drop)

1.1 Outline
For a communication driver that supports the 1:N Communication function, Device Link Communication is possible
by connecting multiple external devices to a single the main unit.
Main unit

RS485
Ethernet

・・・

External device 1 External device 2External device 3

External device n

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6-1

6Communication with Multiple External Devices

Different types of external devices can be simultaneously connected by using multiple communication
drivers, refer to “5 Using Multiple Communication Drivers” on page 6-9.

2 Communication Drivers Supporting 1:N Communication

02

Communication Drivers Supporting 1:N Communication
The table below lists the Communication Drivers supporting 1:N communication.
Compatible Communication Drivers
Manufacturer

Communication Driver
MICROSmart(FC6A)(RS232C/485)
OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(RS232C/485)

IDEC

MICROSmart(FC6A)(Ethernet)
OpenNet,MICROSmart,SmartAXIS Pro/Lite(Ethernet)
MELSEC-FX (LINK)

Mitsubishi Electric

MELSEC-Q/QnA (Ethernet), MELSEC-FX3U (Ethernet)

OMRON

SYSMAC CS1/CJ series(Ethernet)

Allen-Bradley

Logix Controllers(Ethernet), Logix DF1(Full Duplex), Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)

KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES

DirectLogic 205/405, DirectLogix(Ethernet)
Modbus RTU Master, Modbus ASCII Master

Modbus6-2

Modbus TCP Client

KEYENCE

KV(Ethernet)

YASKAWA Electric

MP2000(Ethernet)

Yokogawa Electric

FACTORY ACE FA-M3(Ethernet)

Fuji Electric

MICREX-SX(Ethernet)

Emerson Electric

ROC Protocol

SIEMENS

S7-1200(Ethernet)

Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems

EH(Ethernet)

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Settings of the 1:N Communication

3

Settings of the 1:N Communication

3.1 External Device Address Settings● Common setting
When 1:N Communication is specified, configure the device setting according to the format below. This applies tothe external device settings only.
External Device ID

Delimiter

Device TypeSpace

Device Address

Delimiter is a colon “:”
Example: 1:D 1000
● Ethernet communication driver
In case of Ethernet communication driver, attach IP address and Port number for PLC to the External Device ID.
Configure communicated PLC information on Communication Driver Network in Project Settings.
● Settings when a communication error occurs
Configure the operation settings in the event of a communication error. These settings are displayed in theCommunication Driver tab on the Project Settings dialog box.
Item
Ignore communication
errors and continue
operation

SettingSpecifies whether or not to stop the main unit operation if a communication error occurs.
Specifies whether or not to display an error message (communication error) if operation
continues after a communication error occurs. If “Ignore communication errors and continue
operation” is enabled, an Ack (acknowledge) button is displayed in the error message. If it isdisabled, the Ack (acknowledge) button is not displayed in the error message.

Auto retry

Specifies whether or not to automatically try connecting the MICRO/ to the Station No. when
the communication error occurred. To retry manually, either write 1 in the 2nd bit(initialization) of the device address set under “Batch monitor error information for all Station
No.'s” (mentioned later) or write 1 in the 1st bit (connection settings) of the device addresses
assigned to the relevant Station No.'s set under “Individually monitor error information foreach Station No.”.
The communication for the other PLC stations stop while retrying the disconnecting PLC
station.

Specifies the device address that stores communication error information for all Station No.'s.
It is only possible to set HMI devices. The following kind of information is stored as error
Batch monitoring the information:communication error • Initialization
information for all• Conditions under which the error occurred• Read error log
Station Numbers• Write error log
For details, refer to “Communication error information” on page 6-4.

Monitoring
communication error
information for eachstation, individually

Specifies the device address that stores communication error information for each Station No.
It is only possible to set HMI devices. Take care to avoid redundant addresses when using thissetting, as this error information occupies up to 256 devices. The following kind of informationis stored as error information:• Connection settings• Conditions under which the error occurred• Read error log• Write error log
For details, refer to “Communication error information for each Station Number” on page 6-5.

• The communication error settings can be specify per communication driver which is selected inExternal Device Communication 1 to External Device Communication 4.
• The station number varies based on the communication interface. The displayed settings are as
follows:
Serial interface:
Slave Number
Ethernet interface: External Device ID

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6-3

6Communication with Multiple External Devices

Display error
message3 Settings of the 1:N Communication
Communication error information
It is possible to check the conditions of the communication and the error log. It is also possible to initialize theconnection status for each Station No.
Bit

Function

15 to 8Reserved

7

6

Write error log Read error log

Read/Write

R

5

4

3

2

1

0

Reserved

Conditions
under which
the error
occurredReserved

Reserved

Initialization

Reserved

R

R/W

R

R

■ Bit 1 (Initialization)
Writing 1 initializes all values related to error information and communication error information for each Station No.
When the value turns to 0 after 1 is written, this indicates that initialization is complete.
When “Auto retry” is disabled, communication is not made with the Station No. where the communication error
occurred, but if this bit is used for initialization, communication is resumed with all Station No.'s.
■ Bit 4 (Conditions under which the error occurred)
If an error is occurring at a Station No., this bit turns to 1.
When the system recovers from the communication error, it automatically turns to 0. It is always 0 when “Autoretry” is disabled. When the Bit 0 (connection settings) of the “Communication error information for each Station
No.” settings is 0, the conditions under which the error occurred at each Station No. are not reflected in this bit.
■ Bit 6 (Read error log)
If a read error occurs on a device used on the main unit, 1 is written.
It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the read error. To make it 0, write 1 in the Bit 1(initialization).
■ Bit 7 (Write error log)
If a write error occurs on a device used on the main unit, 1 is written.
It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the write error. To make it 0, write 1 in the Bit 1(initialization).

6-4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Settings of the 1:N Communication
Communication error information for each Station Number
The “Communication error Information” setting stores all communication error information. To refer to error
information for each Station No., use this setting. “Communication error information for each Station No.” occupies
the same number of devices as the set number of words for each Communication Driver, starting with the set
device first.
Bit

Function

15 to 8Reserved

7

6

Write error log Read error log

Read/Write

R

5

4

3

2

1

0

Reserved

Conditions
under which
the error
occurredReserved

Reserved

Reserved

Condition
settings

R

R

R

R/W

■ Bit 0 (Connection settings)
Instructs whether or not to communicate with the relevant Station No.
Communication is made if this bit is 1. Communication is not made if this bit is 0.
When the power is turned on, the default value of this bit is 1.
When “Auto retry” is enabled, this bit is always 1.
When “Auto retry” is disabled, this bit is 0 if a communication error occurs.
■ Bit 4 (Conditions under which the error occurred)
This bit turns to 1 when an error is occurring at a relevant Station No.
When the system recovers from the communication error, it automatically turns to 0.
■ Bit 6 (Read error log)

■ Bit 7 (Write error log)
If a write error occurs at a relevant Station No., 1 is written.
It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the write error. To make it 0, write 1 in the Bit 1(initialization) of the communication error information.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6-5

6Communication with Multiple External Devices

If a read error occurs at a relevant Station No., 1 is written.
It will not change to 0 even after the system recovers from the read error. To make it 0, write 1 in the Bit 1(initialization) of the communication error information.

3 Settings of the 1:N Communication

3.2 Connection Diagram
For the wiring diagram between the PLC and the main unit, refer to the PLC manual for PLC pin-outs. For
connecting two or more PLC units with the main unit, refer to the diagram below.
● RS422/485 2-wire
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG2G-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

SG

5 or 10 *1

External Device 1

External Device 2External Device 3

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
Terminal block
Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
89675External Device 1

External Device 2External Device 3

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Name
A(D+)
B(D-)
FG
SG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Shield Wire

External Device 1

External Device 2External Device 3

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Shield Wire

Shield Wire

When connecting COM1 on the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Shield Wire

External Device 1

External Device 2External Device 3

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Shield Wire

Shield Wire

When connecting COM1 on the HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F to the external device, do not insert terminating
resistor to the external device.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

6-6

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

3 Settings of the 1:N Communication

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Shield Wire

External Device 1

External Device 2

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

Shield Wire

External Device 3
Shield Wire

Name
FG
A(D+)
B(D-)
SG

● RS422/485 4-wire
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

SG

5 or 10 *1

External Device 1

External Device 2External Device 3

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

Name
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG
FG

Insert a terminating resistor, if necessary. For the setting method, refer to Chapter 1 “3 Important Points
Regarding Wiring” on page 1-4.

6

Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
Cover
1
6
4
9
5

Shield Wire

HG1P:
D-sub 25-pin Male Connector
Name
FG
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
2
5
4
6

Shield Wire

External Device 1

External Device 2

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Shield Wire

External Device 1

External Device 2

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Name
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

Shield Wire

External Device 3
Shield WireName
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)
SG

External Device 3
Shield WireName
FG
SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SG*1 FT1J, HG1J only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6-7

Communication with Multiple External Devices

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Male Connector

4 1:N Communication Operation

4

1:N Communication Operation

4.1 1:N Communication Operation
These instructions describe operation when a communication error occurs during 1:N communication. For details
about settings, refer to "Settings when a communication error occurs" on page 6-3.
● Ignore communication errors and continue operation is disabled
When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled, if the main unit fails to connect tothe target external device, an error message and the Station No. of the external device that failed to connect are
displayed, and the main unit operation stops.
Settings

Action when the main unit fails to connect to the external device
Displays an error message and stops operation.
An Ack (acknowledge) button is not displayed in the error message. The error message isdisplayed until communication with the PLC recovers.

None● Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled
When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled, if the main unit fails to connect tothe external device, it does not stop operation. Information related to communication errors is stored in the devices
set in Batch monitoring the communication error information for all Station Numbers and Monitoring
communication error information for each station, individually.
■ Reading from an external device under the conditions in which a communication error occurred
The device value of an external device that caused a communication error is maintained as the last read value until
the displayed screen changes. When the screen changes, all device values of the external device that caused thecommunication error turn to 0.
■ Writing to an external device under the conditions in which a communication error occurred
If data is written to an external device that is experiencing a communication error, values displayed on the main
unit are changed, but are not written to the external device. Values displayed on the main unit are maintained until
the screen changes, but are initialized to 0 when the screen changes. Values written on the main unit during acommunication error are not written to the external device even after the main unit has recovered from thecommunication error.
■ Options when using Ignore communication errors and continue operation
When Ignore communication errors and continue operation is enabled, several options become available.
This section describes what these optional settings do.
Settings

Display error message

Auto retry

6-8

Action when the main unit fails to connect to the external device
EnableAn error message is displayed, but operation continues (communication error).
The error message does not automatically close even if the connection with theexternal device recovers. To close the error message, press the Ack(acknowledge) button that is displayed on the error message itself.

DisableNo error message is displayed (communication error), and operation continues.

EnableThe main unit automatically tries to reconnect if a communication error occurs.

DisableThe main unit does not try to reconnect if a communication error occurs.In thiscase, the bit 1 (connection settings) of the device set in Monitoring
communication error information for each station, individuallyautomatically turns to 0.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

5 Using Multiple Communication Drivers

5

Using Multiple Communication Drivers
The number of communication drivers that can be used simultaneously varies based on the model.
FT2J/1J:
3
HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:4

All external devices are managed by the external device ID which is a number that the main unit uses for external
device management, and a total of 32 external devices can be configured. The maximum number of connected
devices for each communication driver is dependent on the external devices to be connected. For details, refer tothe manuals for the external devices to be connected.
You will find the WindO/I-NV4 setting items in the System- System Setup - Project Setting dialog boxes. For
details, refer to the WindO/I-NV4 User’s Manual.
Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers
The following communication driver combinations can only be used in a single (Function). They cannot be
configured in multiple settings.
■ Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers (1)Manufacturer

Communication Driver
Modbus RTU Master

ModbusModbus RTU Slave
S7-200(PPI)SIEMENS

6

S7-MPIYASKAWA Electric

MP920-RTU

Manufacturer
Allen-Bradley

Communication Driver
Logix Controllers(Ethernet)
Logix Native Tag(Ethernet)■ Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers (3)Manufacturer

Communication Driver
DM Link (1:1)

IDEC System

DM Link (1:N)
DM Link Ethernet (UDP)*1

ModbusModbus RTU Slave
Modbus TCP Server

Example: Communication Driver for External Device Communication 1 is set to Modbus RTU Slave
According to the Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers (1), External Device
Communication 2, External Device Communication 3, and External Device Communication 4cannot be set to Modbus RTU Master, S7-200(PPI), S7-MPI, or MP920-RTU.
According to the Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers (3), External Device
Communication 2, External Device Communication 3, and External Device Communication 4cannot be set to DM Link (1:1), DM Link (1:N), DM Link Ethernet(UDP)*1, or Modbus TCP Server.

*1 HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F only

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

6-9

Communication with Multiple External Devices■ Restriction for using Multiple Communication Drivers (2)6 Restrictions

6

Restrictions■ Number of external device limitations• The number of external devices that can be connected to External Device Communication 1 to External
Device Communication 4 is a total of 32 external devices.
• The number of external devices that can be set varies based on the communication interface.
• The maximum number of external devices per communication driver varies based on the external device. For
details, see the manual for the connected external devices.
Communication Interface

Number of External Devices

Serial Interface (Connection: 1:1 communication)

1

Serial Interface (Connection: 1:N communication)

31 max.

Ethernet Interface

32 max.

■ Maximum number of source devices at one time
The maximum number of devices (including O/I Link) that can be read at one time is 8192. Devices exceeding thislimit cannot be read out.

6-10

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup ManualChapter 7 Communication Cables
1

Communication Cables

1.1 User Communication, Printer or PLC communication cable(Type Number: FC2A-KP1C, HG9Z-XC275)
Communication cable*1 for the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G SerialInterface and the IDEC FC4A/5A MICROSmart or the Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC-FX series.

● PinoutType Number

Cable lengthFC2A-KP1C

2.4m

HG9Z-XC275

5m

Mini DIN 8-pin Modular Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Color
Black
Yellow
Blue
Green
Brown
Gray
Red
White

● Connection Diagram

7

Connecting the IDEC FC4A/5A MICROSmart
PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
Shield
NC
NC
SD
RD
NC
SG
SG
NC

Color
Black
Yellow
Blue
Green
Brown
Gray
Red
White

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
12345Communication Cables

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block
Name
SD
RD
RS
CS
SG

*1 IDEC FC4A/5A MICROSmart is available only for HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G.

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual7-1

1 Communication Cables
Connecting the Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC-FX series (except the FX3U and FX3UC-32MT-LT)
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS422/485):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
Shield
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG
SG

Color
Red
Green
Yellow
Black
Blue
Grey

Pin No.
Cover
7
4
2
1
3
6

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10 *1

SG• Terminate any unused wires properly to make sure that these wires do not contact other wires ormetal parts electrically.
• Please do not use the communication cables (Type Number: FC2A-KP1C and HG9Z-XC275) with FX3U/
FX3UC-32MT-LT of the MELSEC-FX Series described in this manual because the Mini DIN Connector
interferes with the housing of the PLC.

1.2 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC295)
Direct connection cable for the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F Serial Interface (COM1) and the IDEC
FC4A/5A MICROSmart Programming Port.
Cable Length: 5m● Connection Diagram
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name
ShieldSD
RD
SG
SG

Pin No.
Cover
3
4
6
7

Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
5
7
8

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

7-2

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Name
Shield
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS

1 Communication Cables

1.3 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC305)
Direct connection cable for the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F Serial Interface (COM1) and the Mitsubishi
FX Series.
Cable Length: 5m● Connection Diagram
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector

PLC(RS422):
Mini DIN 8-pin Connector
Name

Pin No.

Shield
RDA
RDB
SDA
SDB
SG
SG

Cover
2
1
7
4
3
6

Shield Wire

Pin No.

Name

Cover
4
9
1
6
5

ShieldSDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SG

1.4 PLC communication cable (Type Number: HG9Z-XC315)
Direct connection cable for the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F Serial Interface (COM1) and the Mitsubishi
Q Series.
Cable Length: 5m

7● Connection Diagram

Name
ShieldSD(TXD)
RD(RXD)SG
DSR(DR)
DTR(ER)

Pin No.
Cover
2
1
3
5
6

Communication Cables

HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector

PLC(RS232C):
Mini DIN 6-pin Connector
Shield Wire

Pin No.
Cover
2
3
5
7
8

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

Name
Shield
RD
SD
SG
RS
CS

7-3

1 Communication Cables

1.5 User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC1C)
Communication cable for the FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G SerialInterface and the IDEC FC6A MICROSmart (FC6A-C*****E) Serial port 1.
Cable Length: 5m● Pinout
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Color
White/Orange
OrangeWhite/GreenBlue
White/Blue
Green
White/Brown
Brown● Connection Diagram
FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
Shield
RD
SD

GND

Color
White/Orange
OrangeWhite/GreenBlue
White/Blue
Green
White/Brown
Brown

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Color

ShieldA
B

GND

White/Orange
OrangeWhite/GreenBlue
White/Blue
Green
White/Brown
Brown

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Name
SD
RD
RS
CS

5 or 10 *1

SG

FT2J/1J, HG2J/1J, HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F/-5T, HG1G:
Terminal block

PLC(RS485):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name

Pin No.
1
2
3
4

Shield Wire

Pin No.
8
9
6
7

Name
RDA(RD+)
RDB(RD-)SDA(SD+)SDB(SD-)

5 or 10*1

SG

Terminate any unused wires properly to make sure that these wires do not contact other wires or metalparts electrically.

*1 FT1J, HG1J only

7-4

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

1 Communication Cables

1.6 User Communication or PLC communication cable (Type Number: FC6A-KC2C)
Connection cable for the HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V, HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F Serial Interface (COM1) and the IDEC FC6AMICROSmart (FC6A-C*****E) Serial port 1.
Cable Length: 5m● Connection Diagram
HG5G/4G/3G/2G-V,
HG4G/3G, HG2G-5F:
D-sub 9-pin Female Connector

PLC(RS232C):
RJ-45 8-pin Modular Connector
Name
ShieldRDSD

GND

Pin No.
Cover
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Shield Wire

Pin No.
3
2
8
1
6
7
4
5
9

Name
SD
RD
CS

RS
GND

7
Communication Cables

WindO/I-NV4 External Device Setup Manual

7-5

Specifications and other descriptions in this manual are subject to change without notice.
Information in this manual is current as of July 2024.
2015 IDEC Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
B-1698(19)